ML091110272: Difference between revisions
StriderTol (talk | contribs) (Created page by program invented by StriderTol) |
StriderTol (talk | contribs) (StriderTol Bot change) |
||
(2 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown) | |||
Line 18: | Line 18: | ||
=Text= | =Text= | ||
{{#Wiki_filter:2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 1 Unit 1 initial conditions: | {{#Wiki_filter:2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 1 Unit 1 initial conditions: | ||
* Reactor power = 100% Current conditions: | * Reactor power = 100% | ||
Current conditions: | |||
* Both Main FDWPs tripped | * Both Main FDWPs tripped | ||
* Reactor power = 46% decreasing | * Reactor power = 46% decreasing | ||
* All Main Turbine Stop Valves are open | * All Main Turbine Stop Valves are open | ||
* The generator breakers are closed (PCB-20 & PCB-21) Based on the current conditions, which ONE of the following would be the required initial operator actions? A. Manually insert control rods and initiate Emergency Boration B. Manually insert control rods and ensure both channels of AMSAC have actuated C. Place both EHC pumps in pull-to-Iock and initiate Emergency Boration D. Place both EHC pumps in pull-to-Iock and ensure both channels of AMSAC have actuated 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 1 T1/G1 -jmb 007EA2.02, Reactor Trip Stabilization | * The generator breakers are closed (PCB-20 & PCB-21) | ||
-Recovery Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to a Reactor Trip: Proper actions to be taken if the automatic safety functions have not taken place (4.3/4.6) | Based on the current conditions, which ONE of the following would be the required initial operator actions? | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the actions directed in the EOP if the reactor fails to trip following a loss of Main Feedwater Pumps. ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Per Rule 1 A TWS manually insert rods and initiate emergency boration. | A. Manually insert control rods and initiate Emergency Boration B. Manually insert control rods and ensure both channels of AMSAC have actuated C. Place both EHC pumps in pull-to-Iock and initiate Emergency Boration D. Place both EHC pumps in pull-to-Iock and ensure both channels of AMSAC have actuated | ||
B. Incorrect: | |||
First part is correct. Second part is plausible as both Main Feedwater Pumps are tripped and should have actuated AMSAC which starts EFW pumps and trips the Main Turbine. C. Incorrect: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 1 T1/G1 - jmb 007EA2.02, Reactor Trip Stabilization - Recovery Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to a Reactor Trip: | ||
First part is incorrect and plausible in that if the turbine will not manually trip these actions will be taken during IMAs. Second part is correct. D. Incorrect: | Proper actions to be taken if the automatic safety functions have not taken place (4.3/4.6) | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the actions directed in the EOP if the reactor fails to trip following a loss of Main Feedwater Pumps. | |||
EP/1/A11800/001 Rev 36 EOP IMAs, UNPP Tab and Rule 1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Per Rule 1 A TWS manually insert rods and initiate emergency boration. | ||
None Learning Objective: | B. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is plausible as both Main Feedwater Pumps are tripped and should have actuated AMSAC which starts EFW pumps and trips the Main Turbine. | ||
EAP-IMA Obj. R4, EAP-UNPP Obj. R10 Question Source: M (EAP111 001) Question History: Last NRC Exam | C. Incorrect: First part is incorrect and plausible in that if the turbine will not manually trip these actions will be taken during IMAs. Second part is correct. | ||
II Added "initial" to stem for clarity. MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 2 Unit 2 initial conditions: | D. Incorrect: 1st part is incorrect but plausible in that if the turbine will not manually trip these actions will be taken during IMAs. Second part is incorrect but plausible as both Main Feedwater Pumps are tripped and should have actuated AMSAC which starts EFW pumps and trips the Main Turbine. | ||
Technical Reference(s): EP/1/A11800/001 Rev 36 EOP IMAs, UNPP Tab and Rule 1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP-IMA Obj. R4, EAP-UNPP Obj. R10 Question Source: M (EAP111 001) | |||
Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified stem and answer choices to improve plausibility. II Added "initial" to stem for clarity. MB OK | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 2 Unit 2 initial conditions: | |||
* Mode 3 | * Mode 3 | ||
* Startup in progress | * Startup in progress | ||
* RCS temperature | * RCS temperature = 350°F stable | ||
= 350°F stable | * = | ||
* RCS Pressure | RCS Pressure 1250 psig slowly decreasing | ||
* Pressurizer Level = 292 inches stable | * Pressurizer Level = 292 inches stable | ||
* Quench Tank Level = 84 inches increasing | * Quench Tank Level = 84 inches increasing | ||
* Quench Tank pressure | * = | ||
* The PORV is leaking Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the expected PORV tail pipe temperature (OF) and is the Pressurizer level exceeding the TS limit? A. 265 / no B. 265 / yes C. 228 / no D. 228 / yes 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 2 T1/G1 00BAG2.2.22, Pressurizer Vapor Space Accident Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits. (4.0/4.7) | Quench Tank pressure 5 psig slowly increasing | ||
* The PORV is leaking Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the expected PORV tail pipe temperature (OF) and is the Pressurizer level exceeding the TS limit? | |||
A. 265 / no B. 265 / yes C. 228 / no D. 228 / yes | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 2 T1/G1 00BAG2.2.22, Pressurizer Vapor Space Accident Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits. | |||
(4.0/4.7) | |||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of difference between indications of a PZR vapor space leak and spray flow and assess the impact of the reduced RCS pressure on DNBR (Reactor Core Safety Limit parameter) | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of difference between indications of a PZR vapor space leak and spray flow and assess the impact of the reduced RCS pressure on DNBR (Reactor Core Safety Limit parameter) | ||
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: Plausible in that the tail pipe temperature is correct; however wrong in that that the limit is exceeded (> 260inches). Plausible because 375" reactor trip. | ||
Plausible in that the tail pipe temperature is correct; however wrong in that that the limit is exceeded (> 260inches). | B. Correct: Using Steam Tables/Mollier diagram determines the PORV tail pipe temperature for 20 psia to be -265°F at 1265 psia. TS limit for Pzr level is exceeded at > 260 inches C. Incorrect: Plausible; 22BoF based on Tsat for 20 psia from the steam tables ignoring the constant enthalpy throttling process. Also, wrong in that the Pzr level TS limit is exceeded (> 260inches) | ||
Plausible because 375" reactor trip. B. Correct: Using Steam Tables/Mollier diagram determines the PORV tail pipe temperature for 20 psia to be -265°F at 1265 psia. TS limit for Pzr level is exceeded at > 260 inches C. Incorrect: | D. Incorrect: Plausible; 22BOF based on Tsat for 20 psia from the steam tables ignoring the constant enthalpy throttling process. Second part is correct Technical Reference(s): PNS-PZR Rev 16a Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: PNS-PZR Obj R19, ADM-TSS Obj R1 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
Plausible; 22BoF based on Tsat for 20 psia from the steam tables ignoring the constant enthalpy throttling process. Also, wrong in that the Pzr level TS limit is exceeded (> 260inches) | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Wrote new question to match KIA and improve plausibility statements. MB OK 11/ | ||
D. Incorrect: | Changed A and B for improved accuracy. Changed C and D to improve plausibility using Tsat for 5 psia | ||
Plausible; 22BOF based on Tsat for 20 psia from the steam tables ignoring the constant enthalpy throttling process. Second part is correct Technical Reference(s): | * MB OK | ||
PNS-PZR Rev 16a Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | |||
None Learning Objective: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 3 Unit 1 initial conditions: | ||
PNS-PZR Obj R19, ADM-TSS Obj R1 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | * Reactor power = 100% | ||
MB OK 11/ Changed A and B for improved accuracy. | Current conditions: | ||
Changed C and D to improve plausibility using Tsat for 5 psia | |||
* MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 3 Unit 1 initial conditions: | |||
* Reactor power = 100% Current conditions: | |||
* SBLOCA | * SBLOCA | ||
* | * 1A and 1B SG Levels at the LOSCM setpoint | ||
* TBVs in AUTO and CLOSED Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following combinations of parameters describes the indications that boiler-condenser mode heat transfer has been established? | * TBVs in AUTO and CLOSED Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following combinations of parameters describes the indications that boiler-condenser mode heat transfer has been established? | ||
RCS primary water level is | RCS primary water level is _ _ _ / SG Pressures will _ __ | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the plant conditions required for boiler-condenser cooling (reflux boiling) during a SBLOCA ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Primary level must be established at some level below the SG secondary side level to allow condensation of primary side steam. When BCM is established SG pressure will increase due to the transfer of heat from the RCS to the SGs. B. Incorrect: | A. below the SG secondary water level/increase until the TBV setpoint is reached B. below the SG secondary water level/decrease until SG pressure stabilizes at Tsat for the RCS temperature C. above the SG upper tube sheet / increase until the TBV setpoint is reached D. above the SG upper tube sheet / decrease until SG pressure stabilizes at Tsat for the RCS temperature | ||
First part is correct. Second part is incorrect but plausible if it is assumed that not fully developed BCM heat transfer means that heat transfer is intermittently lost and restored. | |||
It is not lost. It is just not at its optimum capability so SG pressure will increase until TBVs open. C. Incorrect: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 3 T1/G1 - okm 009EK1.01, Small Break LOCA Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the small break LOCA: Natural circulation and cooling, including reflux boiling (4.2/4.7) | ||
First part is incorrect. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the plant conditions required for boiler-condenser cooling (reflux boiling) during a SBLOCA ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Primary level must be established at some level below the SG secondary side level to allow condensation of primary side steam. When BCM is established SG pressure will increase due to the transfer of heat from the RCS to the SGs. | ||
Primary level is plausible in that level being above the upper tube sheet level exists when transitioning from sustained Two-Phase natural circulation flow towards BCM flow. Second part is correct. D. Incorrect: | B. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is incorrect but plausible if it is assumed that not fully developed BCM heat transfer means that heat transfer is intermittently lost and restored. It is not lost. It is just not at its optimum capability so SG pressure will increase until TBVs open. | ||
First part is incorrect as described above. Second part is incorrect as described above. Technical Reference(s): | C. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Primary level is plausible in that level being above the upper tube sheet level exists when transitioning from sustained Two-Phase natural circulation flow towards BCM flow. Second part is correct. | ||
TA-AM1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | D. Incorrect: First part is incorrect as described above. Second part is incorrect as described above. | ||
None Learning Objective: | Technical Reference(s): TA-AM1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: TA-AM1 Obj. R16 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
TA-AM1 Obj. R16 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Removed bolded assumptions and put in stem; LOSeM setpoint is a varying value. Added the word "secondary" to A and B 1/ MB OK /1/ Modified stem and second part of all answers to ensure only one correct answer. Enhanced plausibility statements. | ||
* MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 4 Unit 1 conditions: | * MB OK | ||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 4 Unit 1 conditions: | |||
* RCS Pressure = 200 psig decreasing | * RCS Pressure = 200 psig decreasing | ||
* HPI Flow in | = | ||
* HPI Flow in | * HPI Flow in 1A Header 750 gpm | ||
Pumps (2.6/2.7) | * HPI Flow in 1B Header = 490 gpm Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the required operator actions to protect the HPI pumps? | ||
A. Throttle HPI flows in BOTH 1A & 1B headers to <475 gpm per pump B. Throttle HPI flow in ONLY 1A header to <750 gpm C. Throttle HPI flows in BOTH 1A & 1B headers to <950 gpm combined D. Throttle HPI flow in ONLY 1B header to <475 gpm | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 4 T1/G1 - jmb 011 EK2.02, Large Break LOCA Knowledge of the interrelations between the Large Break LOCA and the following: Pumps (2.6/2.7) | |||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of relationship between HPI pump status and flow to determine required HPI pump throttling criteria to ensure pump operation within limits and core cooling is maintained. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of relationship between HPI pump status and flow to determine required HPI pump throttling criteria to ensure pump operation within limits and core cooling is maintained. | ||
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect. | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect. Flow is acceptable in the A header due to 2 pumps operating aligned to the header. B Header flow requires throttling to <475 gpm per Rule 6. Plausible as the direction is correct if only one HPI pump is supplying the A header. | ||
Flow is acceptable in the A header due to 2 pumps operating aligned to the header. B Header flow requires throttling to <475 gpm per Rule 6. Plausible as the direction is correct if only one HPI pump is supplying the A header. B. Incorrect. | B. Incorrect. Plausible as this is the value of total flow in Rule 6 when operating HPI in piggyback mode with either only one LPI pump running or only one piggyback valve open. | ||
Plausible as this is the value of total flow in Rule 6 when operating HPI in piggyback mode with either only one LPI pump running or only one piggyback valve open. C. Incorrect: | C. Incorrect: Plausible as this is the value in Rule 6 if only HPI A & B operating with HP-409 open. | ||
Plausible as this is the value in Rule 6 if only HPI A & B operating with HP-409 open. D. Correct: Flow is above 475 flow limit and throttling is required per Rule 6 Technical Reference(s): | D. Correct: Flow is above 475 flow limit and throttling is required per Rule 6 Technical Reference(s): EP/1/A11800/001 Rev 36 (Rule 6), OMP 1-18 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: ADM-OMP Obj. R10, 52, EAP-LOSCM Obj R16 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
EP/1/A11800/001 Rev 36 (Rule 6), OMP 1-18 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis MB OK III Reworded stem and answers for clarity. | ||
None Learning Objective: | * MB OK | ||
ADM-OMP Obj. R10, 52, EAP-LOSCM Obj R16 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
* MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 5 Unit 1 initial conditions: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 5 Unit 1 initial conditions: | ||
* Reactor power = 65% | * Reactor power = 65% | ||
* | * 1LPSW-6 (UNIT 1 RCP COOLERS SUPPLY) fails closed Current conditions: | ||
* AP/16 (Abnormal RCP Operation) in progress | * AP/16 (Abnormal RCP Operation) in progress | ||
* RCP Temperatures: | * RCP Temperatures: | ||
1A1 Upper Guide 182°F Bearing Temp Radial Bearing 219°F Temp Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following is required per AP/16? A. Manually trip the Reactor and stop ALL RCPs B. Manually trip the Reactor and stop RCPs 1A2 & | 1A1 Upper Guide 182°F Bearing Temp Radial Bearing 219°F Temp Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following is required per AP/16? | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to determine impact of loss of LPSW on RCP bearing oil cooling temperatures and action required as a result of the loss ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: | A. Manually trip the Reactor and stop ALL RCPs B. Manually trip the Reactor and stop RCPs 1A2 & 1B1 ONLY C. Stop RCP 1A2 ONLY and verify FDW re-ratios properly D. Stop RCP 1B1 ONLY and verify FDW re-ratios properly | ||
Plausible in that AP/24 (Loss of LPSW) directs tripping the reactor and then tripping all the RCPs. AP/24 is not in progress. | |||
Plausible if t is assumed that closing of LPSW-6 caused entry into AP/24. B. CORRECT: AP/16 directs that if any RCP meets immediate trip criteria and less than 3 RCPs will be remain, then manually trip the Rx and immediately stop the affected RCPs only. C. Incorrect: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 5 T1/G1 - jmb 015AA2.02, Reactor Coolant Pump Malfunctions Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Reactor Coolant Pump Malfunctions (Loss of RC Flow): Abnormalities in RCP air vent flow paths and/or oil cooling system (2.8/3.0) | ||
Plausible in that failure to recognize that | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to determine impact of loss of LPSW on RCP bearing oil cooling temperatures and action required as a result of the loss ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: Plausible in that AP/24 (Loss of LPSW) directs tripping the reactor and then tripping all the RCPs. AP/24 is not in progress. Plausible if t is assumed that closing of LPSW-6 caused entry into AP/24. | ||
D. Incorrect: | B. CORRECT: AP/16 directs that if any RCP meets immediate trip criteria and less than 3 RCPs will be remain, then manually trip the Rx and immediately stop the affected RCPs only. | ||
Plausible in that failure to recognize that 1A2 is also above trip criteria would result in this selection which is directed by AP/16. If only one RCP is tripped below 70% power Rx trip is not required and FDW reratio is verified. | C. Incorrect: Plausible in that failure to recognize that 1B1 is also above trip criteria would result in this selection which is directed by AP/16. If only one RCP is tripped below 70% power Rx trip is not required and FDW reratio is verified. | ||
Technical Reference(s): | D. Incorrect: Plausible in that failure to recognize that 1A2 is also above trip criteria would result in this selection which is directed by AP/16. If only one RCP is tripped below 70% power Rx trip is not required and FDW reratio is verified. | ||
AP/16 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Technical Reference(s): AP/16 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAp*APG Obj. R9 Question Source: M (EAP210983) | ||
None Learning Objective: | Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
EAp*APG Obj. R9 Question Source: M (EAP210983) | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added "and cannot be opened" to stem. Remove temp trend from stem. II MB OK III Changed to API16 from API24 due to conflicts in APs. Deleted "and cannot be opened" from initial conditions. B is now the correct answer and the AAs for A & | ||
Question History: Last NRC Exam | B have been corrected. | ||
B is now the correct answer and the AAs for A & B have been corrected. | * MB OK | ||
* MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 6 Unit 1 plant conditions: | |||
Time = 0400 | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 6 Unit 1 plant conditions: | ||
Time = 0400 | |||
* Reactor power = 100% | * Reactor power = 100% | ||
* | * 1A HPI Pump operating | ||
* | * 1B HPI Pump in AUTO Time = 0401 | ||
* | * 1SA-2/C-2 (HP Injection Pump Disch Header Pressure Low) actuated | ||
* | * 1SA-2/B-2 (HP RCP Seal Inlet Header Flow High/Low) actuated | ||
* RCS makeup flow erratic and low | * RCS makeup flow erratic and low | ||
* | * 1A HPI Pump amps cycling Time = 0405 | ||
* AP/14 (Loss Of Normal HPI Makeup and/or RCP Seal Injection) in progress | * AP/14 (Loss Of Normal HPI Makeup and/or RCP Seal Injection) in progress | ||
* Operators just completed Step 3.3, for stopping all HPI pumps Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the pump used to restore RCS makeup and the suction source used as directed by AP/14? A. 1B HPI pump / BWST B. | * Operators just completed Step 3.3, for stopping all HPI pumps Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the pump used to restore RCS makeup and the suction source used as directed by AP/14? | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to determine the preferred HPI pump used to restore RCS makeup following indication of a loss of suction to the operating HPI pump and the suction source used to restore the pump. ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: | A. 1B HPI pump / BWST B. 1B HPI pump / LOST C. 1C HPI Pump / BWST D. 1C HPI Pump / LOST | ||
The | |||
First part is incorrect as described above. The second part is incorrect. | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 6 T1/G1 - jmb 022AA2.02, Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup: Charging pump problems (3.2/3.7) | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to determine the preferred HPI pump used to restore RCS makeup following indication of a loss of suction to the operating HPI pump and the suction source used to restore the pump. | |||
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: The 1B HPI pump is plausible as it is the standby pump and would be the next pump started if the 1A HPI pump had not lost suction. Since the 1A & 1B HPI share the same suction source, the 1B HPI pump would also loose its suction source. Second part is correct. The BWST is the correct water source since the normal suction source is lost. | |||
B. Incorrect: First part is incorrect as described above. The second part is incorrect. | |||
The water source is plausible as it is the normal source and would be selected if step 4.30 is misread or misinterpreted. | The water source is plausible as it is the normal source and would be selected if step 4.30 is misread or misinterpreted. | ||
C. Correct: | C. Correct: 1C HPI Pump is the preferred pump per step 4.27. The BWST is directed to be used as a suction source based on indication that the running HPI pump lost suction. (Step 4.30). | ||
The first part is correct. The second part is incorrect. | D. Incorrect: The first part is correct. The second part is incorrect. The water source is plausible as it is the normal source and would be selected if step 4.30 is misread or misinterpreted. | ||
The water source is plausible as it is the normal source and would be selected if step 4.30 is misread or misinterpreted. | Technical Reference(s): AP/14 Rev. 16 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP-APG Obj R9 Question Source: M (EAP21 0922) | ||
Technical Reference(s): | Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
AP/14 Rev. 16 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified stem to "0perators just completed Step 3.3, for stopping all HPI pumps" MB OK 11/ Modified stem added two bullets for clarity and enhanced plausibility statements. | ||
None Learning Objective: | * MB* OK | ||
EAP-APG Obj R9 Question Source: M (EAP21 0922) Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
* MB* OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 7 Unit 1 initial conditions: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 7 Unit 1 initial conditions: | ||
* Normal LPI decay heat removal in service Current conditions: | * Normal LPI decay heat removal in service Current conditions: | ||
* Loss of offsite power occurs | * Loss of offsite power occurs | ||
* Power restored via CT-4 | * Power restored via CT-4 | ||
* | * 1A and 1B LPI Pumps not available Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the requirements to start the 1C LPI Pump to restore decay heat removal? | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of actions required to restore core decay heat removal following a failure of the LPI/DHR Pumps ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Pushing the Control Room MFB monitor RESET pushbuttons is not required because the signal for the | Manual reset of Load Shed is _ _ _ _ and starting of 1C LPI Pump is allowed after a minimum of seconds. | ||
B. Incorrect: | A. NOT required / 5 B. required / 5 C. NOT required / 30 D. required / 30 | ||
First part is incorrect but plausible because load shed reset is required for many other components (see pg 16 of EL-PSL). Second part is correct. C. Incorrect: | |||
First part is correct. Second part is incorrect but plausible if confused with the Load Shed operation of X6 and X7 which automatically re-energize after 30 seconds. D. Incorrect: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 7 T1/G1 - jmb 025AK1.01, Loss of Residual Heat Removal System Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Loss of Residual Heat Removal System: Loss of RHRS during all modes of operation (3.9/4.3) | ||
First part is incorrect but plausible because reset is required for many other components. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of actions required to restore core decay heat removal following a failure of the LPI/DHR Pumps ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Pushing the Control Room MFB monitor RESET pushbuttons is not required because the signal for the 1C LPI Pump is removed 5 seconds after the Load Shed actuated. | ||
Second part is also incorrect but plausible if confused with the Load Shed operation of X6 and X7 which automatically re-energize after 30 seconds. Technical Reference(s): | B. Incorrect: First part is incorrect but plausible because load shed reset is required for many other components (see pg 16 of EL-PSL). Second part is correct. | ||
NONE Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | C. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is incorrect but plausible if confused with the Load Shed operation of X6 and X7 which automatically re-energize after 30 seconds. | ||
None Learning Objective: | D. Incorrect: First part is incorrect but plausible because reset is required for many other components. Second part is also incorrect but plausible if confused with the Load Shed operation of X6 and X7 which automatically re-energize after 30 seconds. | ||
EL-PSL Obj. R6 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | Technical Reference(s): NONE Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EL-PSL Obj. R6 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
* MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 8 Unit 1 initial conditions: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Wrote new question to match KIA. II MB OK III Modified stem to meet current operating procedures | ||
* MB OK | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 8 Unit 1 initial conditions: | |||
* Reactor power = 100% | * Reactor power = 100% | ||
* NR RCS Pressure Channel "A" failed low | * NR RCS Pressure Channel "A" failed low | ||
* NR RCS Pressure Channel "B" = 2155 psig stable | * NR RCS Pressure Channel "B" = 2155 psig stable | ||
* NR RCS Pressure Channel "c" = 2158 psig stable | * NR RCS Pressure Channel "c" =2158 psig stable | ||
* NR RCS Pressure Channel "D" = 2162 psig stable | * NR RCS Pressure Channel "D" = 2162 psig stable | ||
* NR RCS Pressure Channel "E" = 2148 psig stable Current conditions: | * NR RCS Pressure Channel "E" = 2148 psig stable Current conditions: | ||
* NR RCS Pressure Channel "E" failed low Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the impact on Pzr Heaters and the response of the unit over the next 30 minutes? ASSUME NO OPERATOR ACTION All Pzr Heater controlled from the Unit 1 control room are ... A. "ON" / Reactor will automatically trip B. "ON" / Reactor will NOT automatically trip C. NOT "ON" / Reactor will automatically trip D. NOT "ON" / Reactor will NOT automatically trip 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 8 T1/G1 -okm | * NR RCS Pressure Channel "E" failed low Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the impact on Pzr Heaters and the response of the unit over the next 30 minutes? | ||
Controllers and Positioners (2.6/2.8) | ASSUME NO OPERATOR ACTION All Pzr Heater controlled from the Unit 1 control room are ... | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of impact of RCS NR Pressure failure on automatic operation of the controllers for the Pzr heaters and PORV ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. CORRECT: Failure (low) of the controlling NR Pressure signal will energize the Pzr Heaters and prevent automatic operation of both the Spray Valve and the PORV. RCS pressure would continue to rise unchecked and the unit would trip on High RCS pressure B. Incorrect: | A. "ON" / Reactor will automatically trip B. "ON" / Reactor will NOT automatically trip C. NOT "ON" / Reactor will automatically trip D. NOT "ON" / Reactor will NOT automatically trip | ||
First part is correct. 2 nd part is incorrect plausible if it is misconceived that RCS pressure would be reduced by Spray. C. Incorrect: | |||
First part is incorrect but plausible if it is misconceived that Pzr heaters will fail "as is". Second part is correct but plausible if it is thought that without Pzr heaters coming on that RCS pressure will continue to decrease such that a Variable Low Pressure or Low Pressure trip could occur. D. Incorrect: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 8 T1/G1 - okm 027AK2.03, Pressurizer Pressure Control Malfunction Knowledge of the interrelations between the Pressurizer Pressure Control and the following: Controllers and Positioners (2.6/2.8) | ||
First part is incorrect but plausible if it is misconceived that Pzr heaters will fail "as is". Second part is correct but plausible if it is thought that without Pzr heaters coming on that RCS pressure will stay at normal values or at least at trip values. Technical Reference(s): | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of impact of RCS NR Pressure failure on automatic operation of the controllers for the Pzr heaters and PORV ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. CORRECT: Failure (low) of the controlling NR Pressure signal will energize the Pzr Heaters and prevent automatic operation of both the Spray Valve and the PORV. RCS pressure would continue to rise unchecked and the unit would trip on High RCS pressure B. Incorrect: First part is correct. 2 nd part is incorrect plausible if it is misconceived that RCS pressure would be reduced by Spray. | ||
AP/44 Rev. 00 (Draft), AP/28 Rev; 14 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | C. Incorrect: First part is incorrect but plausible if it is misconceived that Pzr heaters will fail "as is". Second part is correct but plausible if it is thought that without Pzr heaters coming on that RCS pressure will continue to decrease such that a Variable Low Pressure or Low Pressure trip could occur. | ||
None Learning Objective: | D. Incorrect: First part is incorrect but plausible if it is misconceived that Pzr heaters will fail "as is". Second part is correct but plausible if it is thought that without Pzr heaters coming on that RCS pressure will stay at normal values or at least at non-trip values. | ||
IC-RCI Obj.R6, EAP-APG Obj R9, PNS-PZR Obj. R28, R36 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | Technical Reference(s): AP/44 Rev. 00 (Draft), AP/28 Rev; 14 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: IC-RCI Obj.R6, EAP-APG Obj R9, PNS-PZR Obj. R28, R36 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
* MBOK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 9 Unit 3 initial conditions: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added "Reactor power = 100%". Deleted last bullet. Updated AA III Wrote new question - MB OK IIII Added time to stem to ensure a correct answer and modified stem and answers to clarify "C" Pzr heaters are not part of question. | ||
* MBOK | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 9 Unit 3 initial conditions: | |||
* Reactor Power = 95% decreasing | * Reactor Power = 95% decreasing | ||
* RCS Pressure = 2455 psig increasing | * RCS Pressure = 2455 psig increasing | ||
Line 160: | Line 183: | ||
* RCS Pressure = 2735 psig (maximum reached) decreasing | * RCS Pressure = 2735 psig (maximum reached) decreasing | ||
* Tavg = 596°F decreasing | * Tavg = 596°F decreasing | ||
* Pressurizer level = 365 inches decreasing Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes whether or not the RCS Pressure safety limit has been exceeded and the bases for the safety limit? The TS RCS Pressure Safety Limit has | * Pressurizer level =365 inches decreasing Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes whether or not the RCS Pressure safety limit has been exceeded and the bases for the safety limit? | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of RCS pressure status in relation to the RCS Pressure Safety Limit during an | The TS RCS Pressure Safety Limit has _ _ _ _ . This Safety Limit _ _ __ | ||
RCS pressure has not exceeded 2750 psig safety limit value. Second part is correct. . B. Incorrect: | A. been exceeded / ensures RCS pressure is maintained below 110% of design pressure to prevent RCS pressure boundary failure B. been exceeded / ensures that RCS pressure remains in the assumed range used in the analysis for reactivity accidents including slow rod withdrawal C. NOT been exceeded / ensures RCS pressure is maintained below 110% of design pressure to prevent RCS pressure boundary failure D. NOT been exceeded / ensures that RCS pressure remains in the assumed range used in the analysis for reactivity accidents including slow rod withdrawal | ||
RCS pressure has not exceeded 2750 psig safety limit value. Second part is incorrect. | |||
Plausible as the basis for the RPS high pressure trip set point. C. Correct: RCS pressure given as maximum observed is below the safety limit value. The limit is based on ensuring that RCS integrity is maintained by assuring that RCS pressure is less than 110% of design pressure value of 2500 psig. D. Incorrect: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 9 T1/G1 - jmb 029EG2.2.25, Anticipated Transient Without Scram (ATWS) | ||
First part is correct. Second part is incorrect. | Knowledge of the bases in Technical Specifications for limiting conditions for operations and safety limits. | ||
Second part is incorrect. | (3.2/4.2) | ||
Plausible as the basis for the RPS high pressure trip set point. Technical Reference(s): | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of RCS pressure status in relation to the RCS Pressure Safety Limit during an ATWS event and bases for safety limit ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: RCS pressure has not exceeded 2750 psig safety limit value. Second part is correct. . | ||
Tech Spec 2.1.1.2 and Bases Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | B. Incorrect: RCS pressure has not exceeded 2750 psig safety limit value. Second part is incorrect. Plausible as the basis for the RPS high pressure trip set point. | ||
None Learning Objective: | C. Correct: RCS pressure given as maximum observed is below the safety limit value. The limit is based on ensuring that RCS integrity is maintained by assuring that RCS pressure is less than 110% of design pressure value of 2500 psig. | ||
ADM-TSS Obj 4 & 5 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | D. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is incorrect. Second part is incorrect. | ||
II MB OK III Added "TS" to RCS Pressure Safety Limit for clarity. Changed "observed" to reached in stem. | Plausible as the basis for the RPS high pressure trip set point. | ||
* MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 10 Unit 1 plant conditions: | Technical Reference(s): Tech Spec 2.1.1.2 and Bases Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: ADM-TSS Obj 4 & 5 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified stem per suggestion. II MB OK III Added "TS" to RCS Pressure Safety Limit for clarity. Changed "observed" to reached in stem. | |||
* MB OK | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 10 Unit 1 plant conditions: | |||
* Reactor Power = 29% decreasing | * Reactor Power = 29% decreasing | ||
* Primary to secondary leakage in | * Primary to secondary leakage in 1A SG | ||
* Pzr level = 160 inches decreasing | * Pzr level = 160 inches decreasing | ||
* ALL HPI Pumps running | * ALL HPI Pumps running | ||
* | * 1HP-26 and 1HP-27 open | ||
* | * 1HP-5 closed Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes whether 1RIA-59 | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the method used to determine RCS leak rate in the SGTR EOP and the meth.od of shutdown used and reason based on power level and leak rate, ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: 0 A. Incorrect: | & 1RIA-60 may be used to determine the SG Tube Leak Rate and what method will be used to shutdown per the EOP SGTR Tab? | ||
First part is incorrect. | 1RIA-59 & 1RIA-60 _ _ to determine the SG Tube Leak Rate and the _ _ | ||
Plausible in that | A. may be used / reactor is NOT required to be manually tripped B. may be used / reactor is required to be manually tripped C. may NOT be used / reactor is NOT required to be manually tripped D. may NOT be used I reactor is required to be manually tripped | ||
Second part is incorrect. | |||
Plausible if the student fails to realize the SGTR tab directs tripping the reactor for this size leak or that the leak rate is exceeding HPI capacity. | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 10 T1/G1 - jmb 038EK3.06, Steam Generator Tube Rupture Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the SGTR: Actions contained in EOP for RCS water inventory balance, S/G tube rupture, and plant shutdown procedures (4.2/4.5) | ||
B. Incorrect: | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the method used to determine RCS leak rate in the SGTR EOP and the meth.od of shutdown used and reason based on power level and leak rate, ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: 0 A. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible in that 1RIA-59 &-60(MS Line N-16 gamma detectors) are accurate above 40% power. Below 40% they provide a trend but can not be used to determine leakrate. Second part is incorrect. Plausible if the student fails to realize the SGTR tab directs tripping the reactor for this size leak or that the leak rate is exceeding HPI capacity. | ||
First part is incorrect as described above. Second part is correct. C. Incorrect: | B. Incorrect: First part is incorrect as described above. Second part is correct. | ||
First part is correct as described below. Second part is incorrect as described above. D. Correct: First part is correct. 1 RIA-59 &-60 (MS Line N-16 gamma detectors) are only accurate above 40% power. Below 40% they only provide a trend and can not be used to determine leakrate. | C. Incorrect: First part is correct as described below. Second part is incorrect as described above. | ||
Second part is correct. The SGTR tab requires the reactor be tripped when the leakrate is > HPI capacity. | D. Correct: First part is correct. 1 RIA-59 &-60 (MS Line N-16 gamma detectors) are only accurate above 40% power. Below 40% they only provide a trend and can not be used to determine leakrate. Second part is correct. The SGTR tab requires the reactor be tripped when the leakrate is > HPI capacity. | ||
Technical Reference(s): | Technical Reference(s): EAP-SGTR, EP/1/1800/01 SGTR Tab Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP-SGTR Obj R1, R2 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
EAP-SGTR, EP/1/1800/01 SGTR Tab Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified the question to improve plausibility. Removed "inventory balance" from stem and added reason to better match KIA. II Added "required" to answers. | ||
None Learning Objective: | Added "control" A and C. Modified answers to trip or not trip. MB OK III Enhanced plausibility statements. | ||
EAP-SGTR Obj R1, R2 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
Removed "inventory balance" from stem and added reason to better match KIA. II Added "required" to answers. Added "control" A and C. Modified answers to trip or not trip. MB OK III Enhanced plausibility statements. | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 11 Unit 1 conditions: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 11 Unit 1 conditions: | ||
* Reactor Tripped | * Reactor Tripped | ||
* Main Turbine Control Valves are ALL closed | * Main Turbine Control Valves are ALL closed | ||
* Main Turbine Stop Valves 1 & 3 (1MS-105 & 103) are both open Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the action required (if any) and the reason action is (or is not) required? | * Main Turbine Stop Valves 1 & 3 (1MS-105 & 103) are both open Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the action required (if any) and the reason action is (or is not) required? | ||
A. No action is required / ALL Control Valves being closed isolates the Main Steam supply to the Main Turbine and prevents a post trip overcooling due to excessive steam flow. B. No action is required / ALL Control Valves being closed isolates the Main Steam supply to the Main Turbine to prevent turbine damage from overspeeding following a generator trip from 100% power. C. Place both EHC Pumps in PULL TO LOCK / ALL Stop Valves must be closed to ensure the Main Steam Lines are isolated from each other to prevent a main steam line break from affecting both SGs. D. Place both EHC Pumps in PULL TO LOCK / ALL Stop Valves must be closed to ensure the steam chest delta T requirements are not exceeded. | A. No action is required / ALL Control Valves being closed isolates the Main Steam supply to the Main Turbine and prevents a post trip overcooling due to excessive steam flow. | ||
Question 11 T1/G1 | B. No action is required / ALL Control Valves being closed isolates the Main Steam supply to the Main Turbine to prevent turbine damage from overspeeding following a generator trip from 100% power. | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the reason the Turbine Stop Valves are required to be closed following a ReactorlTurbine Trip Per discussion with NRC Lead Examiner -substituted Turbine Stop Valves (TSVs) for MSIVs and kept KIA. TSVs perform similar function of MSIVs for Steam Line Rupture. ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: | C. Place both EHC Pumps in PULL TO LOCK / ALL Stop Valves must be closed to ensure the Main Steam Lines are isolated from each other to prevent a main steam line break from affecting both SGs. | ||
Plausible as the control valves isolate steam flow to the turbine and would prevent a post trip overcooling from steam flow to the turbine. B. Incorrect: | D. Place both EHC Pumps in PULL TO LOCK / ALL Stop Valves must be closed to ensure the steam chest delta T requirements are not exceeded. | ||
Plausible as isolating the steam supply following a loss of load would minimize the possibility of exceeding turbine speed ratings that could lead to damage. C. Correct: EOP IMA require the Turbine Stop Valves (TSVs) to be closed. The required action is to place the EHC Pumps in PTL. The TSVs serve as the isolation valves between the OTSGs in the RB and the Main Turbine. All four TSVs are needed. If for example a MSLB occurred, both S/Gs would discharge through the break by way of the steam chest. Once the TSVs closed, then the steam loss would be isolated to just the single affected steam generator I MS line. D. Incorrect: | |||
First part is correct. Second part is incorrect. | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 11 T1/G1 040AK3.01, Steam Line Rupture Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Steam Line Rupture: Operation of steam line isolation valves (4.2/4.5) | ||
Plausible in that chest warming has a 125°F/hr Difference Limit between inner and outer steam chest metal that applies during chest warming. Technical Reference(s): | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the reason the Turbine Stop Valves are required to be closed following a ReactorlTurbine Trip Per discussion with NRC Lead Examiner - substituted Turbine Stop Valves (TSVs) for MSIVs and kept KIA. TSVs perform similar function of MSIVs for Steam Line Rupture. | ||
EP/1/1800/001 EOP IMAs, TS Bases 3.3.15 & 3.7.2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: Plausible as the control valves isolate steam flow to the turbine and would prevent a post trip overcooling from steam flow to the turbine. | ||
None Learning Objective: | B. Incorrect: Plausible as isolating the steam supply following a loss of load would minimize the possibility of exceeding turbine speed ratings that could lead to damage. | ||
STG-MT Obj. R3, EAP-IMA Obj. R5 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | C. Correct: EOP IMA require the Turbine Stop Valves (TSVs) to be closed. The required action is to place the EHC Pumps in PTL. The TSVs serve as the isolation valves between the OTSGs in the RB and the Main Turbine. All four TSVs are needed. If for example a MSLB occurred, both S/Gs would discharge through the break by way of the steam chest. Once the TSVs closed, then the steam loss would be isolated to just the single affected steam generator I MS line. | ||
II MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 12 Unit 1 initial conditions: | D. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is incorrect. Plausible in that chest warming has a 125°F/hr Difference Limit between inner and outer steam chest metal that applies during chest warming. | ||
* Reactor power = 100% Current conditions: | Technical Reference(s): EP/1/1800/001 EOP IMAs, TS Bases 3.3.15 & 3.7.2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: STG-MT Obj. R3, EAP-IMA Obj. R5 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified Distractor "D" for improved plausibility. II MB OK | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 12 Unit 1 initial conditions: | |||
* Reactor power = 100% | |||
Current conditions: | |||
* Station Blackout (power has NOT been restored) | * Station Blackout (power has NOT been restored) | ||
* RCS Temperatures 2 minutes after trip -Tc = 550°F -Th = 556°F CETCs = 558°F | * RCS Temperatures 2 minutes after trip | ||
* SG Pressures | - Tc = 550°F | ||
= 1010 psig stable Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the response of the RCS heat removal parameters during the transition but prior to establishing natural circulation? | - Th = 556°F CETCs = 558°F | ||
RCS Tcold CETCs A. Increasing Increasing B. Decreasing Stable C. Stable Increasing D. Decreasing Increasing 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 12 T1/G1 jmb 055EA 1.01, Station Blackout Ability to operate and monitor the following as they apply to a Station Blackout: | * SG Pressures = 1010 psig stable Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the response of the RCS heat removal parameters during the transition but prior to establishing natural circulation? | ||
RCS Tcold CETCs A. Increasing Increasing B. Decreasing Stable C. Stable Increasing D. Decreasing Increasing | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 12 T1/G1 jmb 055EA 1.01, Station Blackout Ability to operate and monitor the following as they apply to a Station Blackout: | |||
In-core thermocouple temperatures (3.7/3.9) | In-core thermocouple temperatures (3.7/3.9) | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to determine the status of RCS heat removal based on the relationship between RCS Loop Temperatures and CETC temperature ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to determine the status of RCS heat removal based on the relationship between RCS Loop Temperatures and CETC temperature ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: Plausible in that CETCs will be increasing to develop the necessary ~ T, but incorrect in that Tc would be either stable or decreasing. Candidate could confuse this concept. | ||
Plausible in that CETCs will be increasing to develop the necessary T, but incorrect in that Tc would be either stable or decreasing. | B. Incorrect: Tcold response is correct as it could be decreasing or held' constant by the SG PressurelTemp. CETC response would be correct if at low decay heat levels or natural circ had fully developed but neither of these is the situation here. | ||
Candidate could confuse this concept. B. Incorrect: | C. Correct: In the time period following the trip natural circulation conditions will be developing. Thot and CETC will be increasing with Tcold being held constant by SG pressures in order to build in an adequate thermal driving head to establish flow. After flow is established CETC & Thot will stabilize and eventually decrease as either decay heat level drops off or SG pressures are | ||
Tcold response is correct as it could be decreasing or held' constant by the SG PressurelTemp. | 'reduced. | ||
CETC response would be correct if at low decay heat levels or natural circ had fully developed but neither of these is the situation here. C. Correct: In the time period following the trip natural circulation conditions will be developing. | D. Incorrect: Tcold response is correct as it could be decreasing or held constant by the SG PressurelTemp. CETC response would be correct if at low decay heat levels or natural circ had fully developed but neither of these is the situation here. | ||
Thot and CETC will be increasing with Tcold being held constant by SG pressures in order to build in an adequate thermal driving head to establish flow. After flow is established CETC & Thot will stabilize and eventually decrease as either decay heat level drops off or SG pressures are 'reduced. | Technical Reference(s): TA-AM1 Rev OBc Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: TA-AM1 Obj R3 | ||
D. Incorrect: | ,Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __ | ||
Tcold response is correct as it could be decreasing or held constant by the SG PressurelTemp. | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Rewrote answers to improve plausibility. II Moved assumption to current conditions.. MB OK III Added "but prior to establishing" to stem for clarity and enhanced plausibility statements. | ||
CETC response would be correct if at low decay heat levels or natural circ had fully developed but neither of these is the situation here. Technical Reference(s): | * MB OK | ||
TA-AM1 Rev OBc Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | |||
None Learning Objective: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 13 Unit 1 initial conditions: | ||
TA-AM1 Obj R3 ,Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
II Moved assumption to current conditions.. | |||
MB OK III Added "but prior to establishing" to stem for clarity and enhanced plausibility statements. | |||
* MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 13 Unit 1 initial conditions: | |||
* LBLOCA occurred 1 hour ago | * LBLOCA occurred 1 hour ago | ||
* RCS Pressure = 30 psig | * RCS Pressure =30 psig | ||
* | * 1A & 1B LPI Pumps are running Current conditions: | ||
* | * 1KVIA is de-energized | ||
* | * 1SA-18/A-3 RVLlS/ICCM/RG1.97 Train A Trouble actuated Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the impact on the LPI system instrumentation and what alternate indication can be used to determine the status of the LPI pumps? | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to assess of LPI pump operating status and correlate pump flow to operating current (amps) and Cooler | A. LPI HDR 1A INJ FLOW (gpm) is Blank I 1A LPI Pump amps and breaker indicating lights B. LPI HDR 1A INJ FLOW (gpm) is Blank I 1A LPI HDR flow computer point (OAC) | ||
First part is correct as described above. Second part is plausible if assumption is made that the OAC is not dependent on ICCM. C. Incorrect: | C. LPI HDR 1B INJ FLOW (gpm) is Blank I 1B LPI Pump amps and breaker indicating lights D. LPI HDR 1B INJ FLOW (gpm) is Blank I 1B LPI HDR flow computer point (OAC) | ||
First part is incorrect. | |||
Plausible as it is the indication lost if KVIB were energized. | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 13 T1/G1 jmb 057AA 1.05, Loss of Vital AC Instrument Bus Ability to operate and I or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Vital AC Instrument Bus: Backup instrument indications (3.2/3.4) | ||
Failure to apply the correct train power supply would result in this selection. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to assess of LPI pump operating status and correlate pump flow to operating current (amps) and Cooler L1T following a loss of an instrument bus (KVIA). | ||
Second part is correct. This indication is available and is also not impacted by ICCM.* D. Incorrect: | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A Pg 48 of EL-CB describes 4160v Bkr control power as 125 VDC for pumps A. Correct: The loss of 1KVIA de-energizes Train A ICCM and results in LPI Train A Injection Flow dixon indicator failing. Pump amps and breaker indicating lights are not powered from ICCM and remain normal (approx 53-54 amps). | ||
First part is incorrect as described above. Second part is correct. This indication is available and is also not impacted by ICCM. Technical Reference(s): | B. Incorrect: First part is correct as described above. Second part is plausible if assumption is made that the OAC is not dependent on ICCM. | ||
OP/1/A11105/012, OP/1/A161 01/005, IC-RCI Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | C. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible as it is the indication lost if KVIB were de-energized. Failure to apply the correct train power supply would result in this selection. Second part is correct. This indication is available and is also not impacted by ICCM.* | ||
None Learning Objective: | D. Incorrect: First part is incorrect as described above. Second part is correct. This indication is available and is also not impacted by ICCM. | ||
IC-RCI Obj. R 43 & 59 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | Technical Reference(s): OP/1/A11105/012, OP/1/A161 01/005, IC-RCI Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: IC-RCI Obj. R 43 & 59 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __ | ||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added support documentation of breaker control power sources. MB OK III Enhanced plausibility statements. | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 14 Plant conditions: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 14 Plant conditions: | ||
* Unit 1, 2, & 3 Vital DC systems are aligned normally | * Unit 1, 2, & 3 Vital DC systems are aligned normally | ||
* | * 1CA Battery Charger fails - output voltage =0 VDC | ||
* | * 1CA Battery voltage = 120 VDC | ||
* 1DCB Bus voltage = 123 VDC | * 1DCB Bus voltage = 123 VDC | ||
* Unit 2 DCA/DCB Bus voltage = 125 VDC | * Unit 2 DCA/DCB Bus voltage = 125 VDC | ||
* Unit 3 DCA/DCB Bus voltage = 127 VDC Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following will supply power to 1DIA panelboard? | * Unit 3 DCA/DCB Bus voltage = 127 VDC Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following will supply power to 1DIA panelboard? | ||
ASSUME NO OPERATOR ACTIONS A. | ASSUME NO OPERATOR ACTIONS A. 1CA Battery B. Unit 3 DC Bus C. 1DCB Bus D. Unit 2 DC Bus | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the operational implications of failed battery charger and the operational impact of the loss of a Vital DC Battery Charger and the response by the Vital DC system ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect. | |||
Unit 2 supplies power<to the alternate isolating diodes for | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 14 T1/G10km 058AK1.01, Loss of DC Power Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Loss of DC Power: Battery charger equipment and instrumentation (2.8/3.1) | ||
The voltage from Unit 2 is higher than the | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the operational implications of failed battery charger and the operational impact of the loss of a Vital DC Battery Charger and the response by the Vital DC system ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect. Unit 2 supplies power<to the alternate isolating diodes for 1DIA panelboard. The voltage from Unit 2 is higher than the 1CA battery voltage since Unit 2 is being supplied from the charger, so Unit 2 will supply power. Plausible if the student fails to realize unit 2 backs up unit 1 when its voltage is higher than unit 1 battery bus. | ||
Unit 3's DC Bus is not connected to Unit 1. Plausible because unit 3 does backup unit 1 in the SSF power scheme. The student may get this confused. | B. Incorrect. Unit 3's DC Bus is not connected to Unit 1. Plausible because unit 3 does backup unit 1 in the SSF power scheme. The student may get this confused. | ||
C. Incorrect. | C. Incorrect. For the Vital DC system, the 1DCB bus is not aligned to the 1DCA bus. | ||
For the Vital DC system, the | Plausible because 1DCB Bus is aligned to backup the essential inverters D. Correct, The voltage from Unit 2 is higher than the 1CA battery voltage since Unit 2 is being supplied from the charger, so Unit 2 will supply power. | ||
Lesson Plan EL-DCD Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Technical Reference(s): Lesson Plan EL-DCD Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EL-DCD R4 Question Source: B Question History: Last NRC Exam ONS 2006 RO Written#59 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Replaced question II MB OK III Enhanced plausibility statements. | ||
None Learning Objective: | |||
EL-DCD R4 Question Source: B Question History: Last NRC Exam ONS 2006 RO Written#59 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Replaced question II MB OK III Enhanced plausibility statements. | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 15 Unit 3 initial conditions: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 15 Unit 3 initial conditions: | ||
* Reactor power = 100% Current conditions: | * Reactor power = 100% | ||
Current conditions: | |||
* LPSW header pressure = 20 psig increasing Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the status of statalarm 3SA-9/C3 (LPSW Low Press RB Aux Cooler Isolation) and if the RBACs isolate, how is LPSW flow restored? | * LPSW header pressure = 20 psig increasing Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the status of statalarm 3SA-9/C3 (LPSW Low Press RB Aux Cooler Isolation) and if the RBACs isolate, how is LPSW flow restored? | ||
A. Actuated / Automatically when LPSW pressure returns above setpoint B. Actuated / Manually after depressing LPSW LOW PRESS DIG CH 1 AND 2 pushbuttons C. Not Actuated / Automatically when LPSW pressure returns above setpoint D. Not Actuated / Manually after depressing LPSW LOW PRESS DIG CH 1 AND 2 pushbuttons Question 15 T1/G1 jmb | A. Actuated / Automatically when LPSW pressure returns above setpoint B. Actuated / Manually after depressing LPSW LOW PRESS DIG CH 1 AND 2 pushbuttons C. Not Actuated / Automatically when LPSW pressure returns above setpoint D. Not Actuated / Manually after depressing LPSW LOW PRESS DIG CH 1 AND 2 pushbuttons | ||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 15 T1/G1 jmb 062AG2.4.46, Loss of Nuclear Service Water Ability to verify that the alarms are consistent with the plant conditions. | |||
(4.2/4.2) | (4.2/4.2) | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to evaluate alarm status based on plant conditions and determine status of LPSW to the RB Aux Coolers. ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to evaluate alarm status based on plant conditions and determine status of LPSW to the RB Aux Coolers. | ||
First part is correct. The alarm setpoint was reached at 23 psig decreasing and pressure must rise to> 23 psig in order for the S/A to automatically clear. Second part is incorrect. | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: First part is correct. The alarm setpoint was reached at 23 psig decreasing and pressure must rise to> 23 psig in order for the S/A to automatically clear. Second part is incorrect. RBACs did isolate; however rising LPSW header pressure above 23 psig will not automatically restore flow to the RBACs. Plausible if the student fails to realize the RBCUs are not automatically restored. | ||
RBACs did isolate; however rising LPSW header pressure above 23 psig will not automatically restore flow to the RBACs. Plausible if the student fails to realize the RBCUs are not automatically restored. | |||
B. CORRECT: Alarm status is correct; alarm setpoint was reached at 23 psig decreasing and pressure must rise> 23 psig in order for the S/A to automatically clear. RBACs did isolate and they must be manually restored to their normal OPEN/AUTO status after depressing both LPSW LOW PRESS DIG CH 1 AND 2 pushbuttons. | B. CORRECT: Alarm status is correct; alarm setpoint was reached at 23 psig decreasing and pressure must rise> 23 psig in order for the S/A to automatically clear. RBACs did isolate and they must be manually restored to their normal OPEN/AUTO status after depressing both LPSW LOW PRESS DIG CH 1 AND 2 pushbuttons. | ||
C. Incorrect: | C. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Alarm setpoint was reached at 23 psig decreasing and pressure must rise to > 23 psig in order for the S/A to automatically clear. | ||
First part is incorrect. | Plausible if the student does not remember the alarm setpoint. Second part is incorrect as described above. | ||
Alarm setpoint was reached at 23 psig decreasing and pressure must rise to > 23 psig in order for the S/A to automatically clear. Plausible if the student does not remember the alarm setpoint. Second part is incorrect as described above. D. Incorrect: | D. Incorrect: First part is incorrect as described above. Second part is correct as described above. | ||
First part is incorrect as described above. Second part is correct as described above. Technical Reference(s): | Technical Reference(s): Statalarm 3SA-9/C3 (LPSW Low Press RB Aux. Cooler Isolation) | ||
Statalarm 3SA-9/C3 (LPSW Low Press RB Aux. Cooler Isolation) | Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: SSS-LPW Obj R13, PNS-RBC Obj. R14 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No changes II MB OK III Enhanced plausibility statements. | ||
None Learning Objective: | |||
SSS-LPW Obj R13, PNS-RBC Obj. R14 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 16 Unit 1 initial conditions: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 16 Unit 1 initial conditions: | ||
* Reactor power = 100% | * Reactor power = 100% | ||
Line 285: | Line 317: | ||
* Instrument Air pressure = 61 psig decreasing | * Instrument Air pressure = 61 psig decreasing | ||
* FDW Pump ilP OAC alarms actuate | * FDW Pump ilP OAC alarms actuate | ||
* | * 1A & 1B Main FDW Pump speeds are both increasing Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the actions required by AP/22? | ||
If at any time two or more CRD temperatures are > 180°F, then trip the reactor. B. Commence a plant shutdown. | A. Commence a plant shutdown. If at any time two or more CRD temperatures are | ||
If at any time SG level approaches main FDW pump trip criteria, then trip the reactor. C. Manually trip the reactor. Manually trip both main FDW pumps. D. Manually trip the reactor. Take both FDW Masters to Hand and decrease demand to zero. | > 180°F, then trip the reactor. | ||
Question 16 T1/G1-OKM | B. Commence a plant shutdown. If at any time SG level approaches main FDW pump trip criteria, then trip the reactor. | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Question tests knowledge of when to trip the reactor during a loss of IA event. Therefore, the question tests knowledge of the ability to operate the RPS, via tripping reactor, when a loss of instrument air occurs. ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: | C. Manually trip the reactor. Manually trip both main FDW pumps. | ||
Plausible in that a rapid unit shutdown is required; however the method directed is a manual Rx trip. Second part is plausible as it is the immediate trip criteria for loss of CC flow to the CRDMs during the loss of IA is valid. B. Incorrect: | D. Manually trip the reactor. Take both FDW Masters to Hand and decrease demand to zero. | ||
Plausible in that a rapid unit shutdown is required; however the method directed is a manual Rx trip. Second part is plausible in that OMP 1-18 dictates a Manual Rx Trip and tripping of both MFWPS if any SG reaches >96% on the OR level. C. Correct. AP/22 requires the reactor to be tripped when FDW is not controllable. | |||
The OAC alarm actuates at about 30 psig, well below the -65 psig where FDW valves can stop responding to control signals. Applicants need to know when the OAC alarm actuates. (See referenced SAEL and Step 4.3 of the AP) Therefore, the AP requires that the reactor be tripped and the MFDW pumps to be tripped. D. Incorrect: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 16 T1/G1- OKM 065AA1.05, Loss of Instrument Air Ability to operate and 1 or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Instrument Air: RPS (3.3/3.3) | ||
AP/22 requires MFDW pumps to be tripped immediately after the reactor is manually due to loss of FDW controllability. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Question tests knowledge of when to trip the reactor during a loss of IA event. | ||
Plausible in that the candidate could erroneously think that Feedwater control valves (and FDW demand) would still be controllable if taken to Hand on the ICS stations. | Therefore, the question tests knowledge of the ability to operate the RPS, via tripping reactor, when a loss of instrument air occurs. | ||
Technical Reference(s): | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: Plausible in that a rapid unit shutdown is required; however the method directed is a manual Rx trip. Second part is plausible as it is the immediate trip criteria for loss of CC flow to the CRDMs during the loss of IA is valid. | ||
AP/22 Rev 25 (Loss of Instrument Air), Lesson Plan lA, Instrument Air System, Rev. 18, Simulator Guide, SAE-L 035, Loss of Instrument Air, Rev. 9. Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | B. Incorrect: Plausible in that a rapid unit shutdown is required; however the method directed is a manual Rx trip. Second part is plausible in that OMP 1-18 dictates a Manual Rx Trip and tripping of both MFWPS if any SG reaches >96% on the OR level. | ||
None Learning Objective: | C. Correct. AP/22 requires the reactor to be tripped when FDW is not controllable. The OAC alarm actuates at about 30 psig, well below the -65 psig where FDW valves can stop responding to control signals. Applicants need to know when the OAC alarm actuates. (See referenced SAEL and Step 4.3 of the AP) Therefore, the AP requires that the reactor be tripped and the MFDW pumps to be tripped. | ||
SSS-IA R44, R45, R53 Question Source: B Question History: Last NRC Exam ONS 2006 RO Exam Q#62 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis FDW flow cannot be controlled by procedure using FDW pumps speed control II MBOK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 17 Unit 3 plant conditions: | D. Incorrect: AP/22 requires MFDW pumps to be tripped immediately after the reactor is manually due to loss of FDW controllability. Plausible in that the candidate could erroneously think that Feedwater control valves (and FDW demand) would still be controllable if taken to Hand on the ICS stations. | ||
Technical Reference(s): AP/22 Rev 25 (Loss of Instrument Air), Lesson Plan SSS-lA, Instrument Air System, Rev. 18, Simulator Guide, SAE-L 035, Loss of Instrument Air, Rev. 9. | |||
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: SSS-IA R44, R45, R53 Question Source: B Question History: Last NRC Exam ONS 2006 RO Exam Q#62 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis FDW flow cannot be controlled by procedure using FDW pumps speed control II MBOK | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 17 Unit 3 plant conditions: | |||
* A voltage disturbance is occurring | * A voltage disturbance is occurring | ||
* AP/34 (Degrade Grid) initiated | * AP/34 (Degrade Grid) initiated | ||
Line 304: | Line 340: | ||
* Generator Mwe = 800 | * Generator Mwe = 800 | ||
* Generator Hydrogen pressure = 60 psig | * Generator Hydrogen pressure = 60 psig | ||
* Generator output voltage = 18.3 kV Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following is the limit on MVARs in accordance with the Generator Capacity Curve? REFERENCE PROVIDED A. 325 B. 375 C. 410 D. 550 Question 17 T1/G1 -jmb | * Generator output voltage = 18.3 kV Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following is the limit on MVARs in accordance with the Generator Capacity Curve? | ||
Under-excitation (3.3/3.4) | REFERENCE PROVIDED A. 325 B. 375 C. 410 D. 550 | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of operating characteristics associated with generator MWe and MVAR and the operational concern with operating in an under-excited condition. | |||
Also requires knowledge of the operation of the excitation system to correct the condition. | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 17 T1/G1 - jmb 077AK1.03, GeneratorVoltage and Electric Grid Disturbances Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Generator Voltage and Electric Grid Disturbances: Under-excitation (3.3/3.4) | ||
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of operating characteristics associated with generator MWe and MVAR and the operational concern with operating in an under-excited condition. Also requires knowledge of the operation of the excitation system to correct the condition. | ||
Plausible if the 45 psig H2 generator gas pressure line is followed on the curve instead of the 60 psig gas pressure line as stated. B. Correct: Determines using the attached curve from AP/34 that the generator is under-excited and the maximum (-) MVARS limit is -375. C. Incorrect: | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: Plausible if the 45 psig H2 generator gas pressure line is followed on the curve instead of the 60 psig gas pressure line as stated. | ||
Plausible if the 45 psig H2 generator gas pressure line is followed on the lagging pf side of the curve instead of the 60 psig pressure line on the leading pf side as stated. D. Incorrect: | B. Correct: Determines using the attached curve from AP/34 that the generator is under-excited and the maximum (-) MVARS limit is -375. | ||
Plausible if erroneously applies a lagging power factor instead of leading pf with all other parameters as stated. Technical Reference(s): | C. Incorrect: Plausible if the 45 psig H2 generator gas pressure line is followed on the lagging pf side of the curve instead of the 60 psig pressure line on the leading pf side as stated. | ||
AP/34, STG-015 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | D. Incorrect: Plausible if erroneously applies a lagging power factor instead of leading pf with all other parameters as stated. | ||
AP/34, Encl. 5.1, Generator Capability Curve Learning Objective: | Technical Reference(s): AP/34, STG-015 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: AP/34, Encl. 5.1, Generator Capability Curve Learning Objective: STG-015 Obj R26, EAP-APG Obj R9 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
STG-015 Obj R26, EAP-APG Obj R9 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or- Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added attachment from API34 II Modified stem to improve readability. MB OK | ||
MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 18 Unit 1 plant conditions: | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 18 Unit 1 plant conditions: | |||
* Loss of Heat Transfer exists due to the loss of ALL FDW sources | * Loss of Heat Transfer exists due to the loss of ALL FDW sources | ||
* HPI Forced Cooling in progress | * HPI Forced Cooling in progress | ||
* RCS pressure = 2210 psig slowly decreasing | * RCS pressure = 2210 psig slowly decreasing | ||
* Pzr Level = 380 inches increasing | * Pzr Level = 380 inches increasing | ||
* Core SCM = 56°F increasing Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following correctly completes the statement below regarding HPI throttling and the parameter/trend used to determine if the criteria for HPI throttling is met? HPI flow ____ be throttled because | * Core SCM = 56°F increasing Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following correctly completes the statement below regarding HPI throttling and the parameter/trend used to determine if the criteria for HPI throttling is met? | ||
Facility's heat removal systems, including primary coolant, emergency coolant, the decay heat removal systems, and relations between the proper operation of these systems to the operation of the facility. | HPI flow ____ be throttled because _ _ _ __ | ||
A. may NOT / RCS pressure is decreasing B. may NOT / CETCs are increasing C. may / Pzr Level is increasing D. may / CETCs are decreasing | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 18 T1/G1 - jmb BE04EK2.2, Inadequate Heat Transfer Knowledge of the interrelations between the (Inadequate Heat Transfer) and the following: Facility's heat removal systems, including primary coolant, emergency coolant, the decay heat removal systems, and relations between the proper operation of these systems to the operation of the facility. | |||
(4.2/4.2) | (4.2/4.2) | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of criteria for throttling HPI during HPI Forced Cooling based on the status of core cooling provided by HPI (CETC trend and Core SCM status) ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of criteria for throttling HPI during HPI Forced Cooling based on the status of core cooling provided by HPI (CETC trend and Core SCM status) | ||
First part is incorrect. | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Criteria for throttling HPI during HPI cooling is based on Core SCM >0 and CETC decreasing. Plausible if slowly decreasing pressure is used as the basis for core SCM increasing. | ||
Criteria for throttling HPI during HPI cooling is based on Core SCM >0 and CETC decreasing. | B. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Criteria for throttling HPI during HPI cooling is based on Core SCM >0 and CETC decreasing. Plausible if correlation between increasing Core SCM and slowly decreasing pressure is not recognized as indication that CETC temperatures are decreasing. | ||
Plausible if slowly decreasing pressure is used as the basis for core SCM increasing. | C. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is incorrect but plausible in that Pzr level increasing is part of the HPI throttling criteria if NOT in HPI F/C. | ||
B. Incorrect: | D. Correct: Criteria for throttling HPI during HPI cooling is based on Core SCM >0 and CETC decreasing. Core SCM increasing with RCS pressure slowly decreasing indicates that CETC temperatures are decreasing. | ||
First part is incorrect. | Technical Reference(s): EP/1/1800/01 Rule 6 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP-HPI CD Obj. R3 Question Source: B (EAP140310) | ||
Criteria for throttling HPI during HPI cooling is based on Core SCM >0 and CETC decreasing. | Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __ | ||
Plausible if correlation between increasing Core SCM and slowly decreasing pressure is not recognized as indication that CETC temperatures are decreasing. | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified stem and C distractor to add plausibility II MB OK | ||
C. Incorrect: | |||
First part is correct. Second part is incorrect but plausible in that Pzr level increasing is part of the HPI throttling criteria if NOT in HPI F/C. D. Correct: Criteria for throttling HPI during HPI cooling is based on Core SCM >0 and CETC decreasing. | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 19 Unit 3 initial conditions: | ||
Core SCM increasing with RCS pressure slowly decreasing indicates that CETC temperatures are decreasing. | |||
Technical Reference(s): | |||
EP/1/1800/01 Rule 6 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | |||
None Learning Objective: | |||
EAP-HPI CD Obj. R3 Question Source: B (EAP140310) | |||
Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
* Reactor power = 100% | * Reactor power = 100% | ||
* SASS is in MANUAL | * SASS is in MANUAL | ||
* ALL PZR level Channels = 220 inches | * ALL PZR level Channels =220 inches | ||
* Pzr Level Channel 3 is selected Current conditions: | * Pzr Level Channel 3 is selected Current conditions: | ||
* PZR temperature channel "B" fails LOW Which ONE of the following describes how Standby Shutdown Facility (SSF) Pzr Level indication will be initially affected by the above temperature failure and how will 3HP-120 respond to the failure? SSF Pzr Level indication will initially | * PZR temperature channel "B" fails LOW Which ONE of the following describes how Standby Shutdown Facility (SSF) Pzr Level indication will be initially affected by the above temperature failure and how will 3HP-120 respond to the failure? | ||
SSF Pzr Level indication will initially ____and 3HP-120 will _ _ __ | |||
Sensors and detectors (2.6/2.7) | A. decrease / be unaffected B. stay the same / be unaffected C. decrease / open D. stay the same / open | ||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 19 T1/G2 - okm 028AK2.02, Pressurizer Level Control Malfunction Knowledge of the interrelations between the Pressurizer Level Control Malfunctions and the following: Sensors and detectors (2.6/2.7) | |||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to know the response of the plant to a malfunction in the Pzr Level Control circuit specifically Pzr level temperature compensation. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to know the response of the plant to a malfunction in the Pzr Level Control circuit specifically Pzr level temperature compensation. | ||
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible if SSF Pzr level is assumed to Temperature compensated from the affected channel. Second part incorrect and plausible if relationship between Pzr Temperature and ICCM Train is misapplied and the affect is assumed to be on level 1 and 2 which are associated with ICCM train "A". | ||
First part is incorrect. | B. Incorrect: First part is correct as described below. Second part is incorrect as noted above. | ||
Plausible if SSF Pzr level is assumed to Temperature compensated from the affected channel. Second part incorrect and plausible if relationship between Pzr Temperature and ICCM Train is misapplied and the affect is assumed to be on level 1 and 2 which are associated with ICCM train "A". B. Incorrect: | C. Incorrect: First part is plausible as noted in distracter A. Second part is correct as noted below. | ||
First part is correct as described below. Second part is incorrect as noted above. C. Incorrect: | D. Correct: The SSF PZR level indication is not temperature compensated and will not change. PZR temperature channel "B" feeds ICCM Train "B". PZR level 3 comes from ICCM Train "B". With a loss of temperature compensation the associated level indication will decrease. SASS is in manual so HP-120 will respond to the lower level indication and open. | ||
First part is plausible as noted in distracter A. Second part is correct as noted below. D. Correct: The SSF PZR level indication is not temperature compensated and will not change. PZR temperature channel "B" feeds ICCM Train "B". PZR level 3 comes from ICCM Train "B". With a loss of temperature compensation the associated level indication will decrease. | Technical Reference(s): IC-RCI Rev 19, PNS-PZR Rev 16a Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: PNS-PZR Obj R14/15 & 31, IC-RCI Obj R13 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __ | ||
SASS is in manual so HP-120 will respond to the lower level indication and open. Technical Reference(s): | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No changes. /I MB OK /1/ Enhanced plausibility statements. | ||
IC-RCI Rev 19, PNS-PZR Rev 16a Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | |||
None Learning Objective: | |||
PNS-PZR Obj R14/15 & 31, IC-RCI Obj R13 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 20 Plant initial conditions: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 20 Plant initial conditions: | ||
* Unit 1 in MODE 6 -De-fuel in progress | * Unit 1 in MODE 6 | ||
- De-fuel in progress | |||
* Unit 2 in MODE 5 | * Unit 2 in MODE 5 | ||
* Unit 1 & 2 RB Purge Fans running | * Unit 1 & 2 RB Purge Fans running | ||
* | * 1RIA-3 (Fuel Transfer Canal Wall) = 1.4 mr/hr | ||
* | * 1RIA-6 (Spent Fuel Pool) = 1.72 mr/hr Current conditions: | ||
* | * 1RIA-3 (Fuel Transfer Canal Wall) = 1.5 mr/hr | ||
* | * 1RIA-6 (Spent Fuel Pool) = 15.2 mr/hr Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes REQUIRED operator actions? | ||
Occurrence of a fuel handling incident (3.4/4.1 ) KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to determine the location of a fuel handling accident based on changes in radiation levels and what actions are required to mitigate it. ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: | A. Stop Unit 1 RB Purge Fan and start a SFP Filtered exhaust fan. | ||
First part is incorrect. | B. Start ALL Outside Air Booster Fans and stop Unit 1 RB Purge Fan. | ||
Plausible if RIA indication is misinterpreted. | C. Stop Unit 2 RB Purge Fan and start a SFP Filtered exhaust fan. | ||
Starting the SFP Filtered Exhaust Fan is directed if the FH accident occurs in the U 1 & 2 SFP area. B. Incorrect: | D. Start ALL Outside Air Booster Fans and close ALL containment penetrations | ||
Procedure directs starting the Outside Air Booster fans for both control rooms and stopping U1 RB Purge Fan if the event occurs in the RB. C. Correct: RIAs indicate spent fuel damage in the SFP. Action to stop Unit 2 purge fan is directed to allow placing the SFP Filtered Exhaust Fan in service. D. Incorrect: | |||
First part is incorrect as noted above. Second part is correct. Technical Reference(s): | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 20 T1/G2 - jmb 036AA2.02, Fuel Handling Incidents Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Fuel Handling Incidents: Occurrence of a fuel handling incident (3.4/4.1 ) | ||
AP/9, Spent Fuel Damage Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to determine the location of a fuel handling accident based on changes in radiation levels and what actions are required to mitigate it. | ||
None Learning Objective: | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible if RIA indication is misinterpreted. Starting the SFP Filtered Exhaust Fan is directed if the FH accident occurs in the U 1& 2 SFP area. | ||
FH-FHS R47 Question Source: B (FH014702) | B. Incorrect: Procedure directs starting the Outside Air Booster fans for both control rooms and stopping U1 RB Purge Fan if the event occurs in the RB. | ||
Question History: Last NRC Exam ONS 2007 NRC RO Exam Q#22 Question Cognitive Level: | C. Correct: RIAs indicate spent fuel damage in the SFP. Action to stop Unit 2 purge fan is directed to allow placing the SFP Filtered Exhaust Fan in service. | ||
D. Incorrect: First part is incorrect as noted above. Second part is correct. | |||
Technical Reference(s): AP/9, Spent Fuel Damage Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: FH-FHS R47 Question Source: B (FH014702) | |||
Question History: Last NRC Exam ONS 2007 NRC RO Exam Q#22 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No changes. II MB OK | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 21 Unit 1 plant conditions: | |||
* A Steam Generator Tube Rupture has occurred in the "1 B" SG | * A Steam Generator Tube Rupture has occurred in the "1 B" SG | ||
* ALL RCPs operating Which ONE of the following sets of parameters will result in the least amount of primary to secondary leakage? RCS temperature is of. RCS pressure is psig. RCS Temp / RCS pressure A. 520 / 831 B. 532 / 890 C.540 / 987 D. 552 / 1095 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 21 T1/G2 -OKM | * ALL RCPs operating Which ONE of the following sets of parameters will result in the least amount of primary to secondary leakage? | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to use Steam Tables to calculate sub-cooling margin for initial and current conditions to determine changes in steam generator tube leak rate ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: | RCS temperature is of. RCS pressure is psig. | ||
The SGs will be at Psat for the RCS Tsat. Sat pressure for 520°F 798 psig. (831 -798 = 33 psid across the SG tubes) B. Correct: The SGs will be at Psat for the RCS Tsat. Sat pressure for 532°F 885 psig. (890 -885 = 5 psid). This is the minimum Ap between RCS and SGs of all the answers. Minimum Ap will result in the least amount of primary to secondary leakage. C. Incorrect:The SGs will be at Psat for the RCS Tsat. Sat pressure for 540°F 948 psig. (987 -948 = 39 psid across the SG tubes) D. Incorrect: | RCS Temp / RCS pressure A. 520 / 831 B. 532 / 890 C.540 / 987 D. 552 / 1095 | ||
The SGs will be at Psat for the RCS Tsat. Sat pressure for 552°F 1048 psig. (1095 -1048 = 47 psid across the SG tubes) Technical Reference(s): | |||
Steam Tables Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 21 T1/G2 -OKM 037AK1.01, Steam Generator (S/G) Tube Leak Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Steam Generator Tube Leak: Use of steam tables (2.9/3.3) | ||
Steam Tables Learning Objective: | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to use Steam Tables to calculate sub-cooling margin for initial and current conditions to determine changes in steam generator tube leak rate ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: The SGs will be at Psat for the RCS Tsat. Sat pressure for 520°F ~ 798 psig. (831 - 798 = 33 psid across the SG tubes) | ||
EAP-SGTR, R6 Question Source: B (EAP090606) | B. Correct: The SGs will be at Psat for the RCS Tsat. Sat pressure for 532°F ~ | ||
Question History: Last NRC Exam | 885 psig. (890 - 885 = 5 psid). This is the minimum Ap between RCS and SGs of all the answers. Minimum Ap will result in the least amount of primary to secondary leakage. | ||
All plausible distracters violated RCP NPSH curve. | C. Incorrect:The SGs will be at Psat for the RCS Tsat. Sat pressure for 540°F ~ 948 psig. (987 - 948 = 39 psid across the SG tubes) | ||
* MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 22 Unit 3 plant conditions: | D. Incorrect: The SGs will be at Psat for the RCS Tsat. Sat pressure for 552°F ~ 1048 psig. (1095 - 1048 =47 psid across the SG tubes) | ||
Technical Reference(s): Steam Tables Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: Steam Tables Learning Objective: EAP-SGTR, R6 Question Source: B (EAP090606) | |||
Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Rewrote question II Added "allow RCP operation" to stem for clarity. MB OK III Replaced question due to conflict with procedures. All plausible distracters violated RCP NPSH curve. | |||
* MB OK | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 22 Unit 3 plant conditions: | |||
* Reactor power = 100% | * Reactor power = 100% | ||
* Main condenser vacuum = 28" Hg decreasing slowly Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the highest vacuum (inches Hg) at which a MANUAL Reactor Trip would be required per 3AP/27 (Loss of Condenser Vacuum)? A. 25 B. 22 C.20 D. 19 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 22 T1/G2 -OKM 051AG2.4.2, Loss of Condenser Vacuum Knowledge of system set points, interlocks and automatic actions associated with EOP entry conditions. | * Main condenser vacuum = 28" Hg decreasing slowly Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the highest vacuum (inches Hg) at which a MANUAL Reactor Trip would be required per 3AP/27 (Loss of Condenser Vacuum)? | ||
A. 25 B. 22 C.20 D. 19 | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 22 T1/G2 - OKM 051AG2.4.2, Loss of Condenser Vacuum Knowledge of system set points, interlocks and automatic actions associated with EOP entry conditions. | |||
(4.5/4.6) | (4.5/4.6) | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to know set points for low vacuum trips and the set point for immediate manual reactor trip from the Loss of Condenser Vacuum AP ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to know set points for low vacuum trips and the set point for immediate manual reactor trip from the Loss of Condenser Vacuum AP ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: Plausible in that 25"Hg decreasing is the SA "COND VACUUM LOW" setpoint B. CORRECT: per AP/27 IAAT Step 4.1; manually trip Reactor if :522" Hg is reached C. Incorrect: Plausible in that 20"Hg provides margin for the operator to respond to trip prior to the MFWPT trip. | ||
Plausible in that 25"Hg decreasing is the SA "COND VACUUM LOW" setpoint B. CORRECT: per AP/27 IAAT Step 4.1; manually trip Reactor if :522" Hg is reached C. Incorrect: | D. Incorrect: Plausible in that 19"Hg is the FWP automatic trip on low vacuum Technical Reference(s): 3/AP/27 Rev 03 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP-APG R7; STG-MT R13; CF-FPT R8 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
Plausible in that 20"Hg provides margin for the operator to respond to trip prior to the MFWPT trip. D. Incorrect: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No changes /I MB OK | ||
Plausible in that 19"Hg is the FWP automatic trip on low vacuum Technical Reference(s): | |||
3/AP/27 Rev 03 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 23 Unit 1 initial conditions: | ||
None Learning Objective: | |||
EAP-APG R7; STG-MT R13; CF-FPT R8 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
* Mode 6 | * Mode 6 | ||
* Fuel assemblies are being loaded into the core | * Fuel assemblies are being loaded into the core | ||
* All four SR Nls in service | * All four SR Nls in service | ||
* SR | * SR 1NI-1 and SR 1NI-3 are the designated Nls for Fuel Handling Current conditions: | ||
* Power supply to SR | * Power supply to SR 1NI-1 fails (0 vdc) | ||
Fuel movement. | Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the impact on fuel movement? | ||
.. A. may continue because two SR Nls remain in service. B. may continue because one of the designated SR Nls is still in service. C. is required to be stopped until another SR NI is designated because other Nls are procedurally allowed to be designated. | Fuel movement. .. | ||
D. is required to be stopped and cannot be resumed until SR | A. may continue because two SR Nls remain in service. | ||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 23 T1/G2 -okm 032AK1.01, Loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation: | B. may continue because one of the designated SR Nls is still in service. | ||
Effects of voltage changes on performance (2.5/3.1 ) KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the effects of changing power supply voltage on the shared SR and WR Nls and the operational implications of this change ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: | C. is required to be stopped until another SR NI is designated because other Nls are procedurally allowed to be designated. | ||
Plausible because the two SR Nls remain in service however the procedure requires the Nls used to monitor core reactivity be designated in advance. B. Incorrect: | D. is required to be stopped and cannot be resumed until SR 1NI-1 is returned to service because other Nls are NOT procedurally allowed to be designated. | ||
Plausible if it is not understood that the procedure requires 2 designated Nls to be operable. | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 23 T1/G2 - okm 032AK1.01, Loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation: Effects of voltage changes on performance (2.5/3.1 ) | |||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the effects of changing power supply voltage on the shared SR and WR Nls and the operational implications of this change ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: Plausible because the two SR Nls remain in service however the procedure requires the Nls used to monitor core reactivity be designated in advance. | |||
B. Incorrect: Plausible if it is not understood that the procedure requires 2 designated Nls to be operable. | |||
C. Correct: Procedure requires movement to be stopped until 2 Nls used to monitor core reactivity can be designated. | C. Correct: Procedure requires movement to be stopped until 2 Nls used to monitor core reactivity can be designated. | ||
D. Incorrect: | D. Incorrect: Plausible as restoring SR NI-1 would restore 2 designated Nls however the procedure allows an alternate NI to be designated and then continue fuel movement. It is not required to restore NI-1 if another NI can be designated to replace it. | ||
Plausible as restoring SR NI-1 would restore 2 designated Nls however the procedure allows an alternate NI to be designated and then continue fuel movement. | Technical Reference(s): OP/1/A11502/007 Rev 81 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: FH-FHS Obj R20 Question Source: M (FH041401) | ||
It is not required to restore NI-1 if another NI can be designated to replace it. Technical Reference(s): | Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __ | ||
OP/1/A11502/007 Rev 81 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified C & D choices to improve plausibility II Modified C and D to ensure only one correct answer. Modified initial conditions to read "Fuel assemblies are being loaded into the core" MB OK | ||
None Learning Objective: | |||
FH-FHS Obj R20 Question Source: M (FH041401) | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 24 Unit 3 initial conditions: | ||
Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
* SBLOCA | * SBLOCA | ||
* EOP ICC tab is in progress | * EOP ICC tab is in progress | ||
Line 420: | Line 469: | ||
* 3RC-4 (PORV Block) is closed Current conditions: | * 3RC-4 (PORV Block) is closed Current conditions: | ||
* 3A & 3B HPI pumps operating | * 3A & 3B HPI pumps operating | ||
* Conditions require the opening of 3RC-4 and establishing PORV flow to the Quench Tank Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes actions required to operate 3RC-4 and the reason for establishing flow to the Quench Tank? Position 3RC-4 switch to ... A. OPEN / increase HPI injection flow B. OPEN / elimination of non-condensable gases C. OPEN AND depress OPEN PERMIT / increase HPI injection flow D. OPEN AND depress OPEN PERMIT / elimination of non-condensab!e gases 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 24 T1/G2 -okm/jmb 07 4EA 1.23, Inadequate Core Cooling Ability to operate and monitor the following as they apply to an Inadequate Core Cooling: PORV block valve indicators, switches, controls (for both RCS and S/G) (3.9/4.0) | * Conditions require the opening of 3RC-4 and establishing PORV flow to the Quench Tank Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes actions required to operate 3RC-4 and the reason for establishing flow to the Quench Tank? | ||
Position 3RC-4 switch to ... | |||
A. OPEN / increase HPI injection flow B. OPEN / elimination of non-condensable gases C. OPEN AND depress OPEN PERMIT / increase HPI injection flow D. OPEN AND depress OPEN PERMIT / elimination of non-condensab!e gases | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 24 T1/G2 -okm/jmb 07 4EA 1.23, Inadequate Core Cooling Ability to operate and monitor the following as they apply to an Inadequate Core Cooling: PORV block valve indicators, switches, controls (for both RCS and S/G) | |||
(3.9/4.0) | |||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to know the controls and to understand the reasons/results on the plant of opening the PORV and RC-4 during an ICC condition ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Operation of RC-4 (PORV Block) requires operating the Control Switch only and verifying light indication changes. RCS pressure will decrease causing HPI flow to increase per the design of the procedure. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to know the controls and to understand the reasons/results on the plant of opening the PORV and RC-4 during an ICC condition ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Operation of RC-4 (PORV Block) requires operating the Control Switch only and verifying light indication changes. RCS pressure will decrease causing HPI flow to increase per the design of the procedure. | ||
B. Incorrect: | B. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is plausible because non-condensable gases will be eliminated but this is not the basis for the alignment. | ||
First part is correct. Second part is plausible because non-condensable gases will be eliminated but this is not the basis for the alignment. | C. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Operation of RC-4 (PORV Block) requires operating the Control Switch only and verifying light indication changes; the PORV requires the use of the OPEN PERMIT button. Second part is correct. RCS pressure will decrease causing HPI flow to increase per the design of the procedure. | ||
C. Incorrect: | D. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Operation of RC-4 (PORV Block) requires operating the Control Switch only and verifying light indication changes as the PORV requires the use of the OPEN PERMIT button. Second part is plausible because non-condensable gases will be eliminated but this is not the basis for the alignment. | ||
First part is incorrect. | Technical Reference(s): EOP ICC Tab, EOP Reference Document and EAP-ICC Lesson Plan Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: EAP-ICC R5, PNS-Pzr R37 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
Operation of RC-4 (PORV Block) requires operating the Control Switch only and verifying light indication changes; the PORV requires the use of the OPEN PERMIT button. Second part is correct. RCS pressure will decrease causing HPI flow to increase per the design of the procedure. | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified B & D to enhance plausibility II MB OK III Added bullet to current conditions and modified stem for clarity. ''Position 3RC-4 switch to ... " | ||
D. Incorrect: | * MB OK | ||
First part is incorrect. | |||
Operation of RC-4 (PORV Block) requires operating the Control Switch only and verifying light indication changes as the PORV requires the use of the OPEN PERMIT button. Second part is plausible because condensable gases will be eliminated but this is not the basis for the alignment. | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 25 Unit 3 plant conditions: | ||
Technical Reference(s): | |||
EOP ICC Tab, EOP Reference Document and EAP-ICC Lesson Plan Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | |||
NONE Learning Objective: | |||
EAP-ICC R5, PNS-Pzr R37 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
* MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 25 Unit 3 plant conditions: | |||
* Control Room Evacuation complete due to a non-fire event | * Control Room Evacuation complete due to a non-fire event | ||
* ASDP has been "manned" | * ASDP has been "manned" | ||
* Following indications are observed at the ASDP: -Turbine Header Pressure = 1011 psig and slowly decreasing | * Following indications are observed at the ASDP: | ||
-TBVs demand is 12% in Automatic and decreasing | - Turbine Header Pressure = 1011 psig and slowly decreasing | ||
-RCS T Hot = 560°F and slowly decreasing | - TBVs demand is 12% in Automatic and decreasing | ||
-Pzr Level = 140 inches increasing | - RCS T Hot = 560°F and slowly decreasing | ||
-SG SU levels = 48 inches and increasing | - Pzr Level = 140 inches increasing | ||
-ALL RCPs are operating Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following correctly describes the action(s) required (if any) per AP/8 (Loss of Control Room)? The operator must take ... A. NO actions the plant is responding as expected. | - SG SU levels =48 inches and increasing | ||
- ALL RCPs are operating Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following correctly describes the action(s) required (if any) per AP/8 (Loss of Control Room)? | |||
The operator must take ... | |||
A. NO actions the plant is responding as expected. | |||
B. manual control of TBVs to stabilize SG Pressure. | B. manual control of TBVs to stabilize SG Pressure. | ||
C. manual control and cycle 3B HPI pump to stabilize Pzr level. D. manual control of FDW Startup Control Valves and lower SG levels. | C. manual control and cycle 3B HPI pump to stabilize Pzr level. | ||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 25 T1/G2 -jmb BA06AK3.4, Shutdown Outside Control Room Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the (Shutdown Outside Control Room): RO or SRO function within the control room team as appropriate to the assigned position, in such a way that procedures are adhered to and the limitations in the facilities license and amendments are not violated. | D. manual control of FDW Startup Control Valves and lower SG levels. | ||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 25 T1/G2 -jmb BA06AK3.4, Shutdown Outside Control Room Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the (Shutdown Outside Control Room): RO or SRO function within the control room team as appropriate to the assigned position, in such a way that procedures are adhered to and the limitations in the facilities license and amendments are not violated. | |||
(3.8/3.8) | (3.8/3.8) | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of control parameters and reason for actions required to establish control from the ASDP to establish stable Hot Standby conditions ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of control parameters and reason for actions required to establish control from the ASDP to establish stable Hot Standby conditions ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: Operator action is required, FDW SU control valves are not performing correctly SG levels are above 25 inches and rising. Plausible as the SG response would be normal if RCPs were not running and SG levels would control at 50% OR Level (240 inches SUR) | ||
Operator action is required, FDW SU control valves are not performing correctly SG levels are above 25 inches and rising. Plausible as the SG response would be normal if RCPs were not running and SG levels would control at 50% OR Level (240 inches SUR) B. Incorrect: | B. Incorrect: TBVs are responding normally to post trip conditions and to the overfeed causing SG pressure to decrease C. Incorrect: Per AP/8 Pzr level should be maintained 100-220 inches. Plausible if Pzr level were to be controlled at the normal level of 220 inches D. Correct: Manual control is needed; FDW SU control valves should be closing and controlling at 25 inches on SUR Level post trip (LLL) | ||
TBVs are responding normally to post trip conditions and to the overfeed causing SG pressure to decrease C. Incorrect: | Technical Reference(s): APIa Rev 11 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: IC-ASP Obj. T1, EAP-APG Obj R9 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
Per AP/8 Pzr level should be maintained 100-220 inches. Plausible if Pzr level were to be controlled at the normal level of 220 inches D. Correct: Manual control is needed; FDW SU control valves should be closing and controlling at 25 inches on SUR Level post trip (LLL) Technical Reference(s): | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No changes II MB OK | ||
APIa Rev 11 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | |||
NONE Learning Objective: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 26 Boron precipitation is primarily a concern for a leg rupture. Failure to initiate the Boron Dilution flow path when required would challenge the ability to _ _ __ | ||
IC-ASP Obj. T1, EAP-APG Obj R9 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | A. hot / prevent boron stratification in the cold leg to ensure a restart event does not occur when the cold leg volume enters the core. | ||
B. hot / ensure boron does not concentrate in the core and block the long term core cooling flow path C. cold / prevent boron stratification in the cold leg to ensure a restart event does not occur when the cold leg volume enters the core. | |||
D. cold / ensure boron does not concentrate in the core and block the long term core cooling flow path | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 26 T1/G2 -jmb BE08EG2.2.38, LOCA Cooldown Knowledge of conditions and limitations in the facility license (3.6/4.5) | |||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the requirements for establishing the Long Term Boron dilution flowpath and the impact on the ability to meet the 10CFR50.46 requirements for coolable geometry/flowpath. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the requirements for establishing the Long Term Boron dilution flowpath and the impact on the ability to meet the 10CFR50.46 requirements for coolable geometry/flowpath. | ||
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect. | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect. First part is plausible if assumed the flowpath is off of the hot leg. Second part is incorrect. Plausible as boron stratification/dilution is a concern for RCP restart criteria following a LOSCM. | ||
First part is plausible if assumed the flowpath is off of the hot leg. Second part is incorrect. | B. Incorrect. First part is plausible if assumed the flowpath is off of the hot leg. Second part is correct. | ||
Plausible as boron stratification/dilution is a concern for RCP restart criteria following a LOSCM. B. Incorrect. | C. Incorrect. First part is correct. During a Cold ,Leg Rupture, the coolant will enter the vessel through the Core Flood nozzles into the inlet plenum and flow out the Cold Leg break. The core will continue to steam through the Internal Vent Valves and out the Cold Leg Break. This steaming will cause the boric acid to precipitate in the core due to the evaporation of the water. Second part is incorrect. Plausible as boron stratification/dilution is a concern for RCP restart criteria following a LOSCM. | ||
First part is plausible if assumed the flowpath is off of the hot leg. Second part is correct. C. Incorrect. | D. Correct. During a Cold Leg Rupture, the coolant will enter the vessel through the Core Flood nozzles into the inlet plenum and flow out the Cold Leg break. The core will continue to steam through the Internal Vent Valves and out the Cold Leg Break. This steaming will cause the boric acid to precipitate in the core due to the evaporation of the water. The precipitated Boron could then block the flowpath for LPI through the core. | ||
First part is correct. During a Cold ,Leg Rupture, the coolant will enter the vessel through the Core Flood nozzles into the inlet plenum and flow out the Cold Leg break. The core will continue to steam through the Internal Vent Valves and out the Cold Leg Break. This steaming will cause the boric acid to precipitate in the core due to the evaporation of the water. Second part is incorrect. | Technical Reference(s): EOP LCD tab; EOP Reference Document Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: PNS-LPI Obj R28 Question Source: M (PNS122707) | ||
Plausible as boron stratification/dilution is a concern for RCP restart criteria following a LOSCM. D. Correct. During a Cold Leg Rupture, the coolant will enter the vessel through the Core Flood nozzles into the inlet plenum and flow out the Cold Leg break. The core will continue to steam through the Internal Vent Valves and out the Cold Leg Break. This steaming will cause the boric acid to precipitate in the core due to the evaporation of the water. The precipitated Boron could then block the flowpath for LPI through the core. Technical Reference(s): | Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __ | ||
EOP LCD tab; EOP Reference Document Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No changes II MB OK | ||
None Learning Objective: | |||
PNS-LPI Obj R28 Question Source: M (PNS122707) | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 27 Unit 1 initial conditions: | ||
Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
* Reactor power = 100% | * Reactor power = 100% | ||
* ACB-3 closed Current conditions: | * ACB-3 closed Current conditions: | ||
Line 472: | Line 529: | ||
* Keowee Unit 2 emergency locked out Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the first procedure required to be performed by an RO after EOP IMAs and Symptoms Check are complete? | * Keowee Unit 2 emergency locked out Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the first procedure required to be performed by an RO after EOP IMAs and Symptoms Check are complete? | ||
A. Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation) | A. Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation) | ||
B. Enclosure 5.2 (Placing RB Hydrogen Analyzers In Service) C. Enclosure 5.5 (Pressurizer and LDST Level Control) D. Enclosure 5.38 (Restoration of Power) 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 27 T1/G2 -jmb BE14EA2.1, EOP Enclosures Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (EOP Enclosures): | B. Enclosure 5.2 (Placing RB Hydrogen Analyzers In Service) | ||
Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations. | C. Enclosure 5.5 (Pressurizer and LDST Level Control) | ||
D. Enclosure 5.38 (Restoration of Power) | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 27 T1/G2 - jmb BE14EA2.1, EOP Enclosures Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (EOP Enclosures): Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations. | |||
(3.4/4.0) | (3.4/4.0) | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to recognize plant conditions and select the appropriate Rule/Enclosure to initiate. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to recognize plant conditions and select the appropriate Rule/Enclosure to initiate. | ||
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Conditions indicate ES has actuated (RCS pressure < 1600#). Enc!. 5.1 is the appropriate Enclosure to use first. B. Incorrect: | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Conditions indicate ES has actuated (RCS pressure < 1600#). Enc!. | ||
Plausible as this Enclosure is directed to be performed as part of Encl 5.1. C. Incorrect: | 5.1 is the appropriate Enclosure to use first. | ||
Plausible as this enclosure would be appropriate to use first if the ES conditions were not present. D. Incorrect: | B. Incorrect: Plausible as this Enclosure is directed to be performed as part of Encl 5.1. | ||
Plausible as this Enclosure would be appropriate if it is not recognized that power is still available. | C. Incorrect: Plausible as this enclosure would be appropriate to use first if the ES conditions were not present. | ||
The power conditions given could lead to the assumption that power is not available as this Encl. is used to restore power. If unit one Keowee had a lockout then this would be a correct answer. Technical Reference(s): | D. Incorrect: Plausible as this Enclosure would be appropriate if it is not recognized that power is still available. The power conditions given could lead to the assumption that power is not available as this Encl. is used to restore power. If unit one Keowee had a lockout then this would be a correct answer. | ||
EP/1/1800/001 Parallel Action Page, OMP 1-18 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Technical Reference(s): EP/1/1800/001 Parallel Action Page, OMP 1-18 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP-EOP, R26 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
None Learning Objective: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added "required" to stem. Modified answer D plausibility statement to explain plausibility better. II MB OK | ||
EAP-EOP, R26 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 28 Unit 1 plant conditions: | |||
* Unit 1 startup in progress | * Unit 1 startup in progress | ||
* 1A1 and 1B1 RCPsareoperating Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes a condition that would prevent | * 1A1 and 1B1 RCPsareoperating Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes a condition that would prevent 1A2 RCP from starting? | ||
A. RCS Tc = 340°F B. RCP Oil Lift Pressure = 700 psig C. HPI Seal Injection flow rate = 28 gpm D. Total Component Cooling flow = 554 gpm 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 28 T2/G1 -okm 003K4.04, Reactor Coolant Pump Knowledge of RCPS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following: | A. RCS Tc = 340°F B. RCP Oil Lift Pressure =700 psig C. HPI Seal Injection flow rate = 28 gpm D. Total Component Cooling flow = 554 gpm | ||
Adequate cooling of RCP motor and seals (2.8/3.1) | |||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to know RCP motor starting interlocks associated with motor cooling and seals ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: 0 A. Incorrect: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 28 T2/G1 -okm 003K4.04, Reactor Coolant Pump Knowledge of RCPS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following: Adequate cooling of RCP motor and seals (2.8/3.1) | ||
Plausible; RC temperature must be to start the fourth RCP. This is the 3rd RCP start. B. Incorrect: | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to know RCP motor starting interlocks associated with motor cooling and seals ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: 0 A. Incorrect: Plausible; RC temperature must be ~350°F to start the fourth RCP. This is the 3rd RCP start. | ||
Plausible; must know that oil lift pressure interlock is satisfied if 600 psig C. Incorrect: | B. Incorrect: Plausible; must know that oil lift pressure interlock is satisfied if ~ 600 psig C. Incorrect: Plausible; must know difference between Unit 1 and Units 2/3 SI requirements; for Unit 1 is ~ 22 gpm (Unit 2/3 is ~ 30 gpm) | ||
Plausible; must know difference between Unit 1 and Units 2/3 SI requirements; for Unit 1 is 22 gpm (Unit 2/3 is 30 gpm) D. Correct: CC flow should be > 575 gpm Technical Reference(s): | D. Correct: CC flow should be > 575 gpm Technical Reference(s): PNS-CPM Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: PNS-CPM, R19 Question Source: B (PNS061401) | ||
PNS-CPM Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Question History: Last NRC Exam 2008 ONS Retest RO Exam Q#28 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No Changes II MB OK | ||
None Learning Objective: | |||
PNS-CPM, R19 Question Source: B (PNS061401) | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 29 Unit 1 initial conditions: | ||
Question History: Last NRC Exam 2008 ONS Retest RO Exam Q#28 Question Cognitive Level: | |||
* Reactor power = 100% | * Reactor power = 100% | ||
* Aligning of 3B LPI Train for BWST recirc is in progress Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes a condition that must be met prior to operating 3LP-42 (LPI RETURN TO BWST) in accordance with OP/3/A/1104/004 (Low Pressure Injection System)? An individual is required to be designated to ... A. close 3LP-42 in the event of an Engineered Safeguards actuation. | Current conditions: | ||
* 1TE de-energized Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the status of the listed HPI components? | |||
A. 1B HPI pump de-energized 1HP-26 energized B. 1B HPI pump de-energized 1HP-27 de-energized C. 1C HPI pump d e-energ ized 1HP-26 de-energized D. 1C HPI pump de-energized 1HP-27 energized | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 29 T2/G1 - gcw 004K2.05, Chemical and Volume Control System (CVCS) | |||
Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following: MOVs (2.7/2.9) | |||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge to recognize the potential problems associated with a loss of power to HPI pumps and MOVs. | |||
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: 1TE supplies power to the1B HPI pump and 1HP-26 is supplied by 1TC B. Incorrect: Fist part is correct. Second part is incorrect. Plausible as could be correct if the pumps power supplies followed the standard convention. 1HP-27 is powered from 1TO. | |||
C. Incorrect: both parts are incorrect. Plausible if you do not know the power supply convention for the HPI system. 1HP-26 is supplied by 1TC O. Incorrect: First parts is incorrect. Plausible if you do not know the power supply convention for the HPI system. Second part is correct. | |||
Technical Reference(s): PNS-HPI Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: PNS-HPI T2 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam '-._ _ _ __ | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No Changes II MB OK | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 30 Unit 3 plant conditions: | |||
* Reactor power =100% | |||
* Aligning of 3B LPI Train for BWST recirc is in progress Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes a condition that must be met prior to operating 3LP-42 (LPI RETURN TO BWST) in accordance with OP/3/A/1104/004 (Low Pressure Injection System)? | |||
An individual is required to be designated to ... | |||
A. close 3LP-42 in the event of an Engineered Safeguards actuation. | |||
B. close 3LP-42 in the event of an LPI piping overpressure condition. | B. close 3LP-42 in the event of an LPI piping overpressure condition. | ||
C. throttle 3LP-42 to ensure adequate LPI pump NPSH is maintained. | C. throttle 3LP-42 to ensure adequate LPI pump NPSH is maintained. | ||
D. throttle 3LP-42 to ensure LPI pump minimum flow requirements are met. | D. throttle 3LP-42 to ensure LPI pump minimum flow requirements are met. | ||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 30 T2/G1 - okm/jmb 005A4.05, Residual Heat Removal System (RHRS) | |||
references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Position of RWST recirculation valve (locked when not in use, continuously monitored when in use). | ||
NONE Learning Objective: | (2.8/2.8) | ||
PNS-LPI Obj. R34 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to know the procedural requirement and the reason for the requirement associated with operation of the BWST recirculation valve ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Per LPI operating procedure limit and precaution an individual must be designated at LP-42 (and LP-40 and -41) to manually close these valves should an ES actuation occur; required for Modes 1-4 B. Incorrect: Plausible as the current RCS Pressure is above the pressure limits associated with the LPI system piping and leakage past an isolation valve could lead to an overpressure condition. (OE: PIP 0-97-4645) | ||
Fuel (4.2/4.4 ) KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to know that a loss or malfunction of the ECCS will affect fuel clad temperature ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: | C. Incorrect: Plausible because flowrates are established to ensure pump flow is within the operating limits to prevent pump from running with inadequate NPSH, however LP-42 is fully opened by the procedure and the LPI cooler outlet valve is used to throttle flow. | ||
Plausible if the candidate does not realize that ES-1 &2 are needed to help recover RCS inventory/pressure/SCM but the loss is only due to the volume reduction from the cooldown. | D. Incorrect: Plausible because flowrates are established to ensure pump flow is within the operating limits to prevent pump from running with inadequate flow, however LP-42 is fully opened by the procedure and the LPI cooler outlet valve is used to throttle flow. | ||
B. Incorrect: | Technical Reference(s): Rev 130 OP/3/Al1104/004 L&P 2.22 & Enclosure 4.4 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: PNS-LPI Obj. R34 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
Plausible if it is not realized that losing all LPI auto-actuation will not affect core cooling because RCS pressure will still be to high to allow LPI injection C. Correct: Failure of ES-1 &2 will result in NO source of highly borated water via HPI flow being injected into the core. This will be the only way to maintain RCS inventory and prevent core damage. RCS pressure is too high for any other source of injection water. D. Incorrect: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added 'required' to stem II MB OK | ||
Plausible if it is not realized that losing all LPI auto-actuation will not affect core cooling because RCS pressure will still be to high to allow LPI injection Technical Reference(s): | |||
None Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 31 Which ONE of the following events and failures will result in fuel/clad damage? | ||
NONE Learning Objective: | ASSUME NO OPERATOR ACTION A. MSLB with a failure of ES Channels 1 & 2 B. MSLB with a failure of ES Channels 3 & 4 C. SBLOCA with a failure of ES Channels 1 & 2 D. SBLOCA with a failure of ES Channels 3 & 4 | ||
IC-ES R1, T1 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 31 T2/G1 - gcw 006K3.02, Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS) | |||
Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the ECCS will have on the following: Fuel (4.2/4.4 ) | |||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to know that a loss or malfunction of the ECCS will affect fuel clad temperature ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: Plausible if the candidate does not realize that ES-1 &2 are needed to help recover RCS inventory/pressure/SCM but the loss is only due to the volume reduction from the cooldown. | |||
B. Incorrect: Plausible if it is not realized that losing all LPI auto-actuation will not affect core cooling because RCS pressure will still be to high to allow LPI injection C. Correct: Failure of ES-1 &2 will result in NO source of highly borated water via HPI flow being injected into the core. This will be the only way to maintain RCS inventory and prevent core damage. RCS pressure is too high for any other source of injection water. | |||
D. Incorrect: Plausible if it is not realized that losing all LPI auto-actuation will not affect core cooling because RCS pressure will still be to high to allow LPI injection Technical Reference(s): None Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: IC-ES R1, T1 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Rep/ace with a new question that matches KIA. II MB OK | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 32 . | |||
Unit 1 initial conditions: | |||
* Loss of all Feedwater | * Loss of all Feedwater | ||
* HPI forced cooling initiated | * HPI forced cooling initiated | ||
* Quench Tank pressure = 50 psig increasing | * Quench Tank pressure =50 psig increasing | ||
* RCS activity indicates no fuel failures present Current conditions: | * RCS activity indicates no fuel failures present Current conditions: | ||
* Quench Tank pressure = 3 psig stable Which ONE of the following describes the containment response to the above conditions? | * Quench Tank pressure =3 psig stable Which ONE of the following describes the containment response to the above conditions? | ||
A. RB Normal sump level rises. | A. RB Normal sump level rises. 1RIA-47 radiation level increases B. RB Normal sump level rises. 1RIA-47 radiation level remains constant C. RB Normal sump level remains constant. 1RIA-47 radiation level increases D. RB Normal sump level remains constant. 1RIA-47 radiation level remains constant | ||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 32 T2/G1 - gcw 007K3.01 Pressurizer Relief/Quench Tank Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the PRTS will have on the following: Containment (3.3/3.6) | |||
Containment (3.3/3.6) | |||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of impact of discharge from PORV to the Quench Tank and indications of failed/blown rupture disk and the impact of the failure on containment parameters. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of impact of discharge from PORV to the Quench Tank and indications of failed/blown rupture disk and the impact of the failure on containment parameters. | ||
Plausibility based around whether applicant recognizes status of QT rupture disk. If disk is assumed to have blown, then containment pressure would rise. With normal levels of RCS activity an applicant would have to determine what the effects on containment radiation would be and where the leakage is directed (Misc. Waste vs. RBNS) ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct. Decrease in Quench Tank pressure indicates the Rupture Disk has blown. Inventory from the Quench Tank will go to the RBNS causing a level increase. | Plausibility based around whether applicant recognizes status of QT rupture disk. If disk is assumed to have blown, then containment pressure would rise. With normal levels of RCS activity an applicant would have to determine what the effects on containment radiation would be and where the leakage is directed (Misc. Waste vs. | ||
RCS activity in the inventory will result in | RBNS) | ||
B. Incorrect. | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct. Decrease in Quench Tank pressure indicates the Rupture Disk has blown. Inventory from the Quench Tank will go to the RBNS causing a level increase. RCS activity in the inventory will result in 1RIA-47 reading increase. | ||
RBNS response is correct. | B. Incorrect. RBNS response is correct. 1RIA-47 response is incorrect but plausible if RCS activity is assumed to be negligible or the source of QT pressure rise is due to DW/B Bleed in-leakage. (OE) | ||
RBNS response is incorrect but plausible if the pressure reduction is assumed to be caused by draining to the Misc Waste System via the Component Drain flow path. | C. Incorrect. RBNS response is incorrect but plausible if the pressure reduction is assumed to be caused by draining to the Misc Waste System via the Component Drain flow path. 1RIA-47 response is correct. | ||
RBNS response is incorrect as noted above. | D. Incorrect. RBNS response is incorrect as noted above. 1RIA-47 response is consistent with inventory going to Misc Waste or assuming activity is negligible (OE with Demin Water & B Bleed Holdup Tank water leak into the Quench Tank). | ||
PNS-CS Rev 16, PNS-PZR Rev 16a Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Technical Reference(s): PNS-CS Rev 16, PNS-PZR Rev 16a Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: PNS-CS (R7) | ||
None Learning Objective: | Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam: _ _ _ _ _ __ | ||
PNS-CS (R7) Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added "ReS activity indicates no fuel failure present" to initial conditions for clarity. II ME! OK | ||
... A. isolates the Letdown Cooler if letdown temperature reaches interlock setpoint. | |||
B. ensures CC flow is established before letdown flow. C. prevents over-rating the CC system cooling capacity. | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 33 Which ONE of the following describes the interlock associated with the High Pressure Injection (HPI) valves (HP-1 and HP-2) and Component Cooling (CC) valves (CC-1 and CC-2) for the Letdown Coolers? | ||
The interlock ... | |||
A. isolates the Letdown Cooler if letdown temperature reaches interlock setpoint. | |||
B. ensures CC flow is established before letdown flow. | |||
C. prevents over-rating the CC system cooling capacity. | |||
D. ensures letdown fiow is secured after CC flow. | D. ensures letdown fiow is secured after CC flow. | ||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 33 T2/G1 -okm/jmb 008K1.02, Component Cooling Water System (CCWS) Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the CCWS and the following systems: Loads cooled by CCWS (3.3/3.4) | |||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to know the physical connections and an interlock associated with components cooled by the CCWS ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 33 T2/G1 - okm/jmb 008K1.02, Component Cooling Water System (CCWS) | ||
Plausible if the High Temp interlock to close HP-5 is misapplied to HP-1 & HP-2. B. Correct: Interlock opens CC-1 & CC2 prior to opening HP-1 & HP-2 to ensure CC flow is established prior to establishing Letdown Flow. C. Incorrect: | Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the CCWS and the following systems: Loads cooled by CCWS (3.3/3.4) | ||
Plausible if system capabilities and capacities are not misapplied; for example the immediate addition of large loads can cause a momentary drop in system pressure. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to know the physical connections and an interlock associated with components cooled by the CCWS ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: Plausible if the High Temp interlock to close HP-5 is misapplied to HP-1 & | ||
D. Incorrect: | HP-2. | ||
Plausible as this is the reverse order of the interlock. | B. Correct: Interlock opens CC-1 & CC2 prior to opening HP-1 & HP-2 to ensure CC flow is established prior to establishing Letdown Flow. | ||
Technical Reference(s): | C. Incorrect: Plausible if system capabilities and capacities are not misapplied; for example the immediate addition of large loads can cause a momentary drop in system pressure. | ||
PNS-CC, OP/1/Al1104/008 Rev. 59 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | D. Incorrect: Plausible as this is the reverse order of the interlock. | ||
NONE Learning Objective: | Technical Reference(s): PNS-CC, OP/1/Al1104/008 Rev. 59 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: PNS-CC R15 Question Source: B (PNS112202) | ||
PNS-CC R15 Question Source: B (PNS112202) | Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
Question History: Last NRC Exam | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Changed distractor IC" to "prevents over rating the CC system cooling capacity" to increase plausibility. II MB OK | ||
II MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 34 Which ONE of the following states the automatic OPEN setpoints (psig) for | |||
Over pressure control (3.8/4.1 ) KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of Pzr PCS setpoints for automatic pressure control. ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 34 Which ONE of the following states the automatic OPEN setpoints (psig) for 1RC-1 (pzr Spray) and 1RC-66 (PORV) in Mode 1? | ||
1RC-1 1RC-66 A. 2205 2450 B. 2205 2500 C. 2255 2450 D. 2255 2500 | |||
Plausible as 2500 psig is the Pzr Safety Valve setpoint. | |||
C. Incorrect: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 34 T2/G1 - okm/jmb 010K4.03, Pressurizer Pressure Control System (PZR PCS) | ||
Knowledge of PZR PCS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following: Over pressure control (3.8/4.1 ) | |||
Plausible as 2255 psig is the Pzr High pressure alarm setpoint. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of Pzr PCS setpoints for automatic pressure control. | ||
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: 1RC-1 (pzr Spray) setpoint is 2205 psig and 1RC-66 (PORV) is 2450 psig when in HIGH (Mode 1) | |||
B. Incorrect: 1RC-1 (pzr Spray) setpoint is correct. 1RC-66 (PORV) setpoint is incorrect. Plausible as 2500 psig is the Pzr Safety Valve setpoint. | |||
Plausible as 2255 psig is the Pzr High pressure alarm setpoint. | C. Incorrect: 1RC-1 (pzr Spray) setpoint is incorrect. Plausible as 2255 psig is the Pzr High pressure alarm setpoint. 1RC-66 (PORV) setpoint is correct. | ||
D. Incorrect: 1RC-1 (pzr Spray) setpoint is incorrect. Plausible as 2255 psig is the Pzr High pressure alarm setpoint. 1RC-66 (PORV) setpoint is incorrect as noted above. | |||
PNS-PZR, Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Technical Reference(s): PNS-PZR, Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: PNS-PZR R5 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
NONE Learning Objective: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Incorporated NRC Comments. II MB OK | ||
PNS-PZR R5 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
II MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 35 Unit 2 initial conditions: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 35 Unit 2 initial conditions: | ||
* Reactor power = 100% | * Reactor power = 100% | ||
* Feedwater transient occurs Current conditions: | * Feedwater transient occurs Current conditions: | ||
* Reactor power = 65% stable | * Reactor power =65% stable | ||
* Pzr level = 250" slowly decreasing | * Pzr level =250" slowly decreasing | ||
* RCS pressure = 2195 psig (highest reached) slowly decreasing | * RCS pressure =2195 psig (highest reached) slowly decreasing | ||
* Pzr temperature | * Pzr temperature =627°F Based on the current conditions, which ONE of the following describes the status of the Pzr heaters and the yellow dot on the OAC PIT display? | ||
= 627°F Based on the current conditions, which ONE of the following describes the status of the Pzr heaters and the yellow dot on the OAC PIT display? A. All Pzr heaters are "OFF" / yellow dot is "ON" the blue saturation line B. All Pzr heaters are "OFF" / yellow dot is "LEFT" of the blue saturation line C. Some Pzr heaters are "ON" / yellow dot is "ON" the blue saturation line D. Some Pzr heaters are "ON" / yellow dot is "LEFT" of the blue saturation line 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 35 T2/G1 -okm 01 OK5.01, Pressurizer Pressure Control System (PZR PCS) Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the PZR PCS: Determination of condition of fluid in PZR, using steam tables (3.5/4.0) | A. All Pzr heaters are "OFF" / yellow dot is "ON" the blue saturation line B. All Pzr heaters are "OFF" / yellow dot is "LEFT" of the blue saturation line C. Some Pzr heaters are "ON" / yellow dot is "ON" the blue saturation line D. Some Pzr heaters are "ON" / yellow dot is "LEFT" of the blue saturation line | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of PZR parameters, controls/interlocks, and use of Steam Tables to determine the condition of the PZR fluid and the response of the PZR PCS. ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: | |||
Both parts are incorrect. | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 35 T2/G1 - okm 01 OK5.01, Pressurizer Pressure Control System (PZR PCS) | ||
First part is plausible because normally all heaters will be off at this pressure. | Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the PZR PCS: Determination of condition of fluid in PZR, using steam tables (3.5/4.0) | ||
Second part is plausible if steam tables are not used correctly. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of PZR parameters, controls/interlocks, and use of Steam Tables to determine the condition of the PZR fluid and the response of the PZR PCS. | ||
B. Incorrect: | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: Both parts are incorrect. First part is plausible because normally all heaters will be off at this pressure. Second part is plausible if steam tables are not used correctly. | ||
First part is plausible because normally all heaters will be off at this pressure. | B. Incorrect: First part is plausible because normally all heaters will be off at this pressure. The second part is correct because the PIT display will show the yellow Pzr "dot" has moved to the left of the saturation curve whenever subcooled conditions exist in the Pzr (627°F) . | ||
The second part is correct because the PIT display will show the yellow Pzr "dot" has moved to the left of the saturation curve whenever subcooled conditions exist in the Pzr (627°F) . C. Incorrect: | C. Incorrect: The first part is correct because the transient resulted in an insurge which subcooled the pzr; this causes the Pzr Water Space Saturation Recovery circuit to turn ON Bank 2 Heaters. The second part is incorrect and plausible if steam tables are not used correctly. | ||
The first part is correct because the transient resulted in an insurge which subcooled the pzr; this causes the Pzr Water Space Saturation Recovery circuit to turn ON Bank 2 Heaters. The second part is incorrect and plausible if steam tables are not used correctly. | D. Correct: The transient resulted in an insurge which subcooled the pzr; this causes the Pzr Water Space Saturation Recovery circuit to turn ON Bank 2 Heaters; the PIT display will show the yellow Pzr "dot" has moved to the left of the saturation curve whenever subcooled conditions exist in the Pzr (627°F) | ||
D. Correct: The transient resulted in an insurge which subcooled the pzr; this causes the Pzr Water Space Saturation Recovery circuit to turn ON Bank 2 Heaters; the PIT display will show the yellow Pzr "dot" has moved to the left of the saturation curve whenever subcooled conditions exist in the Pzr (627°F) Technical Reference(s): | Technical Reference(s): PNS-PZR Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: PNS-PZR R22, R27, R29 Question Source: Bank (PNS142902) | ||
PNS-PZR Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Question History: Last NRC Exam _--'-_ __ | ||
NONE Learning Objective: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Reworded stem for clarity. II MB OK | ||
PNS-PZR R22, R27, R29 Question Source: Bank (PNS142902) | |||
Question History: Last NRC Exam _--'-__ | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 36 Unit 2 plant conditions: | ||
* Reactor power = 100% | * Reactor power = 100% | ||
* I&E technicians went to the wrong unit and incorrectly removed the HI TEMPERATURE TRIP bistable from the 2B RPS Channel Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the affect on the Reactor Protection System? 2B RPS Channel is ____ and the associated CRD Breaker is | * I&E technicians went to the wrong unit and incorrectly removed the HI TEMPERATURE TRIP bistable from the 2B RPS Channel Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the affect on the Reactor Protection System? | ||
2B RPS Channel is ____ and the associated CRD Breaker is _ _ __ | |||
A. Tripped / Closed B. Tripped / Open C. Not Tripped / Closed D. Not Tripped / Open | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 36 T2/G1 - okm 012K6.01, Reactor Protection System Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the RPS: Bistables and bistable test equipment (2.8/3.3) | |||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of RPS Channel internal relationships between RPS bistables, relays, and associated CRD Breakers due to loss of a bistable ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Loss of the bistable results in the 2B K-Relay becoming de-energized. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of RPS Channel internal relationships between RPS bistables, relays, and associated CRD Breakers due to loss of a bistable ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Loss of the bistable results in the 2B K-Relay becoming de-energized. | ||
This trips the 2B RPS channel, however power is still available to the 2B CRD Breaker from the UV coil. B. Incorrect: | This trips the 2B RPS channel, however power is still available to the 2B CRD Breaker from the UV coil. | ||
Plausible in that the 2B RPS Channel is tripped; however power is still available to the 2B CRD Breaker from the UV coil. C. Incorrect: | B. Incorrect: Plausible in that the 2B RPS Channel is tripped; however power is still available to the 2B CRD Breaker from the UV coil. | ||
Plausible in that the student must know that loss of anyone bistable will trip an (2B) RPS Channel. Power is still available to the 2B CRD Breaker from the UV coil. D. Incorrect: | C. Incorrect: Plausible in that the student must know that loss of anyone bistable will trip an (2B) RPS Channel. Power is still available to the 2B CRD Breaker from the UV coil. | ||
Plausible in that the student must know that loss of anyone bistable will trip an (2B) RPS Channel and that power is still available to the UV coil. Removing a bistable will trip the channel but not open the CRD breaker due to requiring 2 RPS channels tripped to de-energize the UV coil. The student may believe that removing the bistable will de-energized the UV coil. Technical Reference(s): | D. Incorrect: Plausible in that the student must know that loss of anyone bistable will trip an (2B) RPS Channel and that power is still available to the UV coil. Removing a bistable will trip the channel but not open the CRD breaker due to requiring 2 RPS channels tripped to de-energize the UV coil. The student may believe that removing the bistable will de-energized the UV coil. | ||
IC-RPS Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Technical Reference(s): IC-RPS Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: IC-RPS Obj. R7 R22 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
NONE Learning Objective: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added "I&E technicians went to the wrong unit" to the stem to remove assumptions. Enhanced plausibility statements. II MB OK | ||
IC-RPS Obj. R7 R22 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
Enhanced plausibility statements. | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 37 Unit 3 initial conditions: | ||
II MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 37 Unit 3 initial conditions: | |||
* Reactor power::: 100% | * Reactor power::: 100% | ||
* 3B HPI Pump in service Current conditions: | * 3B HPI Pump in service Current conditions: | ||
* Reactor tripped due to SBLOCA | * Reactor tripped due to SBLOCA | ||
* ES Digital Channels 1, 3, and 5 failed to automatically actuate Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following lists thesafety related components that will be in their ES condition? | * ES Digital Channels 1, 3, and 5 failed to automatically actuate Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following lists thesafety related components that will be in their ES condition? | ||
ASSUME NO OPERATOR ACTIONS A. 3A HPI Pump / 3B LPI Pump B. 3B HPI Pump / 3B LPI Pump C. 3A HPI Pump / 3A LPI Pump D. 3B HPI Pump / 3A LPI Pump 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 37 T2/G1 -okm/jmb 013K5.01, Engineered Safety Features Actuation System (ESFAS) Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the ESFAS: Definitions of safety train and ESF channel (2.8/3.2) | ASSUME NO OPERATOR ACTIONS A. 3A HPI Pump / 3B LPI Pump B. 3B HPI Pump / 3B LPI Pump C. 3A HPI Pump / 3A LPI Pump D. 3B HPI Pump / 3A LPI Pump | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the ES Channels to their associated safety train components ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: | |||
3A HPI Pump would not have gone to its ES position B. Correct: All components are on ES Digital Channels 2, 4, and 6 C. Incorrect: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 37 T2/G1 - okm/jmb 013K5.01, Engineered Safety Features Actuation System (ESFAS) | ||
3A LPI Pump would not have gone to its ES position D. Incorrect: | Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the ESFAS: Definitions of safety train and ESF channel (2.8/3.2) | ||
3A LPI Pump would not have gone to its ES position Technical Reference(s): | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the ES Channels to their associated safety train components ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: 3A HPI Pump would not have gone to its ES position B. Correct: All components are on ES Digital Channels 2, 4, and 6 C. Incorrect: 3A LPI Pump would not have gone to its ES position D. Incorrect: 3A LPI Pump would not have gone to its ES position Technical Reference(s): EOP Enc. 5.1 Rev 36a Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: IC-ES Obj. R14, EAP-ESA Obj R2 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
EOP Enc. 5.1 Rev 36a Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Incorporated NRC comments. Added status of HPIP to initial conditions for clarity II NRC OK | ||
NONE Learning Objective: | |||
IC-ES Obj. R14, EAP-ESA Obj R2 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 38 Unit 1 initial conditions: | ||
Added status of HPIP to initial conditions for clarity II NRC OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 38 Unit 1 initial conditions: | * Reactor power = 50% | ||
* Reactor power = 50% Current conditions: | Current conditions: | ||
* LBLOCA occurs | * LBLOCA occurs | ||
* | * 1TC de-energized Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the status of the below listed Reactor Building Cooling Units five (5) minutes after ES actuates? | ||
ASSUME NO OPERATOR ACTIONS 1A RBCU 1B RBCU A. LOW LOW B. LOW OFF C. OFF LOW D. OFF OFF 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 38 T2/G1 -okm/jmb 022K2.01, Containment Cooling System (CCS) Knowledge of power supplies to the following: | ASSUME NO OPERATOR ACTIONS 1A RBCU 1B RBCU A. LOW LOW B. LOW OFF C. OFF LOW D. OFF OFF | ||
Containment cooling fans (3.0/3.1 ) KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of power supplies to Reactor Building Cooling Units (RBCUs) ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: | |||
Plausible as the RBCU power supplies are not sequenced such that the letter designator follows the power supply arrangement. | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 38 T2/G1 - okm/jmb 022K2.01, Containment Cooling System (CCS) | ||
If | Knowledge of power supplies to the following: Containment cooling fans (3.0/3.1 ) | ||
B. Incorrect: | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of power supplies to Reactor Building Cooling Units (RBCUs) | ||
Plausible if candidate confuses the typical power supply arrangement where TC supplies "B" safety train components and TE supplies "C" safety train components. | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: Plausible as the RBCU power supplies are not sequenced such that the letter designator follows the power supply arrangement. If 1C RBCU fan is applied to TC bus this choice would be plausible. | ||
C. Correct: 1TD supplies 1X9 which supplies 1C RBCU and 1TE supplies 1XS3 which supplies 1B RBCU and 1TC supplies 1XS8 which supplies 1A RBCU. ES will only start the | B. Incorrect: Plausible if candidate confuses the typical power supply arrangement where TC supplies "B" safety train components and TE supplies "C" safety train components. | ||
Plausible as there is a time delay on the restart of the RBCUs. Incorrect application of the time delay could result in selecting this distracter. | C. Correct: 1TD supplies 1X9 which supplies 1C RBCU and 1TE supplies 1XS3 which supplies 1B RBCU and 1TC supplies 1XS8 which supplies 1A RBCU. ES will only start the 1B & 1C RBCUs. | ||
Technical Reference(s): | D. Incorrect: Plausible as there is a time delay on the restart of the RBCUs. Incorrect application of the time delay could result in selecting this distracter. | ||
PNS-RBC, EL-EPD Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Technical Reference(s): PNS-RBC, EL-EPD Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: PNS-RBC R1, R14, R15 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __ | ||
NONE Learning Objective: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified the stem and distractors to specify only two RBCUs and to remove the third distractor (1C RBCU) II MB OK | ||
PNS-RBC R1, R14, R15 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 39 Unit 2 initial conditions: | |||
* Reactor Building Spray actuated Current conditions: | * Reactor Building Spray actuated Current conditions: | ||
* RB Pressure = 2 psig slowly decreasing Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the operation and any control room actions associated with resetting the RB Pressure Contact Buffers and ES Digital Channels 7 & 8? RB Pressure Contact Buffers | * RB Pressure = 2 psig slowly decreasing Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the operation and any control room actions associated with resetting the RB Pressure Contact Buffers and ES Digital Channels 7 & 8? | ||
RB Pressure Contact Buffers _ _ _ _ and ES Digital Channels 7 & 8_ _ __ | |||
A. automatically reset / must be reset manually B. automatically reset / automatically reset C. must be reset manually / must be reset manually D. must be reset manually / automatically reset | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 39 T2/G1 - okm 026A4.05, Containment Spray System (CSS) | |||
Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Containment spray reset switches (3.5/3.5) | |||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of ES RBS system operation concerning the automatic features and manual actions needed to reset containment spray channels. (Oconee does not have "Containment spray reset switches") | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of ES RBS system operation concerning the automatic features and manual actions needed to reset containment spray channels. (Oconee does not have "Containment spray reset switches") | ||
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: RBS pressure switches supply Analog Channel Contact Buffers that automatically reset themselves when RB pressure decreases below 10 psig; this is unique as compared to the other Analog channels which must be manually reset once actuated. | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: RBS pressure switches supply Analog Channel Contact Buffers that automatically reset themselves when RB pressure decreases below 10 psig; this is unique as compared to the other Analog channels which must be manually reset once actuated. ES Digital Channels 7 & 8 are like the other Digital channels in that they must be manually reset. | ||
ES Digital Channels 7 & 8 are like the other Digital channels in that they must be manually reset. B. Incorrect: | B. Incorrect: Plausible in that the first part is correct. It is possible for the candidate to confuse the unique aspect of the RBS Contact Buffers automatically resetting to the Digital channels. Second part is plausible because ES permissive signals automatically reset. | ||
Plausible in that the first part is correct. It is possible for the candidate to confuse the unique aspect of the RBS Contact Buffers automatically resetting to the Digital channels. | C. Incorrect: First part is plausible in that feedwater pump contact buffers in RPS channels are manually reset. The second part is correct. | ||
Second part is plausible because ES permissive signals automatically reset. C. Incorrect: | D. Incorrect: First part is plausible in that feedwater pump contact buffers in RPS channels are manually reset. Second part is plausible because ES permissive signals automatically reset. | ||
First part is plausible in that feedwater pump contact buffers in RPS channels are manually reset. The second part is correct. D. Incorrect: | Technical Reference(s): IC-ES lesson Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: IC-ES R3, R13 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
First part is plausible in that feedwater pump contact buffers in RPS channels are manually reset. Second part is plausible because ES permissive signals automatically reset. Technical Reference(s): | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Enhanced plausibility statements MB OK | ||
IC-ES lesson Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | |||
NONE Learning Objective: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 40 Unit 1 plant conditions: | ||
IC-ES R3, R13 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
* SB LOCA has occurred | * SB LOCA has occurred | ||
* EOP Enclosure 5.12 (ECCS Suction Swap to RBES) is in progress | * EOP Enclosure 5.12 (ECCS Suction Swap to RBES) is in progress | ||
* 1LP-19 & | * 1LP-19 & 1LP-20 (1A &1B RX BLDG SUCTION) are OPEN | ||
* | * 1LP-21 & 1LP-22 (1A & 1B LPI BWST SUCTION) are OPEN | ||
* RB pressure = 12 psig stable Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the suction source that is supplying the RB Spray pumps and the reason for the addition of caustic to the RBES? A. BWST I to enhance iodine entrainment in RB Spray water B. BWST I to minimize hydrogen production from zirconium-water reaction C. RBES I to enhance iodine entrainment in RB Spray water . D. RBES I to minimize hydrogen production from zirconium-water reaction Question 40 T2/G1 *okm | * RB pressure = 12 psig stable Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the suction source that is supplying the RB Spray pumps and the reason for the addition of caustic to the RBES? | ||
A. BWST I to enhance iodine entrainment in RB Spray water B. BWST I to minimize hydrogen production from zirconium-water reaction C. RBES I to enhance iodine entrainment in RB Spray water . | |||
D. RBES I to minimize hydrogen production from zirconium-water reaction | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 40 T2/G1 *okm 026G2.4.21, Containment Spray System (CSS) | |||
Knowledge of the parameters and logic used to assess the status of safety functions, such as reactivity control, core cooling and heat removal, reactor coolant system integrity, containment conditions, radioactivity release control, etc. | |||
(4.0/4.6) | |||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of RB Spray system status based on containment parameters to assess safety functions such as core/containment cooling (suction source) and radioactivity release control (iodine absorption) | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of RB Spray system status based on containment parameters to assess safety functions such as core/containment cooling (suction source) and radioactivity release control (iodine absorption) | ||
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible as it would be the source if RB pressl,Jre is less than the press supplied to the pump from the BWST. The current pressure is higher than the head supplied from the BWST. The second part is correct. | ||
First part is incorrect. | B. Incorrect: First part is incorrect as noted above. Second part is incorrect. Plausible as pH is controlled to minimize H2 production from interaction with aluminum and zinc in the RB not the zirc-water reaction which takes place in the Reactor Vessel. | ||
Plausible as it would be the source if RB pressl,Jre is less than the press supplied to the pump from the BWST. The current pressure is higher than the head supplied from the BWST. The second part is correct. B. Incorrect: | C. Correct: The current pressure is higher than the head supplied from the BWST so the suction source to the RBS pumps is the RBES. One of the purposes of the caustic addition is to enhance the absorption of iodine into solution in the RBES. | ||
First part is incorrect as noted above. Second part is incorrect. | D. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is incorrect as noted above. | ||
Plausible as pH is controlled to minimize H2 production from interaction with aluminum and zinc in the RB not the zirc-water reaction which takes place in the Reactor Vessel. C. Correct: The current pressure is higher than the head supplied from the BWST so the suction source to the RBS pumps is the RBES. One of the purposes of the caustic addition is to enhance the absorption of iodine into solution in the RBES. D. Incorrect: | Technical Reference(s): EP/1/A11800/001 Rev 36, LOSCM Tab, Encl. 5.12 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: PNS*BS R1, EAp*LOSCM R23 Question Source: M (EAP062301) | ||
First part is correct. Second part is incorrect as noted above. Technical Reference(s): | Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __ | ||
EP/1/A11800/001 Rev 36, LOSCM Tab, Encl. 5.12 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Question requires knowledge of containment parameter (RB Pressure) and procedural awareness (BWST valves and LPI Recirc valves -both sets open) to assess the source of water for core and containment cooling. The question is assessing safety functions of core (and containment) cooling and radioactivity release control. /I MB OK 11/ spelled out zirconium for clarity | ||
NONE Learning Objective: | * MB OK | ||
PNS*BS R1, EAp*LOSCM R23 Question Source: M (EAP062301) | |||
Question History: Last NRC Exam | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 41 Unit 1 initial conditions: | ||
* MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 41 Unit 1 initial conditions: | |||
* Reactor Power = 100% stable | * Reactor Power = 100% stable | ||
* | * 1RIA-16 = 14 mr/hr increasing | ||
* | * 1RIA-17 =0.01 mr/hr stable | ||
* | * 1RIA-59 = 12 gpm slowly increasing | ||
* | * 1RIA-60 = 5.S E -3 gpd stable | ||
* | * 1RIA-40 in alarm HIGH Current conditions: | ||
* Reactor power = 45% decreasing | * Reactor power =45% decreasing | ||
* | * 1SA-S/E-1 0 "RM N-16 Primary to Secondary Tube Leak" actuated | ||
* | * 1RIA-16 =21 mr/hr increasing | ||
* 1 RIA-17 = 3.7 mr/hr increasing | * 1 RIA-17 = 3.7 mr/hr increasing | ||
* 1 RIA-59 = 27.1 gpm increasing | * 1 RIA-59 = 27.1 gpm increasing | ||
* 1 RIA-60 = 1.9 gpm increasing Based on the current conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the SG(s) with indications of a tube leak and the procedure that contains the required operator actions used to mitigate this event? A. 1A SG ONLY I AP/31 (Primary to Secondary Leakage) B. 1A SG ONLY I EOP SGTR Tab C. 1A & | * 1 RIA-60 = 1.9 gpm increasing Based on the current conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the SG(s) with indications of a tube leak and the procedure that contains the required operator actions used to mitigate this event? | ||
Indications and alarms for main steam and area radiation monitors (during SGTR) (3.4/3.7) | A. 1A SG ONLY I AP/31 (Primary to Secondary Leakage) | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to calculate the leak rate of a SGTR using the change in area rad monitor reading and the presence of Rad monitor alarms and determine the required procedure to be used for the event. ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: | B. 1A SG ONLY I EOP SGTR Tab C. 1A & 1B SG I AP/31 (Primary to Secondary Leakage) | ||
Selected SG is incorrect. | D. 1A & 1B SG I EOP SGTR Tab | ||
Plausible as the increase in RIA readings is significantly higher in the 1A SG. Procedure selection is incorrect. | |||
Plausible if threshold for transition to SGTR is not recognized. | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 41 T2/G1 -jmb/okm 039A2.03, Main and Reheat Steam System (MRSS) | ||
B. Incorrect: | Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the MRSS; and (b) based on predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Indications and alarms for main steam and area radiation monitors (during SGTR) | ||
Selected SG is incorrect. | (3.4/3.7) | ||
Plausible as the increase in RIA readings is significantly higher in the | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to calculate the leak rate of a SGTR using the change in area rad monitor reading and the presence of Rad monitor alarms and determine the required procedure to be used for the event. | ||
SG selection is correct. Procedure selection is incorrect as noted above D. Correct: Both RIA*59 & RIA*60 indicate an increase. | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: Selected SG is incorrect. Plausible as the increase in RIA readings is significantly higher in the 1A SG. Procedure selection is incorrect. Plausible if threshold for transition to SGTR is not recognized. | ||
B. Incorrect: Selected SG is incorrect. Plausible as the increase in RIA readings is significantly higher in the 1A SG. Procedure selection is correct. Transition to SGTR if leakrate is >25 gpm. | |||
EOP Reference Document -SGTR pg 1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | C. Incorrect: SG selection is correct. Procedure selection is incorrect as noted above D. Correct: Both RIA*59 & RIA*60 indicate an increase. 1RIA-59 and -60 both reading elevated indicate leaks in both SGs. Calculated leakrate is >25 gpm transition criteria between 1/AP/31 and SGTR Tab using either the RCS inventory balance or 1RIA-59 & 60. | ||
NONE Learning Objective: | Technical Reference(s): EOP Reference Document - SGTR pg 1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: EAP-SGTR R2, RAD-RIA Obj. R2 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
EAP-SGTR R2, RAD-RIA Obj. R2 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified stem as noted and clarified the specific conditions at which the required procedure is to be chosen (based on the current conditions above)11 added words to specify which procedure to mitigate II MB OK | ||
* Reactor power = 100% Current conditions: | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 42 Unit 2 initial conditions: | |||
* Reactor power = 100% | |||
Current conditions: | |||
* Feedwater Valve LlP controlling signal fails LOW ASSUME NO OPERATOR ACTIONS Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the Main Feedwater Pump Turbines (FWPTs) response and the required actions per AP/28 (ICS Instrument Failures)? | * Feedwater Valve LlP controlling signal fails LOW ASSUME NO OPERATOR ACTIONS Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the Main Feedwater Pump Turbines (FWPTs) response and the required actions per AP/28 (ICS Instrument Failures)? | ||
BOTH FWPTs speed ____ / Place | BOTH FWPTs speed ____ / Place _ _ _ __ | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to diagnose a failure that specifically affects MFW pumps; to understand the affect and to know the required actions. ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: A low valve dp failure causes both MFPs to speed up to the HSS (high speed stop). The operator must take the MFP bailey stations to Hand and decrease speed to restore/stabilize feed flow. Without this action the MFPs may trip on high discharge pressure B. Incorrect: | A. increases to HSS (high speed stop) / BOTH 2A & 2B MAIN FDW PUMPs to Hand and lower speed to prevent tripping FWPs on high discharge pressure B. decreases to LSS (low speed stop) / BOTH 2A & 2B MAIN FDW PUMPs to Hand and raise speed to prevent tripping the Reactor on high RCS pressure C. increases to HSS (high speed stop) / ALL Feedwater Control Valves (Main & | ||
Plausible if mis-diagnoses of low dp means low feed flow and FWPT speed will need to be increased. | Startup) to Hand and adjust as necessary to restore stable plant conditions D. decreases to LSS (low speed stop) / ALL Feedwater Control Valves (Main & | ||
Correspondingly low feed flow means that the RCS could trip on high RCS pressure C. Incorrect: | Startup) to Hand and adjust as necessary to restore stable plant conditions | ||
Plausible in that MFP speed will increase but there is no speed correction back to original flow. Composite valve demand error feeds all Fdw Control Valves. Valve dp correction is only applied to the MFPs. D. Incorrect: | |||
Plausible if misdiagnoses FWPT response and there is no speed correction back to original flow. Composite valve demand error feeds all Fdw Control Valves. Valve dp correction is only applied to the MFPs. Technical Reference(s): | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 42 T2/G1 *okm 039A4.03, Main and Reheat Steam System (MRSS) | ||
AP/28 Rev. 14 -Valve DP Failure Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: MFW pump turbines (2.8/2.8) | ||
NONE Learning Objective: | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to diagnose a failure that specifically affects MFW pumps; to understand the affect and to know the required actions. | ||
STG*ICS Obj. R21 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: A low valve dp failure causes both MFPs to speed up to the HSS (high speed stop). The operator must take the MFP bailey stations to Hand and decrease speed to restore/stabilize feed flow. Without this action the MFPs may trip on high discharge pressure B. Incorrect: Plausible if mis-diagnoses of low dp means low feed flow and FWPT speed will need to be increased. Correspondingly low feed flow means that the RCS could trip on high RCS pressure C. Incorrect: Plausible in that MFP speed will increase but there is no speed correction back to original flow. Composite valve demand error feeds all Fdw Control Valves. | ||
Valve dp correction is only applied to the MFPs. | |||
D. Incorrect: Plausible if misdiagnoses FWPT response and there is no speed correction back to original flow. Composite valve demand error feeds all Fdw Control Valves. Valve dp correction is only applied to the MFPs. | |||
Technical Reference(s): AP/28 Rev. 14 - Valve DP Failure Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: STG*ICS Obj. R21 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified AA for C and D to explain valve dp signal function to MFPs only. NRC needed copy of AP128; provided it. MB OK | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 43 Unit 3 initial conditions: | |||
* 04:00:00 | * 04:00:00 | ||
* Reactor power = 70% stable | * Reactor power = 70% stable | ||
* 3A Main Feed Pump suction pressure = 236 psig decreasing Current conditions: | * 3A Main Feed Pump suction pressure =236 psig decreasing Current conditions: | ||
* 04:01 :25 | * 04:01 :25 | ||
* 3A Main FDW Pump suction pressure = 230 psig increasing Based on the current conditions, which ONE of the following describes the current status of the Main Feedwater pumps and the plant? A. Both MFPs are operating I Plant runback in progress at 20%/min B. Both MFPs are operating I Reactor power = 70% stable C. 3A MFP has tripped I Plant run back in progress at 20%/min D. 3A MFP has tripped I Reactor power = 65% stable 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 43 T2/G1 -okm 059A3.03, Main Feedwater (MFW) System Ability to monitor automatic operation of the MFW, including: | * 3A Main FDW Pump suction pressure = 230 psig increasing Based on the current conditions, which ONE of the following describes the current status of the Main Feedwater pumps and the plant? | ||
Feedwater pump suction flow pressure (2.5/2.6) | A. Both MFPs are operating I Plant runback in progress at 20%/min B. Both MFPs are operating I Reactor power =70% stable C. 3A MFP has tripped I Plant run back in progress at 20%/min D. 3A MFP has tripped I Reactor power = 65% stable | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of setpoints for MFP low suction pressure runback / trip and the ability to determine the status of the plant and MFW system components ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Conditions are met for a CBP/Fdw Pump Low Suction Pressure runback <<235 psig; for >90 sec MFP trips; Runback rate = 20%/min.). | |||
Only 85 secs has elapsed therefore runback is still in progress and MFPT is not tripped. B. Incorrect: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 43 T2/G1 - okm 059A3.03, Main Feedwater (MFW) System Ability to monitor automatic operation of the MFW, including: Feedwater pump suction flow pressure (2.5/2.6) | ||
Plausible in that both MFPs are still operating | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of setpoints for MFP low suction pressure runback / trip and the ability to determine the status of the plant and MFW system components ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Conditions are met for a CBP/Fdw Pump Low Suction Pressure runback <<235 psig; for >90 sec MFP trips; Runback rate = 20%/min.). Only 85 secs has elapsed therefore runback is still in progress and MFPT is not tripped. | ||
<< 90 secs); second part is plausible as it is the current power level and is consistent with the FDWP operating status (Le. no runback to 65% due to FDWPT Trip) C. Incorrect: | B. Incorrect: Plausible in that both MFPs are still operating << 90 secs); second part is plausible as it is the current power level and is consistent with the FDWP operating status (Le. no runback to 65% due to FDWPT Trip) | ||
Plausible if the time delay is incorrectly assumed to be met and the MFP has tripped. Runback status is correct. D. Incorrect: | C. Incorrect: Plausible if the time delay is incorrectly assumed to be met and the MFP has tripped. Runback status is correct. | ||
Plausible if the time delay is incorrectly assumed to be met and the MFP has tripped. Second part is consistent with MFP status and the runback is incorrectly assumed to have stopped at the loss of MFP runback setpoint Technical Reference(s): | D. Incorrect: Plausible if the time delay is incorrectly assumed to be met and the MFP has tripped. Second part is consistent with MFP status and the runback is incorrectly assumed to have stopped at the loss of MFP runback setpoint Technical Reference(s): CF-FDW, STG-ICS LP pg 27 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: CF-FDW R7 & R38; STG-ICS R3 & R4 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
CF-FDW, STG-ICS LP pg 27 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No changes. II MB OK | ||
NONE Learning Objective: | |||
CF-FDW R7 & R38; STG-ICS R3 & R4 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 44 Unit 1 initial conditions: | ||
* Reactor power = 100% | * Reactor power = 100% | ||
* | * 1TDEFWP is OOS Current conditions: | ||
* Both Main Feed Pumps trip | * Both Main Feed Pumps trip | ||
* | * 1A MDEFWP fails to start | ||
* | * 1A SG level = 26 inches XSUR decreasing | ||
* 1 B SG level = 28 inches XSUR increasing | * 1 B SG level = 28 inches XSUR increasing | ||
* Enclosure 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation) is in progress | * Enclosure 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation) is in progress | ||
* 1FDW-313 and 1FDW-314 (1A & 1B EFDW LINE DISCH X-CONNs) open Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the maximum acceptable flowrate (gpm) allowed to each SG at the same time per EOP Rule 7? A. | * 1FDW-313 and 1FDW-314 (1A & 1B EFDW LINE DISCH X-CONNs) open Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the maximum acceptable flowrate (gpm) allowed to each SG at the same time per EOP Rule 7? | ||
/ Emergency Feedwater (AFW) System Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the AFW; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: | A. 1A SG = 300 / 1 B SG = 300 B. 1A SG = 500 / 1 B SG = 450 C. 1A SG = 600 / 1 B SG = 600 D. 1ASG=100 / 1B8G=600 | ||
pump failure or improper operation (3.4/3.8) | |||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires an understanding of the impact of a loss of 2 EFDWPs and the direction contained in the EOP Rules to address the condition ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Total flowrate given is the pump flow limit and is balanced between SG's which would be desired. B. Incorrect: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 44 T2/G1 - okm 061A2.04, Auxiliary / Emergency Feedwater (AFW) System Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the AFW; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: pump failure or improper operation (3.4/3.8) | ||
Total flowrate given is incorrect. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires an understanding of the impact of a loss of 2 EFDWPs and the direction contained in the EOP Rules to address the condition ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Total flowrate given is the pump flow limit and is balanced between SG's which would be desired. | ||
Plausible as it the limit associated with the TDEFDWP. 1A SG would require a higher flow rate to recover level as it is lower than the | B. Incorrect: Total flowrate given is incorrect. Plausible as it the limit associated with the TDEFDWP. 1A SG would require a higher flow rate to recover level as it is lower than the 1B SG. | ||
Plausible as the values given would be the normal values if both the MDEFDW pumps are running. D. Incorrect: | C. Incorrect: Plausible as the values given would be the normal values if both the MDEFDW pumps are running. | ||
Plausible as the flowrates are consistent with the Dry SG flow limitation for feeding the 1A SG vice with both MDEFDW pumps running. Technical Reference(s): | D. Incorrect: Plausible as the flowrates are consistent with the Dry SG flow limitation for feeding the 1A SG vice with both MDEFDW pumps running. | ||
EOP Rule 3 & Rule 7 Rev 36 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Technical Reference(s): EOP Rule 3 & Rule 7 Rev 36 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: EAP-LOHT Obj. R26, R27 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
NONE Learning Objective: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No changes. II MB OK | ||
EAP-LOHT Obj. R26, R27 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 45 Unit 1 plant conditions: | |||
* Reactor power = 100% | * Reactor power = 100% | ||
* Pressurizer level = 219 inches and stable | * Pressurizer level = 219 inches and stable | ||
* | * 1B 1 RCP parameters: | ||
-Lower seal cavity pressure = 900 psig decreasing | - Lower seal cavity pressure = 900 psig decreasing | ||
-Upper seal cavity pressure = 100 psig decreasing | - Upper seal cavity pressure =100 psig decreasing | ||
-Seal Return flow = 1.1 gpm decreasing | - Seal Return flow =1.1 gpm decreasing | ||
-Seal Leakage flow = 0.9 gpm increasing Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following | - Seal Leakage flow =0.9 gpm increasing Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following 1B1 RCP seal(s) are failing? | ||
RCP Seals and Seal Water Supply (2.7/3.1) | A. Lower ONLY B. Upper ONLY C. BOTH Lower and Upper D. BOTH Middle and Upper | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge and comprehension of the indications of a loss of RCP seals ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: | |||
If ONLY the Lower seal failed, then Upper cavity pressures would increase to -1025 psig and lower cavity pressure would increase to -2150 psig. B. Incorrect: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 45 T2/G1 *okm 003K6.02, Reactor Coolant Pump System Knowledge of the effect of a 1055 or malfunction of the following will have on the RCPS components: RCP Seals and Seal Water Supply (2.7/3.1) | ||
Plausible in that if ONLY the upper seal failed, then lower cavity pressure would decrease to -1050 psig (1/2 system pressure). | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge and comprehension of the indications of a loss of RCP seals ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: If ONLY the Lower seal failed, then Upper cavity pressures would increase to - 1025 psig and lower cavity pressure would increase to - 2150 psig. | ||
But since lower cavity pressure is still decreasing (900 psig and decreasing) then the Middle Seal is degrading also. Seal Return (SR) decreasing and Seal Leakage (SL) increasing is also an indication that the upper seal is failing (less restriction to flow). C. Incorrect: | B. Incorrect: Plausible in that if ONLY the upper seal failed, then lower cavity pressure would decrease to -1050 psig (1/2 system pressure). But since lower cavity pressure is still decreasing (900 psig and decreasing) then the Middle Seal is degrading also. Seal Return (SR) decreasing and Seal Leakage (SL) increasing is also an indication that the upper seal is failing (less restriction to flow). | ||
If the lower and upper seals both failed, upper cavity pressure would decrease to -atmospheric (Same as given parameter change) and lower cavity pressure would increase up to -2150 psig (opposite from given parameter change). Seal return (SR) flow would decrease as upper cavity pressure decreases due to greater back pressure from the LOST than atmospheric or the QT. SR flow would become Seal Leakage flow. D. Correct: The middle and upper seals both failed. The dP across the lower seal increases to 2150 psig and both the lower and upper cavity pressures decrease toward atmospheric or QT. Seal return flow decreases as upper cavity pressure decreases due to greater back pressure from the LDST than to atmospheric or to the QT. Seal Leakage flow increases as Seal Return flow becomes leakage flow. Technical Reference(s): | C. Incorrect: If the lower and upper seals both failed, upper cavity pressure would decrease to -atmospheric (Same as given parameter change) and lower cavity pressure would increase up to -2150 psig (opposite from given parameter change). | ||
PNS*CPS Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Seal return (SR) flow would decrease as upper cavity pressure decreases due to greater back pressure from the LOST than atmospheric or the QT. SR flow would become Seal Leakage flow. | ||
NONE Learning Objective: | D. Correct: The middle and upper seals both failed. The dP across the lower seal increases to 2150 psig and both the lower and upper cavity pressures decrease toward atmospheric or QT. Seal return flow decreases as upper cavity pressure decreases due to greater back pressure from the LDST than to atmospheric or to the QT. Seal Leakage flow increases as Seal Return flow becomes leakage flow. | ||
PNS*CPS R20 Question Source: B (PNS072006) | Technical Reference(s): PNS*CPS Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: PNS*CPS R20 Question Source: B (PNS072006) | ||
Question History: Last NRC Exam | Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified distractor B (and AA) to be Upper Seal only failed II MB OK | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 46 Unit 1 initial conditions: | |||
* Reactor power = 22% power | * Reactor power = 22% power | ||
* CT1 Amps = 2000 | * CT1 Amps =2000 | ||
* Central Switchyard is energizing the STBY Buses | * Central Switchyard is energizing the STBY Buses | ||
* PCB 17 (OCONEE WHo STARTUP TRANS. CT1 TIE) is open for maintenance Current conditions: | * PCB 17 (OCONEE WHo STARTUP TRANS. CT1 TIE) is open for maintenance Current conditions: | ||
* Yellow Bus lockout occurs Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following alignments will supply power to Unit 1 's Main Feeder Buses? A. | * Yellow Bus lockout occurs Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following alignments will supply power to Unit 1's Main Feeder Buses? | ||
A. 1T (Unit 1 Auxiliary Transformer) | |||
B. CT-1 (Unit 1 Startup Transformer) | B. CT-1 (Unit 1 Startup Transformer) | ||
C. CT-4 (Keowee Underground to STBY Buses Transformer) | C. CT-4 (Keowee Underground to STBY Buses Transformer) | ||
D. CT-5 (100KV line to STBY Buses) 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 46 T2/G1 062A3.05, AC Electrical Distribution System Ability to monitor automatic operation of the ac distribution system, including: | D. CT-5 (100KV line to STBY Buses) | ||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 46 T2/G1 062A3.05, AC Electrical Distribution System Ability to monitor automatic operation of the ac distribution system, including: | |||
Safety-related indicators and controls (3.5/3.6) | Safety-related indicators and controls (3.5/3.6) | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to determine auto transfer of offsite electrical power to the onsite 4160 VAC distribution system following a yellow bus lockout ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: 0 A. Incorrect: | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to determine auto transfer of offsite electrical power to the onsite 4160 VAC distribution system following a yellow bus lockout ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: 0 A. Incorrect: Plausible if fail to recognize that conditions given indicate that 1T is not currently supplying power to the MFBs B. Incorrect: Plausible as CT-1could be energized via the RED bus if PCB-17 was closed/operable and this would be the first choice of power after a unit trip C. Incorrect: Plausible as CT-4 would be the preferred source of power to the standby buses normally, however since CT- 5 is already supplying the bus CT-4 will not. | ||
Plausible if fail to recognize that conditions given indicate that 1T is not currently supplying power to the MFBs B. Incorrect: | D. Correct: If the Red bus path is not available and Central path is established this is the power path since the SL breakers are closed therefore the SK breakers can NOT close Technical Reference(s): SA-3/C3, OP/0/1108/01 Encl 3.37, EL-EPD, OP-OC-EL-EPD-2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EL-EPD Obj R17 & 20 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
Plausible as CT-1could be energized via the RED bus if PCB-17 was closed/operable and this would be the first choice of power after a unit trip C. Incorrect: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified stem to make 1T a more plausible distractor II MB OK | ||
Plausible as CT-4 would be the preferred source of power to the standby buses normally, however since CT-5 is already supplying the bus CT-4 will not. D. Correct: If the Red bus path is not available and Central path is established this is the power path since the SL breakers are closed therefore the SK breakers can NOT close Technical Reference(s): | |||
SA-3/C3, OP/0/1108/01 Encl 3.37, EL-EPD, OP-OC-EL-EPD-2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 47 Initial conditions: | ||
None Learning Objective: | |||
EL-EPD Obj R17 & 20 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
* Both Keowee Units generating to the grid at>::: 60 MWe | * Both Keowee Units generating to the grid at>::: 60 MWe | ||
* ACB-4 closed Current conditions: | * ACB-4 closed Current conditions: | ||
* A SBLOCA occurs on Unit 2 | * A SBLOCA occurs on Unit 2 | ||
* When ES channels 1 &2 actuate -Keowee Unit #2 Emergency locks out -Keowee Main Step-Up Transformer locks out Within thirty (30) seconds of these actions, which ONE of the following Keowee breaker combinations should exist? A. ACB-1 open and ACB-2 closed B. ACB-1 closed and ACB-3 closed C. ACB-3 open and ACB-4 closed D. ACB-3 closed and ACB-4 open 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 47 T2/G1 062K1.02, AC Electrical Distribution System Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause effect relationships between the ac distribution system and the following systems: ED/G (4.1/4.4) | * When ES channels 1&2 actuate | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of KHU Step-up Transformer lockout and Emergency lockout of KHU and determination of resulting lineup to electrical distribution system ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect | - Keowee Unit #2 Emergency locks out | ||
-AC8-2 can't close KHU-2 locked out. Plausible if interface between ES start and emergency lockout is misinterpreted B. Incorrect | - Keowee Main Step-Up Transformer locks out Within thirty (30) seconds of these actions, which ONE of the following Keowee breaker combinations should exist? | ||
-ACB-1 won't close because Keowee Main Xfmer LO signal C. Incorrect | A. ACB-1 open and ACB-2 closed B. ACB-1 closed and ACB-3 closed C. ACB-3 open and ACB-4 closed D. ACB-3 closed and ACB-4 open | ||
-AC8-3 closes 8.5 sec after the Emerg start signal (Zone overlap Protection). | |||
KHU-2 Emergency Lock out opens AC8-4 and prevents auto closure D. Correct -ACB-3 closes 8.5 sec after the Emerg start signal if ACB-4 opens due to Emerg LO and the Keowee Main Xfmer is Locked out thus completing the requirements for Zone Overlap Protection Technical Reference(s): | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 47 T2/G1 062K1.02, AC Electrical Distribution System Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause effect relationships between the ac distribution system and the following systems: ED/G (4.1/4.4) | ||
OP/O/Al2000/100 KHS Alarm Response Guide SA-1/A-1 OP/2/A12000/102 KflU-2 Alarm Response Guide 2SA-2/A*3, EL*KHG Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of KHU Step-up Transformer lockout and Emergency lockout of KHU and determination of resulting lineup to electrical distribution system ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect - AC8-2 can't close KHU-2 locked out. Plausible if interface between ES start and emergency lockout is misinterpreted B. Incorrect - ACB-1 won't close because Keowee Main Xfmer LO signal C. Incorrect - AC8-3 closes 8.5 sec after the Emerg start signal (Zone overlap Protection). KHU-2 Emergency Lock out opens AC8-4 and prevents auto closure D. Correct - ACB-3 closes 8.5 sec after the Emerg start signal if ACB-4 opens due to Emerg LO and the Keowee Main Xfmer is Locked out thus completing the requirements for Zone Overlap Protection Technical Reference(s): OP/O/Al2000/100 KHS Alarm Response Guide SA-1/A-1 OP/2/A12000/102 KflU-2 Alarm Response Guide 2SA-2/A*3, EL*KHG Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EL*KHG Obj. R10, R11 Question Source: B (EL041107) | ||
None Learning Objective: | Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
EL*KHG Obj. R10, R11 Question Source: B (EL041107) | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No changes. II MB OK | ||
Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
* All three units Reactor power = 100% Current conditions: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 48 ' | ||
Station initial conditions: | |||
* All three units Reactor power = 100% | |||
Current conditions: | |||
* All Unit's 4160v Main Feeder Busses are de-energized | * All Unit's 4160v Main Feeder Busses are de-energized | ||
* Unit 1, 2, and 3 EOP Blackout tabs in progress Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the required status of Unit 1 Essential Inverters per the EOP Enclosure 5.38 (Restoration of Power) and why? Unit 1 's Essential Inverters | * Unit 1, 2, and 3 EOP Blackout tabs in progress Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the required status of Unit 1 Essential Inverters per the EOP Enclosure 5.38 (Restoration of Power) and why? | ||
... A. remain energized to provide power to ES channels. | Unit 1's Essential Inverters ... | ||
B. remain energized to provide control power to 4160v. C. are de-energized to prevent inverter damage. D. are de-energized to extend available battery life. | A. remain energized to provide power to ES channels. | ||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 48 T2/G1 063A 1.01, DC Electrical Distribution System Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the DC electrical system controls including: | B. remain energized to provide control power to 4160v. | ||
Battery capacity as it is affected by discharge rate (2.5/3.3) | C. are de-energized to prevent inverter damage. | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of required actions within procedures and the correlation of the impact of high battery load on available battery capacity as the bases for actions directed in the EOP ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: | D. are de-energized to extend available battery life. | ||
Plausible if ES Channels (are vital loads from KVIA,B,C,D) are confused with essential loads (from KI, KU, KX); vital loads must be differentiated from essential loads B. Incorrect: | |||
Plausible if control power (ex. for breakers, switches, etc) are incorrectly assumed to be essential inverter loads C. Incorrect: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 48 T2/G1 063A 1.01, DC Electrical Distribution System Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the DC electrical system controls including: Battery capacity as it is affected by discharge rate (2.5/3.3) | ||
Incorrect but plausible in that inverters could be damaged due to high current as input voltages start to decrease. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of required actions within procedures and the correlation of the impact of high battery load on available battery capacity as the bases for actions directed in the EOP ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: Plausible if ES Channels (are vital loads from KVIA,B,C,D) are confused with essential loads (from KI, KU, KX); vital loads must be differentiated from essential loads B. Incorrect: Plausible if control power (ex. for breakers, switches, etc) are incorrectly assumed to be essential inverter loads C. Incorrect: Incorrect but plausible in that inverters could be damaged due to high current as input voltages start to decrease. | ||
D. Correct: Essential Inverters KI, KU, & KX DC input breakers are opened to extend battery life per direction given from the EOP SBO tab (Encl. 5.38 and tab Step 2.38) Technical Reference(s): | D. Correct: Essential Inverters KI, KU, & KX DC input breakers are opened to extend battery life per direction given from the EOP SBO tab (Encl. 5.38 and tab Step 2.38) | ||
Rev 36 of EP/1/Al1800/01, EAP-SBO; AP/11 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Technical Reference(s): Rev 36 of EP/1/Al1800/01, EAP-SBO; AP/11 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP-SBO Obj. R8, EL-DCD Obj R1 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
None Learning Objective: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Wrote new question to improve plausibility. II MB OK | ||
EAP-SBO Obj. R8, EL-DCD Obj R1 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
II MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 49 Operators are preparing to synchronize KHU-2 to the grid per OP/O/A/11 06/019, Keowee Hydro At Oconee The operator notes the following indications: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 49 Operators are preparing to synchronize KHU-2 to the grid per OP/O/A/11 06/019, Keowee Hydro At Oconee The operator notes the following indications: | ||
* Keowee 2 Line Volts = 13.8 kV | * Keowee 2 Line Volts = 13.8 kV | ||
* Keowee 2 Output Volts = 15.4 kV | * Keowee 2 Output Volts = 15.4 kV | ||
* Grid Frequency | * Grid Frequency =60 cycles | ||
= 60 cycles | * Keowee Frequency =60.6 cycles Based on the above conditions, which one of the following describes the control that will be used to adjust the synchroscope indication and what is the response when ACB 2 is closed? | ||
* Keowee Frequency | The ____ will be used to adjust the synchroscope indication and _ _ __ | ||
= 60.6 cycles Based on the above conditions, which one of the following describes the control that will be used to adjust the synchroscope indication and what is the response when ACB 2 is closed? The ____ will be used to adjust the synchroscope indication and | A. UNIT 2 AUTO VOLTAGE ADJUSTER 1 ACB 2 will NOT receive a trip signal as a direct result of the line voltage differential. | ||
B. UNIT 2 SPEED CHANGER MOTOR 1 after 5 seconds ACB 2 will receive a trip signal as a direct result of the line voltage differential C. UNIT 2 AUTO VOLTAGE ADJUSTER 1 after 5 seconds ACB 2 will receive a trip signal as a direct result of the line voltage differential D. UNIT 2 SPEED CHANGER MOTOR 1 ACB 2 will NOT receive a trip signal as a direct result of the line voltage differential Question 49 T2/G1 | B. UNIT 2 SPEED CHANGER MOTOR 1 after 5 seconds ACB 2 will receive a trip signal as a direct result of the line voltage differential C. UNIT 2 AUTO VOLTAGE ADJUSTER 1 after 5 seconds ACB 2 will receive a trip signal as a direct result of the line voltage differential D. UNIT 2 SPEED CHANGER MOTOR 1 ACB 2 will NOT receive a trip signal as a direct result of the line voltage differential | ||
Parallel operation of ED/Gs (3.1/3.1 ) KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of paralleling operations, breaker protective signals, and procedural requirements to control or mitigate paralleling operations problems ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D Out of tolerance circuit protection is only active for Emergency Starts. Speed Changer Motor (SCM), Auto Voltage Adjuster (AVA) A. Incorrect: | |||
Plausible in that the second part is correct. First part is wrong but plausible if it is not known that the SCM not the AVA is used to adjust the synch scope. B. Incorrect. | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 49 T2/G1 064A2.03, Emergency Diesel Generator (ED/G) System Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the ED/G system; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: | ||
Plausible in that the first part is correct. Second part is wrong but plausible if the OOT protection circuit is misapplied (only for Emerg Starts) in which case the breaker still would not trip as the voltage high but still within tolerance. | Parallel operation of ED/Gs (3.1/3.1 ) | ||
C. Incorrect: | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of paralleling operations, breaker protective signals, and procedural requirements to control or mitigate paralleling operations problems ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D Out of tolerance circuit protection is only active for Emergency Starts. Speed Changer Motor (SCM), Auto Voltage Adjuster (AVA) | ||
First part is wrong but plausible if it is not known that the SCM not the AVA is used to adjust the synch scope. Second part is wrong but plausible if the OOT protection circuit is misapplied (only for Emerg Starts) in which case the breaker still would not trip as the voltage high but still within tolerance. | A. Incorrect: Plausible in that the second part is correct. First part is wrong but plausible if it is not known that the SCM not the AVA is used to adjust the synch scope. | ||
D. CORRECT: Keowee frequency is higher than grid so synchroscope will be spinning clockwise (CW) which will require use of the MSC. Out of tolerance circuit protection will not trip ACB 2. Plausibility is based on memorizing the ACB auto trip feature and correctly calculating less than 10% normal voltage. Also, plausibility is hinged on the applicant knowing how the synch scope will respond to the frequency differential. | B. Incorrect. Plausible in that the first part is correct. Second part is wrong but plausible if the OOT protection circuit is misapplied (only for Emerg Starts) in which case the breaker still would not trip as the voltage high but still within tolerance. | ||
Technical Reference(s): | C. Incorrect: First part is wrong but plausible if it is not known that the SCM not the AVA is used to adjust the synch scope. Second part is wrong but plausible if the OOT protection circuit is misapplied (only for Emerg Starts) in which case the breaker still would not trip as the voltage high but still within tolerance. | ||
EL-KHG, OP/0/Al1106/019 Rev 83 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | D. CORRECT: Keowee frequency is higher than grid so synchroscope will be spinning clockwise (CW) which will require use of the MSC. Out of tolerance circuit protection will not trip ACB 2. | ||
None Learning Objective: | Plausibility is based on memorizing the ACB auto trip feature and correctly calculating less than 10% normal voltage. Also, plausibility is hinged on the applicant knowing how the synch scope will respond to the frequency differential. | ||
EL-KHG R11, R4, R20, R19, R7 Question Source: M (EL041110) | Technical Reference(s): EL-KHG, OP/0/Al1106/019 Rev 83 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EL-KHG R11, R4, R20, R19, R7 Question Source: M (EL041110) | ||
Question History: Last NRC Exam 2006 ONS RO NRC Exam Q#58 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified stem and all answers to improve plausibility II Changed Keowee output voltage to 15.4 to improve plausibility. | Question History: Last NRC Exam 2006 ONS RO NRC Exam Q#58 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified stem and all answers to improve plausibility II Changed Keowee output voltage to 15.4 to improve plausibility. MB OK | ||
MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 50 Which ONE of the following describes the operation of the Unit Vent Radiation Monitors RIA-45 and RIA-46 when the switchover acceptance range setpoint is reached? RIA-45 will read | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 50 Which ONE of the following describes the operation of the Unit Vent Radiation Monitors RIA-45 and RIA-46 when the switchover acceptance range setpoint is reached? | |||
RIA-45 will read _ _ _ and RIA-46 will provide _ _ __ | |||
A. offscale high / only alarm and unit vent radiation level indication. | |||
B. offscale high / the same interlock functions that RIA-45 performs. | B. offscale high / the same interlock functions that RIA-45 performs. | ||
C. ZERO / only alarm and unit vent radiation level indication. | C. ZERO / only alarm and unit vent radiation level indication. | ||
D. ZERO / the same interlock functions that RIA-45 performs. | D. ZERO / the same interlock functions that RIA-45 performs. | ||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 50 T2/G1 073G2.1.27, Process Radiation Monitoring (PRM) System Knowledge of system purpose and/or function (3.9/4.0) | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 50 T2/G1 073G2.1.27, Process Radiation Monitoring (PRM) System Knowledge of system purpose and/or function (3.9/4.0) | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the functions provided by the Process Radiation monitoring system ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: 0 A. Incorrect: | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the functions provided by the Process Radiation monitoring system ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: 0 A. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible in that student could have a misconception and believe that RIA-45 stays off-scale high. RIA-45 will read zero. | ||
First part is incorrect. | RIA-46 will provide the same interlock functions as RIA-45 (which would include tripping Purge fans and closing Purge valves). | ||
Plausible in that student could have a misconception and believe that RIA-45 stays off-scale high. RIA-45 will read zero. RIA-46 will provide the same interlock functions as RIA-45 (which would include tripping Purge fans and closing Purge valves). B. Incorrect: | B. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible in that student could have a misconception and believe that RIA-45 stays off-scale high. RIA- 45 will read zero. | ||
First part is incorrect. | Student could have a misconception and believe that RIA-45 stays off-scale high. | ||
Plausible in that student could have a misconception and believe that RIA-45 stays off-scale high. RIA-45 will read zero. Student could have a misconception and believe that RIA-45 stays off-scale high. C. Incorrect: | C. Incorrect: First part is correct. RIA-46 will provide same interlock function as RIA-45. | ||
First part is correct. RIA-46 will provide same interlock function as RIA-45. D. Correct: First part is correct. RIA-45 will read zero and RIA-46 will provide the same interlock functions as RIA-45 (which would include tripping Purge fans and closing Purge valves). Technical Reference(s): | D. Correct: First part is correct. RIA-45 will read zero and RIA-46 will provide the same interlock functions as RIA-45 (which would include tripping Purge fans and closing Purge valves). | ||
RAD-RIA Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Technical Reference(s): RAD-RIA Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: RAD-RIA Obj R1, R2 Question Source: B RAD011501 Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
None Learning Objective: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Replaced with bank question at proper level of difficulty_ II MB OK | ||
RAD-RIA Obj R1, R2 Question Source: B RAD011501 Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
II MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 51 Unit 1 initial conditions: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 51 Unit 1 initial conditions: | ||
* Reactor power = 100% Current conditions: | * Reactor power = 100% | ||
Current conditions: | |||
* A, B, and C LPSW pumps tripped | * A, B, and C LPSW pumps tripped | ||
* AP/24, Loss of LPSW in progress Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following conditions will result in EOP entry? A. Pressurizer level = 278 inches B. Anyone CRD stator temperature | * AP/24, Loss of LPSW in progress Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following conditions will result in EOP entry? | ||
=192 of C. Any RCP Motor Stator temperature | A. Pressurizer level = 278 inches B. Anyone CRD stator temperature =192 of C. Any RCP Motor Stator temperature = 265 of D. Main Turbine journal bearing #9 vibration = 17 mils | ||
= 265 of D. Main Turbine journal bearing #9 vibration | |||
= 17 mils 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 51 T2/G1 076G2.4.2, Service Water System Knowledge of system set points, interlocks and automatic actions associated with EOP entry conditions. | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 51 T2/G1 076G2.4.2, Service Water System Knowledge of system set points, interlocks and automatic actions associated with EOP entry conditions. | ||
(4.5/4.6) | (4.5/4.6) | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of criteria/setpoints in abnormal procedures which require EOP entry ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of criteria/setpoints in abnormal procedures which require EOP entry ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect - Plausible in that loss of CC will occur which will cause a loss of Letdown and Pzr level to increase. Pzr Level >375 inches is Rx trip criteria B. Incorrect - Plausible in that loss of CC will occur but wrong in that two CRD Stators (not any; one) must be ~ 180 OF per AP/20 which can be initiated from AP/24 C. Incorrect - Plausible per AP/24, is correct but the setpoint for RCP Motor Stator (T) is> 295 OF. | ||
-Plausible in that loss of CC will occur which will cause a loss of Letdown and Pzr level to increase. | D. Correct - Per AP/24, if any Main Turbine journal bearing vibration (bearings 1- | ||
Pzr Level >375 inches is Rx trip criteria B. Incorrect | : 10) is > 12 mils, THEN trip the Rx and trip the Turbine Generator. When bringing the turbine up to full speed between 800-1400 rpm the vibration trip is | ||
-Plausible in that loss of CC will occur but wrong in that two CRD Stators (not any; one) must be 180 OF per AP/20 which can be initiated from AP/24 C. Incorrect | >15 mils Technical Reference(s): AP/24 Rev 23, AP/20 Rev 9 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP-APG Obj R9 Question Source: 8 (EAP210966) | ||
-Plausible per AP/24, is correct but the setpoint for RCP Motor Stator (T) is> 295 OF. D. Correct -Per AP/24, if any Main Turbine journal bearing vibration (bearings 1-10) is > 12 mils, THEN trip the Rx and trip the Turbine Generator. | Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
When bringing the turbine up to full speed between 800-1400 rpm the vibration trip is >15 mils Technical Reference(s): | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added 'one' to answer B for clarity_ II MB OK | ||
AP/24 Rev 23, AP/20 Rev 9 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | |||
None Learning Objective: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 52 Unit 3 initial conditions: | ||
EAP-APG Obj R9 Question Source: 8 (EAP210966) | |||
Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
* Reactor Power = 100% | * Reactor Power = 100% | ||
* 3A LPSW Pump operating | * 3A LPSW Pump operating | ||
* LPSW Line leak occurs Current conditions: | * LPSW Line leak occurs Current conditions: | ||
* Unit 3 LPSW Pressure = 60 psig decreasing slowly | * Unit 3 LPSW Pressure =60 psig decreasing slowly | ||
* Operating LPSW pump(s) amps slowly increasing Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the status of the Unit 3 LPSW Pumps and an appropriate action per AP/24 (Loss of LPSW)? A. ONLY 3A LPSW pump is running / secure operating LPSW pump B. ONLY 3A LPSW pump is running / reduce LPSW loads as needed C. BOTH 3A and 3B LPSW pumps are running / reduce LPSW loads as needed D. BOTH 3A and 3B LPSW pumps are running / secure operating LPSW pumps 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 52 T2/G1 076K4.02, Service Water System Knowledge of SWS design feature{s) and/or interlock{s) which provide for the following: | * Operating LPSW pump(s) amps slowly increasing Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the status of the Unit 3 LPSW Pumps and an appropriate action per AP/24 (Loss of LPSW)? | ||
Automatic start features associated with SWS pump controls (2.9/3.2) | A. ONLY 3A LPSW pump is running / secure operating LPSW pump B. ONLY 3A LPSW pump is running / reduce LPSW loads as needed C. BOTH 3A and 3B LPSW pumps are running / reduce LPSW loads as needed D. BOTH 3A and 3B LPSW pumps are running / secure operating LPSW pumps | ||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 52 T2/G1 076K4.02, Service Water System Knowledge of SWS design feature{s) and/or interlock{s) which provide for the following: Automatic start features associated with SWS pump controls (2.9/3.2) | |||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the LPSW pump auto start setpoint and status with the Standby LPSW Pump Auto Start Circuit in DISABLE and the action required if pressure is below the setpoint. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the LPSW pump auto start setpoint and status with the Standby LPSW Pump Auto Start Circuit in DISABLE and the action required if pressure is below the setpoint. | ||
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: Pump status is incorrect in that both LPSW pumps are running because current LPSW pressure is below the Auto Start signal setpoint of 70 psig. Cross-tie is incorrect but plausible in that the AP only directs this if NO Unit 3 LPSW pumps are available. | ||
Pump status is incorrect in that both LPSW pumps are running because current LPSW pressure is below the Auto Start signal setpoint of 70 psig. Cross-tie is incorrect but plausible in that the AP only directs this if NO Unit 3 LPSW pumps are available. | B. Incorrect: Pump status is incorrect as described above but plausible if Auto start interlock is misapplied or setpoint is assumed incorrectly. Action in second part is correct. | ||
B. Incorrect: | C. Correct: Both LPSW pumps are running because current LPSW pressure is below the Auto Start signal setpoint of 70 psig. Action directed if LPSW pressure remains below normal is to reduce LPSW loads. | ||
Pump status is incorrect as described above but plausible if Auto start interlock is misapplied or setpoint is assumed incorrectly. | D. Incorrect: Pump status is correct as noted above in that current LPSW pressure is below the Auto Start signal setpoint of 70 psig. Cross-tie is incorrect but plausible in that the AP only directs this if NO Unit 3 LPSW pumps are available. | ||
Action in second part is correct. C. Correct: Both LPSW pumps are running because current LPSW pressure is below the Auto Start signal setpoint of 70 psig. Action directed if LPSW pressure remains below normal is to reduce LPSW loads. D. Incorrect: | Technical Reference(s): AP/1/A11700/024, AP/3/A11700/024, 3SA-9/A-9 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: SSS-LPW R23, EAP-APG R9 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
Pump status is correct as noted above in that current LPSW pressure is below the Auto Start signal setpoint of 70 psig. Cross-tie is incorrect but plausible in that the AP only directs this if NO Unit 3 LPSW pumps are available. | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified second part of choice A and D (and associated analyses) II Added "Operating LPSW pump(s) amps slowly increasing" to current conditions. | ||
Technical Reference(s): | Modified second part of A and D to read "secure operating LPSW pumps" MB OK | ||
AP/1/A11700/024, AP/3/A11700/024, 3SA-9/A-9 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | |||
None Learning Objective: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 53 Initial conditions: | ||
SSS-LPW R23, EAP-APG R9 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
II Added "Operating LPSW pump(s) amps slowly increasing" to current conditions. | |||
Modified second part of A and D to read "secure operating LPSW pumps" MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 53 Initial conditions: | |||
* IA Pressure = 105 psig stable | * IA Pressure = 105 psig stable | ||
* IA-2718 (Air Supply to Radwaste Facility) | * IA-2718 (Air Supply to Radwaste Facility) Open | ||
Open | |||
* Radwaste Air pressure 78 psig ( and stable) | * Radwaste Air pressure 78 psig ( and stable) | ||
* Instrument air compressors are aligned as follows: -Primary IA compressor is Operating | * Instrument air compressors are aligned as follows: | ||
-Backup IA compressors "A" and "B" in Standby 1 -Backup IA compressor "C" in Standby 2 -Auxiliary IA compressors in Auto Current conditions: | - Primary IA compressor is Operating | ||
- Backup IA compressors "A" and "B" in Standby 1 | |||
- Backup IA compressor "C" in Standby 2 | |||
- Auxiliary IA compressors in Auto Current conditions: | |||
* IA pressure decreased to 91 psig and is stable Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the status of IA components? | * IA pressure decreased to 91 psig and is stable Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the status of IA components? | ||
A. Only Auxiliary IA Compressors start B. Only Backup IA compressors "A" & "B" start C. ALL Backup IA compressors start; Auxiliary IA Compressors start D. ALL Backup IA compressors start; IA-2718 (Air Supply to Radwaste Facility) | A. Only Auxiliary IA Compressors start B. Only Backup IA compressors "A" & "B" start C. ALL Backup IA compressors start; Auxiliary IA Compressors start D. ALL Backup IA compressors start; IA-2718 (Air Supply to Radwaste Facility) | ||
CLOSES 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 53 T2tG1 078A3.01, Instrument Air System (lAS) Ability to monitor automatic operation of the lAS, including: | CLOSES | ||
Air pressure (3.1/3.2) | |||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to predict IA system automatic response to a lowering IA system pressure ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 53 T2tG1 078A3.01, Instrument Air System (lAS) | ||
The AlA compressors do not start until AlA receiver pressure reaches 88 pSig. the stem identifies pressure at 91 psig. B. Correct: ONLY the 'A' and 'B' BtU IA compressors will start and they started at 93 psig. C. Incorrect: | Ability to monitor automatic operation of the lAS, including: Air pressure (3.1/3.2) | ||
Same as 'A' above for 8tU instrument air compressors. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to predict IA system automatic response to a lowering IA system pressure ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: The AlA compressors do not start until AlA receiver pressure reaches 88 pSig. the stem identifies pressure at 91 psig. | ||
The AlA compressors do not start until AlA receiver pressure reaches 88 psig. D. Incorrect: | B. Correct: ONLY the 'A' and 'B' BtU IA compressors will start and they started at 93 psig. | ||
See '8' above, IA-2718 (Air Supply to Radwaste Facility) closes at IA pressure below 85 psig. Technical Reference(s): | C. Incorrect: Same as 'A' above for 8tU instrument air compressors. The AlA compressors do not start until AlA receiver pressure reaches 88 psig. | ||
APt22 Rv 35, SSS-IA Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | D. Incorrect: See '8' above, IA-2718 (Air Supply to Radwaste Facility) closes at IA pressure below 85 psig. | ||
None Learning Objective: | Technical Reference(s): APt22 Rv 35, SSS-IA Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: SSS-IA Obj. R8 & R39 Question Source: B (555040801) | ||
SSS-IA Obj. R8 & R39 Question Source: B (555040801) | Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
Question History: Last NRC Exam | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified stem to improve clarity II MB OK | ||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 54 Unit 2 plant conditions: | |||
* Reactor power = 100% | * Reactor power = 100% | ||
* RB pressure = 12.3 psia Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes how RB pressure will be increased to within the limits per PT/2/A/0600/001 (Periodic Instrument Surveillance)? | * RB pressure = 12.3 psia Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes how RB pressure will be increased to within the limits per PT/2/A/0600/001 (Periodic Instrument Surveillance)? | ||
A. 2PR-42 (RB Purge Disch to Unit Vent) will be opened and this alignment is limited to 1 hour. B. 2PR-42 (RB Purge Disch to Unit Vent) will be opened and this alignment is limited to | A. 2PR-42 (RB Purge Disch to Unit Vent) will be opened and this alignment is limited to 1 hour. | ||
Question 54 T2/G1 | B. 2PR-42 (RB Purge Disch to Unit Vent) will be opened and this alignment is limited to 4 hours. | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of physical relationship between IA system and containment (RB) and the requirements associated with aligning IA to the RB during plant operation ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: | C. 21A-90 (IA Pent Isolation) will be opened and this alignment is limited to 1 hour. | ||
First part is incorrect in that this is the lineup to vent the RB; plausible if it is miscalculated from the given pressure that RB pressure is too high and needs to be vented/lowered. | D. 21A-90 (IA Pent Isolation) will be opened and this alignment is limited to 4 hours. | ||
Time limit is incorrect but plausible because TS requires containment pressure to be restored to within limits within 1 hour. B. Incorrect: | |||
First part is incorrect in that this is the lineup to vent the RB; plausible if it is miscalculated from the given pressure that RB pressure is too high and needs to be vented/lowered. | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 54 T2/G1 078K1.03, Instrument Air System (lAS) | ||
Time limit is correct. C. Incorrect: | Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the lAS and the following systems: Containment air (3.3/3.4) | ||
First part is correct. IA-90 must be opened to pressurize containment pressure to within limits. Time limit is incorrect but plausible because TS requires containment pressure to be restored to within limits within 1 hour. D. Correct. IA-90 must be opened to return containment pressure to within limits and it is limited to | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of physical relationship between IA system and containment (RB) and the requirements associated with aligning IA to the RB during plant operation ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: First part is incorrect in that this is the lineup to vent the RB; plausible if it is miscalculated from the given pressure that RB pressure is too high and needs to be vented/lowered. Time limit is incorrect but plausible because TS requires containment pressure to be restored to within limits within 1 hour. | ||
OP/OIAl1106/027 EncI4.39, PT/600/01, OP/OIAl1102/014 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | B. Incorrect: First part is incorrect in that this is the lineup to vent the RB; plausible if it is miscalculated from the given pressure that RB pressure is too high and needs to be vented/lowered. Time limit is correct. | ||
None Learning Objective: | C. Incorrect: First part is correct. IA-90 must be opened to pressurize containment pressure to within limits. Time limit is incorrect but plausible because TS requires containment pressure to be restored to within limits within 1 hour. | ||
SSS-IA Obj R14 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | D. Correct. IA-90 must be opened to return containment pressure to within limits and it is limited to 4 hours. | ||
II MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 55 Unit 1 initial conditions: | Technical Reference(s): OP/OIAl1106/027 EncI4.39, PT/600/01, OP/OIAl1102/014 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: SSS-IA Obj R14 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __ | ||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Wrote a new question to improve plausibility II Added "increased to within" to the stem to improve plausibility. II MB OK | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 55 Unit 1 initial conditions: | |||
* Reactor Power = 100% | * Reactor Power = 100% | ||
* Reactor Building average temperature | * Reactor Building average temperature = 120°F stable | ||
= 120°F stable | * RBCU Status: | ||
* RBCU Status: -1A -High Speed - | - 1A - High Speed | ||
- 1B - High Speed | |||
- 1C - High Speed Current conditions: | |||
* Inadvertent ES Channel 5 actuation Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the response of RB Pressure and the RB high pressure limit per TS 3.6.4 (Containment Pressure)? | * Inadvertent ES Channel 5 actuation Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the response of RB Pressure and the RB high pressure limit per TS 3.6.4 (Containment Pressure)? | ||
RB Pressure will | RB Pressure will _ _ _ _ and the RB high pressure TS Limit is _ _ _ __ | ||
Containment pressure, temperature, and humidity (3.7/4.1) | A. increase / :5 + 1.2 psig B. increase / :5 + 2.45 psig C. decrease / :5 + 1.2 psig D. decrease / :5 + 2.45 psig | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to predict the impact of changing RBCU configuration on RB pressure due to the resulting change in temperature and the operating limit that is affected by the change ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: The first part is correct. ES channel 5 actuation causes 1A & 1B RBCUs to shift to low speed which reduces cooling air flow. This results in less heat removal. RB pressure will increase due to the heat up of the containment environment. | |||
The second part is correct. The RB high pressure limit Per TS 3.6.4 is +1.2 psig. B. Incorrect: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 55 T2/G1 103A1.01, Containment System Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the containment system controls including: Containment pressure, temperature, and humidity (3.7/4.1) | ||
First part is correct as describe above. The second part is incorrect. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to predict the impact of changing RBCU configuration on RB pressure due to the resulting change in temperature and the operating limit that is affected by the change ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: The first part is correct. ES channel 5 actuation causes 1A & 1B RBCUs to shift to low speed which reduces cooling air flow. This results in less heat removal. RB pressure will increase due to the heat up of the containment environment. The second part is correct. The RB high pressure limit Per TS 3.6.4 is +1.2 psig. | ||
:5 + 2.45 psig is plausible in that the low TS limit is (-) 2.45 psig not (+) 2.45 psig. C. Incorrect: | B. Incorrect: First part is correct as describe above. The second part is incorrect. :5 + | ||
First part is incorrect. | 2.45 psig is plausible in that the low TS limit is (-) 2.45 psig not (+) 2.45 psig. | ||
It is plausible if the candidate fails to realize that two RBCUs will shift to low speed or that low speed will remove less heat. It is also plausible if it is misunderstood that the increase in RB temperature will not cause a corresponding increase in RB pressure. | C. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. It is plausible if the candidate fails to realize that two RBCUs will shift to low speed or that low speed will remove less heat. It is also plausible if it is misunderstood that the increase in RB temperature will not cause a corresponding increase in RB pressure. The second part is correct. The RB high pressure limit Per TS 3.6.4 is +1.2 psig. | ||
The second part is correct. The RB high pressure limit Per TS 3.6.4 is +1.2 psig. D. Incorrect: | D. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. It is plausible if the candidate fails to realize that two RBCUs will shift to low speed or that low speed will remove less heat. It is also plausible if it is misunderstood that the increase in RB temperature will not cause a corresponding increase in RB pressure. The second part is incorrect. :5 + 2.45 psig is plausible in that the low TS limit is (-) 2.45 psig not (+) 2.45 psig. | ||
First part is incorrect. | Technical Reference(s):OP/1/Al1104/015, PT/1/Al0600/001, TS 3.6.4 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: PNS-RBC R20, ADM-TSS R4 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
It is plausible if the candidate fails to realize that two RBCUs will shift to low speed or that low speed will remove less heat. It is also plausible if it is misunderstood that the increase in RB temperature will not cause a corresponding increase in RB pressure. | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Wrote new question II Changed Band D to "s + 2.45 psig" to improve plausible. II Changed stem II MB OK II Fixed answer analysis to explain answer and plausibility statements. III Added TS name to stem. | ||
The second part is incorrect. | |||
:5 + 2.45 psig is plausible in that the low TS limit is (-) 2.45 psig not (+) 2.45 psig. Technical Reference(s):OP/1/Al1104/015, PT/1/Al0600/001, TS 3.6.4 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | |||
None Learning Objective: | |||
PNS-RBC R20, ADM-TSS R4 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
II Changed stem II MB OK II Fixed answer analysis to explain answer and plausibility statements. | |||
III Added TS name to stem. | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 56 Unit 1 initial conditions: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 56 Unit 1 initial conditions: | ||
* RCS Cooldown is in progress | * RCS Cooldown is in progress | ||
* RCS temperature | * RCS temperature = 240°F | ||
= 240°F | * RCS pressure =260 psig | ||
* RCS pressure = 260 psig | |||
* PORV Setpoint Selector is in LOW | * PORV Setpoint Selector is in LOW | ||
* RC LR PRESS ENABLE Switch is inadvertently placed in OFF Current conditions: | * RC LR PRESS ENABLE Switch is inadvertently placed in OFF Current conditions: | ||
* RCS pressure = 450 psig Based on the conditions given, which ONE of the following describes the operation of the PORV? A. PORV will open if pressure reaches 2450 psig. B. PORV will open if the LR PRESS ENABLE Switch is placed back in ON. C. PORV will NOT open automatically OR manually D. PORV will NOT open automatically but can be opened manually 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 56 T2/G2 002K4.10, Reactor Coolant System (RCS) Knowledge of RCS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following: | * RCS pressure = 450 psig Based on the conditions given, which ONE of the following describes the operation of the PORV? | ||
Overpressure protection (4.2/4.4 ) KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of operation of the PORV during Low Temperature Overpressure Protection conditions ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: | A. PORV will open if pressure reaches 2450 psig. | ||
Plausible if the candidate believes that the normal opening setpoint is still in effect. B. Incorrect: | B. PORV will open if the LR PRESS ENABLE Switch is placed back in ON. | ||
Immediate opening of the PORV is plausible if candidate believes they have reached the Low range PORV setpoint. | C. PORV will NOT open automatically OR manually D. PORV will NOT open automatically but can be opened manually | ||
C. Incorrect: | |||
First part is correct. PORV will not operate in AUTO as the pressure input is removed from the circuit with the LR Selector in OFF and the PORV selected to LOW. Second part is incorrect; Manual operation of the PORV is not affected. | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 56 T2/G2 002K4.10, Reactor Coolant System (RCS) | ||
Plausible since the selector switch is a part of the operating circuit. D. Correct: PORV will not operate in AUTO as the pressure input is removed from the circuit if the LR Selector is in OFF with the PORV selected to LOW. Manual operation of the PORV is not affected. | Knowledge of RCS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following: Overpressure protection (4.2/4.4 ) | ||
Technical Reference( s): PNS-PZR Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of operation of the PORV during Low Temperature Overpressure Protection conditions ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: Plausible if the candidate believes that the normal opening setpoint is still in effect. | ||
None Learning Objective: | B. Incorrect: Immediate opening of the PORV is plausible if candidate believes they have reached the Low range PORV setpoint. | ||
PNS-PZR R37 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | C. Incorrect: First part is correct. PORV will not operate in AUTO as the pressure input is removed from the circuit with the LR Selector in OFF and the PORV selected to LOW. Second part is incorrect; Manual operation of the PORV is not affected. | ||
II MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 57 Unit 1 Power Range NI indications are as follows: | Plausible since the selector switch is a part of the operating circuit. | ||
D. Correct: PORV will not operate in AUTO as the pressure input is removed from the circuit if the LR Selector is in OFF with the PORV selected to LOW. Manual operation of the PORV is not affected. | |||
Technical Reference( s): PNS-PZR Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: PNS-PZR R37 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Changed distractors A and B to improve plausibility. II MB OK | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 57 Unit 1 Power Range NI indications are as follows: | |||
* NI-5 = 98.7% | * NI-5 = 98.7% | ||
* NI-6 = 99.2% | * NI-6 = 99.2% | ||
Line 952: | Line 1,058: | ||
* NI-9=99.1% | * NI-9=99.1% | ||
Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following NI signals will be supplying the input to the Unit 1 Chessell NI Chart Recorder? | Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following NI signals will be supplying the input to the Unit 1 Chessell NI Chart Recorder? | ||
A. NI-5 B. NI-6 C. NI-7 D. NI-9 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 57 T2/G2 015A3.01, Nuclear Instrumentation System (NIS) Ability to monitor automatic operation of the NIS, including: | A. NI-5 B. NI-6 C. NI-7 D. NI-9 | ||
Console and cabinet indications (3.8/3.8) | |||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Require the ability to determine which NI channel will be auto selected to provide the signal to the control board chart recorder to indicate reactor power. ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 57 T2/G2 015A3.01, Nuclear Instrumentation System (NIS) | ||
Recorder uses second highest of NI-5 through 8, NI-5 is not the second highest B. Correct: NI-6 is the second highest of NI-5 through 8 C. Incorrect: | Ability to monitor automatic operation of the NIS, including: Console and cabinet indications (3.8/3.8) | ||
NI-7 is not the second highest of NI-5 through 8. Plausible as it is the highest (most conservative) | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Require the ability to determine which NI channel will be auto selected to provide the signal to the control board chart recorder to indicate reactor power. | ||
NI indication. | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: Recorder uses second highest of NI-5 through 8, NI-5 is not the second highest B. Correct: NI-6 is the second highest of NI-5 through 8 C. Incorrect: NI-7 is not the second highest of NI-5 through 8. Plausible as it is the highest (most conservative) NI indication. | ||
D. Incorrect: | D. Incorrect: NI-9 is no longer input to Chessell. Plausible as prior to the recent modification NI-5, 6 & 9 were median selected and NI-9 is the median of the 5, 6 & | ||
NI-9 is no longer input to Chessell. | : 9. (Unit 2 used this method as of 10/22/08) | ||
Plausible as prior to the recent modification NI-5, 6 & 9 were median selected and NI-9 is the median of the 5, 6 & 9. (Unit 2 used this method as of 10/22/08) | Technical Reference(s): IC-NI Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: IC-NI Obj. R24 Question Source: B (IC072402) | ||
Technical Reference(s): | Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
IC-NI Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Incorporated NRC comment.!/ MB OK | ||
None Learning Objective: | |||
IC-NI Obj. R24 Question Source: B (IC072402) | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 58 Unit 1 initial conditions: | ||
Question History: Last NRC Exam | * Reactor power = 40% | ||
MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 58 Unit 1 initial conditions: | Current conditions: | ||
* Reactor power = 40% Current conditions: | |||
* Final Feedwater temperature controlling signal fails HIGH Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the initial plant response and the appropriate ICS station(s) used to stabilize the plant in accordance with AP/28 (ICS Instrument Failures)? | * Final Feedwater temperature controlling signal fails HIGH Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the initial plant response and the appropriate ICS station(s) used to stabilize the plant in accordance with AP/28 (ICS Instrument Failures)? | ||
Actual Feedwater Flow will | Actual Feedwater Flow will _ _. Place the Diamond Panel in Manual and _ _ __ | ||
MFW system (2.6/2.7) | in Hand. | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the effect of a failed FW Temp instrument on the ICS control of the FDW System and the appropriate FDW controls to operate to stabilize the plant ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: | A. decrease / 1A & 1B FDW Masters B. decrease / Steam Generator Master C. increase / 1A & 1B FDW Masters D. increase / Steam Generator Master | ||
Plant response is incorrect. | |||
Plausible if the impact of the temperature compensation on the flow instrument is misapplied and assumption is that indicated flow would go down resulting in indicated flow being < FDW demand. Hand/Auto Stations identified in AP/28 are the FDW Masters only. B. Incorrect: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 58 T2/G2 016K3.04, Non-Nuclear Instrumentation System (NNIS) | ||
Plant response is incorrect. | Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the NNIS will have on the following: MFW system (2.6/2.7) | ||
Plausible if the impact of the temperature compensation on the flow instrument is misapplied and assumption is that indicated flow would go down resulting in indicated flow being < FDW demand. SG Master Hand/Auto Station is plausible if the failed signal is incorrectly assumed to be applied upstream of the SG Master instead of upstream of the FDW Loop Masters. C. Correct: FW Temp failing high will increase FDW Demand signal and raise actual FDW Flow. Hand/Auto Stations identified in AP/28 are the FDW Masters only. D. FW Temp failing high will increase FDW Demand signal and raise actual FDW Flow. SG Master Hand/Auto Station is plausible if the failed signal is incorrectly assumed to be applied upstream of the SG Master instead of upstream of the FDW Loop Masters. Technical Reference(s): | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the effect of a failed FW Temp instrument on the ICS control of the FDW System and the appropriate FDW controls to operate to stabilize the plant ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: Plant response is incorrect. Plausible if the impact of the temperature compensation on the flow instrument is misapplied and assumption is that indicated flow would go down resulting in indicated flow being < FDW demand. Hand/Auto Stations identified in AP/28 are the FDW Masters only. | ||
AP/28 Encl 4J, Rev 14 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | B. Incorrect: Plant response is incorrect. Plausible if the impact of the temperature compensation on the flow instrument is misapplied and assumption is that indicated flow would go down resulting in indicated flow being < FDW demand. SG Master Hand/Auto Station is plausible if the failed signal is incorrectly assumed to be applied upstream of the SG Master instead of upstream of the FDW Loop Masters. | ||
None Learning Objective: | C. Correct: FW Temp failing high will increase FDW Demand signal and raise actual FDW Flow. Hand/Auto Stations identified in AP/28 are the FDW Masters only. | ||
STG*ICS Obj R14, SAE*L 087 Obj R17 & R4 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | D. FW Temp failing high will increase FDW Demand signal and raise actual FDW Flow. | ||
A. Reverse video with negative numbers I Average of the 5 highest of the 12 for that train of ICCM B. Red flashing negative numbers I Average of the 5 highest of the 12 for that train of ICCM C. Reverse video with negative numbers I Average of the 5 highest of the 24 qualified D. Red flashing negative numbers I Average of the 5 highest of the 24 qualified Question 59 T2/G2-okm | SG Master Hand/Auto Station is plausible if the failed signal is incorrectly assumed to be applied upstream of the SG Master instead of upstream of the FDW Loop Masters. | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of ITM signal input to Core SCM indications and determining the state of the core coolant in relation to saturation conditions Knowledge of saturated conditions are being tested by having the candidate differentiate between saturated and superheated ITM indications ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. CORRECT: Superheated conditions are correctly displayed by Red/Flashing/Negative Numbers on a reverse video background; ITM SCM indication comes from the Avg of the 5 Highest reading CETCs for each ICCM train B. Incorrect: | Technical Reference(s): AP/28 Encl 4J, Rev 14 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: STG*ICS Obj R14, SAE*L 087 Obj R17 & R4 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
2 nd part is correct; | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Incorporated NRC comment. II MB OK | ||
C. Incorrect: | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 59 Which ONE of the following describes the Train A ICCM/RVLlS plasma display indication of CORE SCM for a superheated core and the Core Exit Thermocouples used to calculate this indication. | |||
Both parts incorrect. | A. Reverse video with negative numbers I Average of the 5 highest of the 12 for that train of ICCM B. Red flashing negative numbers I Average of the 5 highest of the 12 for that train of ICCM C. Reverse video with negative numbers I Average of the 5 highest of the 24 qualified D. Red flashing negative numbers I Average of the 5 highest of the 24 qualified | ||
2 nd part is incorrect but plausible in that the avg of the five highest of the 24 qualified CETCs is used for the OAC SCM display when >2% power. Technical Reference(s): | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 59 T2/G2-okm 017K5.02, In-Core Temperature Monitor System (ITM) | ||
IC-RCI Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the ITM system: Saturation and subcooling of water (3.7/4.0) | ||
None Learning Objective: | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of ITM signal input to Core SCM indications and determining the state of the core coolant in relation to saturation conditions Knowledge of saturated conditions are being tested by having the candidate differentiate between saturated and superheated ITM indications ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. CORRECT: Superheated conditions are correctly displayed by Red/Flashing/Negative Numbers on a reverse video background; ITM SCM indication comes from the Avg of the 5 Highest reading CETCs for each ICCM train B. Incorrect: 2 nd part is correct; 1st part is incorrect but plausible in that red flashing negative numbers are displayed for superheated core conditions on the OAC Standout digital SCM monitors which do not always provide qualified indications. | ||
IC-RCI R44 Question Source: B (IC084202) | C. Incorrect: 1st part is correct; 2nd part is incorrect but plausible in that the avg of the five highest of the 24 qualified CETCs is used for the OAC SCM display when >2% | ||
Question History: Last NRC Exam | power. | ||
D. Incorrect: Both parts incorrect. 1st part is incorrect but plausible in that red flashing negative numbers are displayed for superheated core conditions on the OAC Standout digital SCM monitors which do not always provide qualified indications. 2 nd part is incorrect but plausible in that the avg of the five highest of the 24 qualified CETCs is used for the OAC SCM display when >2% power. | |||
Technical Reference(s): IC-RCI Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: IC-RCI R44 Question Source: B (IC084202) | |||
Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Removed (or B) from stem II MB OK | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 60 Unit 1 initial conditions: | |||
* Reactor power = 100% | * Reactor power = 100% | ||
* | * 1KI is de-energized Current conditions: | ||
* Reactor trip | * Reactor trip Based on the conditions given, which ONE of the following describes the operation of the Turbine Bypass valves (TBVs)? | ||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 60 T2/G2 041 K2.01, Steam Dump System (SDS)lTurbine Bypass Control Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following: | The TBVs ... | ||
ICS, normal and alternate power supply (2.8/2.9) | A. fail closed. | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge that KI supplies ICS Auto power and the effect of a loss of ICS Auto power on the operation of the Turbine Bypass Valves (TBVs) ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: | B. fail to 50% open. | ||
Plausible as this is the response to a loss of ICS Auto & Hand power. B. Incorrect: | C. will continue to function normally in Auto. | ||
Plausible as this is a common hand auto station response to a loss of Hand power while the station is in hand per the alarm response. | D. will be controlled manually from the control room. | ||
The TBV controllers have Auto & Hand power supplied to the controller in Hand. C. Incorrect: | |||
Plausible as this is the response to a loss of ICS Hand power. D. Correct: Per | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 60 T2/G2 041 K2.01, Steam Dump System (SDS)lTurbine Bypass Control Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following: ICS, normal and alternate power supply (2.8/2.9) | ||
1SA-2/B-11, AP/23 Rev 17 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge that KI supplies ICS Auto power and the effect of a loss of ICS Auto power on the operation of the Turbine Bypass Valves (TBVs) | ||
None Learning Objective: | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: Plausible as this is the response to a loss of ICS Auto & Hand power. | ||
STG-ICS Obj R33 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | B. Incorrect: Plausible as this is a common hand auto station response to a loss of Hand power while the station is in hand per the alarm response. The TBV controllers have Auto & Hand power supplied to the controller in Hand. | ||
II MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 61 Unit 1 initial conditions: | C. Incorrect: Plausible as this is the response to a loss of ICS Hand power. | ||
D. Correct: Per 1SA-2/B-11 the TBV's will swap to hand and are operable in Hand only. | |||
Technical Reference(s): 1SA-2/B-11, AP/23 Rev 17 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: STG-ICS Obj R33 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Discuss with NRC. All other HIA stations fail to mid position. II MB OK | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 61 Unit 1 initial conditions: | |||
* Mode 6 | * Mode 6 | ||
* Oefueling in progress | * Oefueling in progress | ||
* 1 RIA-6 (Spent Fuel Pool Area Monitor) = 4 mr/hr stable Current conditions: | * 1 RIA-6 (Spent Fuel Pool Area Monitor) =4 mr/hr stable Current conditions: | ||
* 1 RIA-6 monitor power supply fuse blows | * 1 RIA-6 monitor power supply fuse blows | ||
* | * 1RIA-6 local reading =0 mr/hr | ||
* 1 RIA-6 View Node indication is magenta Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the impact on fuel handling activities per OP/1 IA/1502/007 (Operations Oefueling/Refueling Responsibilities | * 1 RIA-6 View Node indication is magenta Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the impact on fuel handling activities per OP/1 IA/1502/007 (Operations Oefueling/Refueling Responsibilities )? | ||
)? Fuel Handling activities in the SFP may ... A. NOT continue until a replacement monitor is in place that is equivalent to | Fuel Handling activities in the SFP may ... | ||
C. NOT continue until continuous RP coverage is present on the SFP Bridge. D. continue provided RIA-41 (SFP Gas) is operable. | A. NOT continue until a replacement monitor is in place that is equivalent to 1RIA-6. | ||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 61 T2/G2 -jmb 072A2.03, Area Radiation Monitoring System Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the ARM system-and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control; or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: | B. continue because only the SFP Portable Bridge monitor is required. | ||
Blown power-supply fuses (2.7/2.9) | C. NOT continue until continuous RP coverage is present on the SFP Bridge. | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to predict the impact of a blown power supply fuse on SFP Area Rad monitor on the alarm function and Fuel Handling activities ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: FH activity must stop. Both monitors are required per OP/1/A11502/007 and SLC 16.12.2. The replacement monitor must be a portable instrument equivalent in range, sensitivity, and able to alarm locally B. Incorrect: | D. continue provided RIA-41 (SFP Gas) is operable. | ||
Plausible if the incorrect assumption is made that only one the two monitors is required C. Incorrect: | |||
Plausible in that FH activity must stop. Incorrect in that continuous RP coverage would be advantageous but this does not procedural compliance for loss of local monitors D. Incorrect: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 61 T2/G2 - jmb 072A2.03, Area Radiation Monitoring System Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the ARM system- and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control; or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Blown power-supply fuses (2.7/2.9) | ||
Plausible if the candidate believes that RIA-41 can be taken credit for monitoring SFP during fuel movement. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to predict the impact of a blown power supply fuse on SFP Area Rad monitor on the alarm function and Fuel Handling activities ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: FH activity must stop. Both monitors are required per OP/1/A11502/007 and SLC 16.12.2. The replacement monitor must be a portable instrument equivalent in range, sensitivity, and able to alarm locally B. Incorrect: Plausible if the incorrect assumption is made that only one the two monitors is required C. Incorrect: Plausible in that FH activity must stop. Incorrect in that continuous RP coverage would be advantageous but this does not procedural compliance for loss of local monitors D. Incorrect: Plausible if the candidate believes that RIA-41 can be taken credit for monitoring SFP during fuel movement. RIA-6 must be in service to move fuel in the SFP. | ||
RIA-6 must be in service to move fuel in the SFP. Technical Reference(s): | Technical Reference(s): OP/1/A11502/007 Rev 81 and SLC 16.12.2. | ||
OP/1/A11502/007 Rev 81 and SLC 16.12.2. Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: RAD-RIA Obj R9, ADM-TSS Obj R4 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
None Learning Objective: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Changed distractor 'D' to improve plausibility. II MB OK | ||
RAD-RIA Obj R9, ADM-TSS Obj R4 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
'D' to improve plausibility. | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 62 Unit 1 initial conditions: | ||
II MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 62 Unit 1 initial conditions: | |||
* Mode 6 Current conditions: | * Mode 6 Current conditions: | ||
* FTC Level =20.9 ft (placard on FTC Wall) decreasing | |||
* FTC Level = 20.9 ft (placard on FTC Wall) decreasing | |||
* East fuel carriage is in the RB and empty | * East fuel carriage is in the RB and empty | ||
* West fuel carriage is in the SFP and empty | * West fuel carriage is in the SFP and empty | ||
* Main Fuel Bridge in transit to the upender with a spent fuel assembly in the mast | * Main Fuel Bridge in transit to the upender with a spent fuel assembly in the mast | ||
* Section 40 (Fuel Transfer Canal Flooded) of AP/26 (Loss of Decay Heat Removal) initiated Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the first actions required to be taken in accordance with Section 40 (Fuel Transfer Canal Flooded)? | * Section 40 (Fuel Transfer Canal Flooded) of AP/26 (Loss of Decay Heat Removal) initiated Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the first actions required to be taken in accordance with Section 40 (Fuel Transfer Canal Flooded)? | ||
A. Place the fuel assembly into the East Upender and position the West Fuel Carriage to the RB B. Place the fuel assembly into the East Upender and position the East Fuel Carriage to the SFP C. Verify SF system aligned for refueling cooling mode and stop 2B SF cooling pump D. Close | A. Place the fuel assembly into the East Upender and position the West Fuel Carriage to the RB B. Place the fuel assembly into the East Upender and position the East Fuel Carriage to the SFP C. Verify SF system aligned for refueling cooling mode and stop 2B SF cooling pump D. Close 1SF-1 and 1SF-2 (EastlWest Transfer Tube Isolations) | ||
Water level in the refueling canal (2.9/3.7) | |||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to interpret changes in FTC & SFP Levels and determine the correct location to place a fuel assembly and the upenders to prevent exceeding radiation release and off-site dose limits per 10 CFR 100 ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 62 T2/G2* jmb 034A 1.02, Fuel Handling Equipment System (FHES) | ||
East upender is the correct location. | Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the Fuel Handling System controls including: Water level in the refueling canal (2.9/3.7) | ||
Procedure directs placing the carriages in the SFP to allow FTT Isolation valves to be closed. Misconception about which way the carriage must go to close SF-1 & 2 B. Correct: Procedure directs placing the fuel assembly in transit into a safe location and specifies the upender or original/intended location and positioning the carriages in the SFP in preparation for closing the FTT Isolation valves. C. Incorrect: | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to interpret changes in FTC & SFP Levels and determine the correct location to place a fuel assembly and the upenders to prevent exceeding radiation release and off-site dose limits per 10 CFR 100 ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: East upender is the correct location. Procedure directs placing the carriages in the SFP to allow FTT Isolation valves to be closed. Misconception about which way the carriage must go to close SF-1 & 2 B. Correct: Procedure directs placing the fuel assembly in transit into a safe location and specifies the upender or original/intended location and positioning the carriages in the SFP in preparation for closing the FTT Isolation valves. | ||
Plausible because it will be performed later in this section of AP/26. D. Incorrect: | C. Incorrect: Plausible because it will be performed later in this section of AP/26. | ||
Plausible because it will be performed later however both carriages must be placed in the SFP prior to closing SF-1/2. Technical Reference(s): | D. Incorrect: Plausible because it will be performed later however both carriages must be placed in the SFP prior to closing SF-1/2. | ||
AP/26 Rev 20, TS 3.9.6 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Technical Reference(s): AP/26 Rev 20, TS 3.9.6 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP*APG Obj R9, FH*FHS Obj R7 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
None Learning Objective: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Changed distractors C and D to improve plausibility. II MB OK III Modified stem and answers C and D to ensure only one correct answer | ||
EAP*APG Obj R9, FH*FHS Obj R7 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | * MB OK | ||
II MB OK III Modified stem and answers C and D to ensure only one correct answer | |||
* MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 63 Unit 2 initial conditions: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 63 Unit 2 initial conditions: | ||
* Reactor power = 100% stable | * Reactor power = 100% stable | ||
* Generator MWe = 890 Mwe | * Generator MWe =890 Mwe | ||
* Condenser vacuum = 28.5 inches Hg stable Current conditions: | * Condenser vacuum = 28.5 inches Hg stable Current conditions: | ||
* Condenser vacuum = 24.5 inches Hg slowly decreasing | * Condenser vacuum =24.5 inches Hg slowly decreasing | ||
* AP-27 (Loss of Condenser Vacuum) in progress Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the impact on Reactor power and a required action in accordance with AP/27? Reactor power wilL .. A. decrease / reduce power to decrease turbine exhaust steam load on condenser B. decrease / start and align the Main Vacuum Pumps to increase vacuum in the condenser C. remains approximately the same / reduce power to decrease turbine exhaust steam load on condenser D. remains approximately the same / start and align the Main Vacuum Pumps to increase vacuum in the condenser Question 63 T2/G2 -jmb | * AP-27 (Loss of Condenser Vacuum) in progress Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the impact on Reactor power and a required action in accordance with AP/27? | ||
(4.2/4.4) | Reactor power wilL .. | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the impact of reduced vacuum on reactor power and the action taken by the operator to address the impact ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: | A. decrease / reduce power to decrease turbine exhaust steam load on condenser B. decrease / start and align the Main Vacuum Pumps to increase vacuum in the condenser C. remains approximately the same / reduce power to decrease turbine exhaust steam load on condenser D. remains approximately the same / start and align the Main Vacuum Pumps to increase vacuum in the condenser | ||
Reactor power impact is incorrect. | |||
Plausible if the assumption is made that the ICS system is not in integrated mode operating with CTPD as the controlling signal. Action is plausible (but not directed by AP/27) because this action would have a beneficial effect on vacuum and because reducing power is a common mitigating action. B. Incorrect: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 63 T2/G2 -jmb 055G2.2.44, Condenser Air Removal System (CARS) | ||
Reactor power impact is incorrect as noted above. | Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of a system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions. (4.2/4.4) | ||
Action is correct. AP/27 directs the operator to dispatch an operator to align the vacuum pumps and start them from the control room. C. Incorrect: | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the impact of reduced vacuum on reactor power and the action taken by the operator to address the impact ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: Reactor power impact is incorrect. Plausible if the assumption is made that the ICS system is not in integrated mode operating with CTPD as the controlling signal. Action is plausible (but not directed by AP/27) because this action would have a beneficial effect on vacuum and because reducing power is a common mitigating action. | ||
Reactor power response is correct. CTPD will controllCS and maintain reactor power constant. | B. Incorrect: Reactor power impact is incorrect as noted above. Action is correct. AP/27 directs the operator to dispatch an operator to align the vacuum pumps and start them from the control room. | ||
Action is plausible (but not directed by AP/27) because this action would have a beneficial effect on vacuum and because reducing power is a common mitigating action. D. Correct: CTPD will control ICS and maintain reactor power constant. | C. Incorrect: Reactor power response is correct. CTPD will controllCS and maintain reactor power constant. Action is plausible (but not directed by AP/27) because this action would have a beneficial effect on vacuum and because reducing power is a common mitigating action. | ||
AP/27 directs the operator to dispatch an operator to align the vacuum pumps and start them from the control room. Technical Reference(s): | D. Correct: CTPD will control ICS and maintain reactor power constant. AP/27 directs the operator to dispatch an operator to align the vacuum pumps and start them from the control room. | ||
2/AP/27 Rev 3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Technical Reference(s): 2/AP/27 Rev 3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP-APG Obj R9 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __ | ||
None Learning Objective: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added "approximately" to C & D. Changed "increase" to "decrease" in A & B II MBOK | ||
EAP-APG Obj R9 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
B. 3RIA-37 (NORM WD Gas) OR 3RIA-38 (HIGH WD Gas) HIGH alarm actuated / Waste Gas Exhauster stops automatically. | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 64 Which ONE of the following describes the RIA status that will automatically terminate a Gaseous waste release on Unit 3 and the status of the Waste Gas Exhauster if it is running prior to the alarm? | ||
C. 3RIA-37 (NORM WD Gas) AND 3RIA-38 (HIGH WD Gas) HIGH alarm actuated / operator must manually stop the Waste Gas Exhauster. | A. 3RIA-37 (NORM WD Gas) AND 3RIA-38 (HIGH WD Gas) HIGH alarm actuated / | ||
D. 3RIA-37 (NORM WD Gas) OR 3RIA-38 (HIGH WD Gas) HIGH alarm actuated / operator must manually stop the Waste Gas Exhauster. | Waste Gas Exhauster stops automatically. | ||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 64 T2/G2 -jmb 071 K1.06, Waste Gas Disposal System (WGDS) Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause effect relationships between the Waste Gas Disposal System and the following systems: ARM and PRM systems (3.1/3.1 ) KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of cause/effect relationship between the PRM System and the WGD system during releases ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: | B. 3RIA-37 (NORM WD Gas) OR 3RIA-38 (HIGH WD Gas) HIGH alarm actuated / | ||
Either 37 or 38 will isolate the GWD release and stop the exhauster. | Waste Gas Exhauster stops automatically. | ||
C. 3RIA-37 (NORM WD Gas) AND 3RIA-38 (HIGH WD Gas) HIGH alarm actuated / | |||
operator must manually stop the Waste Gas Exhauster. | |||
D. 3RIA-37 (NORM WD Gas) OR 3RIA-38 (HIGH WD Gas) HIGH alarm actuated / | |||
operator must manually stop the Waste Gas Exhauster. | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 64 T2/G2 - jmb 071 K1.06, Waste Gas Disposal System (WGDS) | |||
Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause effect relationships between the Waste Gas Disposal System and the following systems: ARM and PRM systems (3.1/3.1 ) | |||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of cause/effect relationship between the PRM System and the WGD system during releases ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: Either 37 or 38 will isolate the GWD release and stop the exhauster. | |||
B. Correct: Either 37 or 38 will isolate the GWD release and stop the exhauster. | B. Correct: Either 37 or 38 will isolate the GWD release and stop the exhauster. | ||
C. Incorrect: | C. Incorrect: Either 37 or 38 will isolate the GWD release and stop the exhauster. | ||
Either 37 or 38 will isolate the GWD release and stop the exhauster. | D. Incorrect: Either 37 or 38 will isolate the GWD release and stop the exhauster when 37 or 38 alarms. | ||
D. Incorrect: | Technical Reference(s): 3SA-8/B-9, OP/3/Al1104/018 Rev73 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: RAD-RIA Obj 14 Question Source: B Question History: Last NRC Exam 2005 NRC RO Exam Q#52 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Incorporated NRC comment. II MB OK | ||
Either 37 or 38 will isolate the GWD release and stop the exhauster when 37 or 38 alarms. Technical Reference(s): | |||
3SA-8/B-9, OP/3/Al1104/018 Rev73 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 65 Unit 2 initial conditions: | ||
None Learning Objective: | |||
RAD-RIA Obj 14 Question Source: B Question History: Last NRC Exam 2005 NRC RO Exam Q#52 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Incorporated NRC comment. II MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 65 Unit 2 initial conditions: | |||
* Reactor power = 100% | * Reactor power = 100% | ||
* Switchyard Isolate occurs Current conditions: | * Switchyard Isolate occurs Current conditions: | ||
* Unit 2 MFB 1 & 2 energized Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the suction supply to LPSW and when the LPSW pumps will restart? Unit 1 & 2 LPSW is supplied via the ECCW | * Unit 2 MFB 1 & 2 energized Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the suction supply to LPSW and when the LPSW pumps will restart? | ||
A. first siphon / immediately B. second siphon / immediately C. first siphon / 10 seconds D. second siphon / 10 seconds 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 65 T2/G2 -jmb 075A4.01, Circulating Water System Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Emergency/essential SWS pumps (3.2/3.2) | Unit 1 & 2 LPSW is supplied via the ECCW _ _ _ and LPSW pumps will restart | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to determine the impact of the loss of Circulating Water (CCW) due to the loss of power and the response of the ECCW and LPSW systems to the loss ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: | _ _ _ _ after power is restored? | ||
First siphon flowpath from the intake to the CCW crossover header is the correct source to LPSW. LPSW start time is incorrect. | A. first siphon / immediately B. second siphon / immediately C. first siphon / 10 seconds D. second siphon / 10 seconds | ||
Plausible if time delay is assumed to start when pumps are lost or if time delay is not applied. B. Incorrect: | |||
The suction source is incorrect. | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 65 T2/G2 - jmb 075A4.01, Circulating Water System Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: | ||
Plausible as it is the source to supply cooling to the condenser in this condition. | Emergency/essential SWS pumps (3.2/3.2) | ||
LPSW start time is incorrect as noted above. C. Correct: First siphon flowpath from the intake to the CCW crossover header is the correct source to LPSW. LPSW pumps will receive a start signal 10 seconds after power is restored due to low system pressure. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to determine the impact of the loss of Circulating Water (CCW) due to the loss of power and the response of the ECCW and LPSW systems to the loss ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: First siphon flowpath from the intake to the CCW crossover header is the correct source to LPSW. LPSW start time is incorrect. Plausible if time delay is assumed to start when pumps are lost or if time delay is not applied. | ||
D. Incorrect. | B. Incorrect: The suction source is incorrect. Plausible as it is the source to supply cooling to the condenser in this condition. LPSW start time is incorrect as noted above. | ||
Incorrect: | C. Correct: First siphon flowpath from the intake to the CCW crossover header is the correct source to LPSW. LPSW pumps will receive a start signal 10 seconds after power is restored due to low system pressure. | ||
The suction source is incorrect. | D. Incorrect. Incorrect: The suction source is incorrect. Plausible as it is the source to supply cooling to the condenser in this condition. LPSW pump start time is correct. | ||
Plausible as it is the source to supply cooling to the condenser in this condition. | Technical Reference(s): OP/1/Al1104/010 Rev 127, OP/1/Al1104/012 Rev 76 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: STG-CCW Obj R11, SSS-LPW Obj R23 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
LPSW pump start time is correct. Technical Reference(s): | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No Changes II MB OK | ||
OP/1/Al1104/010 Rev 127, OP/1/Al1104/012 Rev 76 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | |||
None Learning Objective: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 66 Which ONE of the following describes the requirements in OMP 1-02, Rules of Practice to ensure a Motor Operated Valve that acts as a throttle valve closes? | ||
STG-CCW Obj R11, SSS-LPW Obj R23 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | The switch must be placed in the CLOSED position and ... | ||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 66 T3 -jmb G2.1.1, Conduct of Operations Knowledge of conduct of operations requirements. | A. released when the OPEN indication light is off. | ||
B. released as soon as the CLOSED indication light is lit. | |||
C. held for a minimum of five seconds after the CLOSED indication light is lit. | |||
D. held for a minimum of three seconds after the CLOSED indication light is lit. | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 66 T3 - jmb G2.1.1, Conduct of Operations Knowledge of conduct of operations requirements. | |||
(3.8/4.2) | (3.8/4.2) | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of requirements to operate MOVs that act as throttling valves per OMP 1-02, Rules of Practice ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of requirements to operate MOVs that act as throttling valves per OMP 1-02, Rules of Practice ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: Plausible for normal valve operations but not per guidance given in OMP 1-2 for operating MOVs that act as throttling valves B. Incorrect: Plausible for normal valve operations but not per guidance given in OMP 1-2 for operating MOVs that act as throttling valves C. Correct: Per OMP 1-2, hold the switch for a minimum of 5 seconds after receiving the open or closed indication. | ||
Plausible for normal valve operations but not per guidance given in OMP 1-2 for operating MOVs that act as throttling valves B. Incorrect: | D. Incorrect: Plausible but incorrect in that the requirement is 5 seconds. The previous requirement was 3 seconds. | ||
Plausible for normal valve operations but not per guidance given in OMP 1-2 for operating MOVs that act as throttling valves C. Correct: Per OMP 1-2, hold the switch for a minimum of 5 seconds after receiving the open or closed indication. | Technical Reference(s): OMP 1-02, Rules of Practice Rev 72 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: ADM-OMP Obj R6 Question Source: B ADM043601 Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
D. Incorrect: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Changed distracters to enhance plausibility statements. II MB OK | ||
Plausible but incorrect in that the requirement is 5 seconds. The previous requirement was 3 seconds. Technical Reference(s): | |||
OMP 1-02, Rules of Practice Rev 72 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 67 Unit 3 plant conditions: | ||
None Learning Objective: | |||
ADM-OMP Obj R6 Question Source: B ADM043601 Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
II MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 67 Unit 3 plant conditions: | |||
Time: 0340 | Time: 0340 | ||
* Night Shift RO makes an AUTO LOG entry Time: 0905 | * Night Shift RO makes an AUTO LOG entry Time: 0905 | ||
* Day Shift RO reviewing the AUTOLOG identifies a mistake in the entry made at 0340 Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes how the AUTOLOG entry is corrected per OMP 2-2 (Unit Logs)? Unit AUTOLOG corrections may be made ... A. ONLY by the CR SRO by editing the original entry. B. by any member of the CR Team by editing the original entry. C. ONLY by the CR SRO by making a late entry that references the original entry. D. by any member of the CR Team by making a late entry that references the original entry. | * Day Shift RO reviewing the AUTOLOG identifies a mistake in the entry made at 0340 Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes how the AUTOLOG entry is corrected per OMP 2-2 (Unit Logs)? | ||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 67 T3 -jmb G2.1.18, Conduct of Operations Ability to make accurate, clear, and concise logs, records, status boards, and reports. (3.6/3.8) | Unit AUTOLOG corrections may be made ... | ||
A. ONLY by the CR SRO by editing the original entry. | |||
B. by any member of the CR Team by editing the original entry. | |||
C. ONLY by the CR SRO by making a late entry that references the original entry. | |||
D. by any member of the CR Team by making a late entry that references the original entry. | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 67 T3 - jmb G2.1.18, Conduct of Operations Ability to make accurate, clear, and concise logs, records, status boards, and reports. | |||
(3.6/3.8) | |||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to determine the method of correcting an archived AUTO LOG entry and who may make the correction. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to determine the method of correcting an archived AUTO LOG entry and who may make the correction. | ||
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect. | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect. The time of the correction is past the end of the shift that the original entry was made indicating that the log has been archived. Per OMP 2-2, correction can be made to archived entries by a late entry that references the original entry. Plausible as this method of correction is allowed if the log has not been archived. There is no requirement for the correction to be made only by the CRSRO. | ||
The time of the correction is past the end of the shift that the original entry was made indicating that the log has been archived. | B. Incorrect. The time of the correction is past the end of the shift that the original entry was made indicating that the log has been archived. Per OMP 2-2, correction can be made to archived entries by a late entry that references the original entry. Plausible as this method of correction is allowed if the log has not been archived. | ||
Per OMP 2-2, correction can be made to archived entries by a late entry that references the original entry. Plausible as this method of correction is allowed if the log has not been archived. | C. Incorrect. The method of correction is correct. There is no requirement for the correction to be made only by the CRSRO. | ||
There is no requirement for the correction to be made only by the CRSRO. B. Incorrect. | D. Correct. Per OMP 2-2, correction can be made to archived entries by a late entry that references the original entry. The time of the correction is past the end of the shift that the original entry was made indicating that the log has been archived. The correction can be made by any member of the control room team. | ||
The time of the correction is past the end of the shift that the original entry was made indicating that the log has been archived. | Technical Reference(s): OMP 2-2 Rev 18 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: ADM-OMP Obj R24 Question Source: M (ADM042401) | ||
Per OMP 2-2, correction can be made to archived entries by a late entry that references the original entry. Plausible as this method of correction is allowed if the log has not been archived. | Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
C. Incorrect. | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis MBOK | ||
The method of correction is correct. There is no requirement for the correction to be made only by the CRSRO. D. Correct. Per OMP 2-2, correction can be made to archived entries by a late entry that references the original entry. The time of the correction is past the end of the shift that the original entry was made indicating that the log has been archived. | |||
The correction can be made by any member of the control room team. Technical Reference(s): | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 68 Which ONE of the following activities is consistent with the conservative operating guidance contained in SOMP 1-2 (Reactivity Management)? | ||
OMP 2-2 Rev 18 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | A. Manual rod withdrawal during a Feedwater transient to stop a temperature decrease caused by an instrument failure B. Manually increasing Feedwater flow to stop an RCS pressure increase caused by an RCS temperature increase C. Manually raising one Loop FDW demand while lowering the other Loop FDW demand to control boTcold following an RCP trip D. Manually increasing turbine demand to reduce Turbine Header Pressure and RCS temperature | ||
None Learning Objective: | |||
ADM-OMP Obj R24 Question Source: M (ADM042401) | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 68 T3 G2.1.39, Conduct of Operations Knowledge of conservative decision making practices. | ||
Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
A. Manual rod withdrawal during a Feedwater transient to stop a temperature decrease caused by an instrument failure B. Manually increasing Feedwater flow to stop an RCS pressure increase caused by an RCS temperature increase C. Manually raising one Loop FDW demand while lowering the other Loop FDW demand to control boTcold following an RCP trip D. Manually increasing turbine demand to reduce Turbine Header Pressure and RCS temperature 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 68 T3 G2.1.39, Conduct of Operations Knowledge of conservative decision making practices. | |||
(3.6/4.3) | (3.6/4.3) | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of conservative reactivity management actions allowed during plant transients. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of conservative reactivity management actions allowed during plant transients. | ||
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: Manual rod withdrawal is not permitted. | ||
Manual rod withdrawal is not permitted. | B. Incorrect: Increasing FDW Flow is not permitted. | ||
B. Incorrect: | C. Correct: The sequence given is permitted as there is no intent to raise FDW Flow. | ||
Increasing FDW Flow is not permitted. | D. Incorrect: Increase in Turbine demand is only allowed if intent is to stabilize Turbine Header Pressure not to reduce pressure or RCS temperature. | ||
C. Correct: The sequence given is permitted as there is no intent to raise FDW Flow. D. Incorrect: | Technical Reference(s),: SOMP 1-2 Rev 6 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: ADM-OMP Obj R23, TA-PTR Obj R1 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
Increase in Turbine demand is only allowed if intent is to stabilize Turbine Header Pressure not to reduce pressure or RCS temperature. | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis MBOK | ||
Technical Reference(s),: | |||
SOMP 1-2 Rev 6 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 69 In accordance with OMP 1-02 (Rules of Practice), which ONE of the following describes a condition which would allow Independent Verification of a single valve to be waived and the minimum level of approval required? | ||
None Learning Objective: | A. Dose received will be = 14 mr for a single check Plant SRO B. Valve located in a room where the area dose rate = 878 mr/hr Plant SRO C. Dose received will be = 14 mr for a single check Operations Superintendent D. Valve located in a room where the area dose rate = 878 mr/hr Operations Superintendent | ||
ADM-OMP Obj R23, TA-PTR Obj R1 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
A. Dose received will be = 14 mr for a single check Plant SRO B. Valve located in a room where the area dose rate = 878 mr/hr Plant SRO C. Dose received will be = 14 mr for a single check Operations Superintendent D. Valve located in a room where the area dose rate = 878 mr/hr Operations Superintendent 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 69 T3 -okm G2.2.14, Equipment Control Knowledge of the process for controlling equipment configuration or status. (3.9/4.3) | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 69 T3 - okm G2.2.14, Equipment Control Knowledge of the process for controlling equipment configuration or status. | ||
(3.9/4.3) | |||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the independent verification process associated with equipment configuration control ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. CORRECT: Per OMP 1-2, IV waiver allowed for personnel dose if a single valve IV will result in a dose of> 10 mrem. Any Ops supervision can make this determination. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the independent verification process associated with equipment configuration control ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. CORRECT: Per OMP 1-2, IV waiver allowed for personnel dose if a single valve IV will result in a dose of> 10 mrem. Any Ops supervision can make this determination. | ||
B. Incorrect: | B. Incorrect: Plausible in that the requirement for waiver due to dose rate is >1 Rem/hr. | ||
Plausible in that the requirement for waiver due to dose rate is >1 Rem/hr. 2nd part is correct. C. Incorrect: | 2nd part is correct. | ||
C. Incorrect: 15t part is correct. 2nd part incorrect; plausible because the Operations section manager is responsible for approval of dose extension above admin limits. | |||
Both parts incorrect. | D. Incorrect: Both parts incorrect. First part is plausible in that the requirement for waiver due to dose rate is >1 Rem/hr. 2nd part incorrect; plausible because the Operations section manager is responsible for approval of dose extension above admin limits .. | ||
First part is plausible in that the requirement for waiver due to dose rate is >1 Rem/hr. | Technical Reference(s): OMP 1-2 pg. 11 Rev. 72 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: ADM-OMP R6,36,37,39,40 Question Source: M (ADM060902) | ||
OMP 1-2 pg. 11 Rev. 72 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __ | ||
NONE Learning Objective: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis MB OK III Modified second part of C & D to "Operations Superintendent" from "Ops Section Manager" to match Operations nomenclature of RP Manual titles | ||
ADM-OMP R6,36,37,39,40 Question Source: M (ADM060902) | * Changed A&B to "Plant SRO" MB OK | ||
Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
* Changed A&B to "Plant SRO" MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 70 Which ONE of the following describes two (2) evolutions or tests that have pre-planned pre-job briefs per NSD 213 (Risk Management Process), Infrequently Performed Tests or Evolutions? | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 70 Which ONE of the following describes two (2) evolutions or tests that have pre-planned pre-job briefs per NSD 213 (Risk Management Process), Infrequently Performed Tests or Evolutions? | ||
A. Unit 2 Mid-Loop Operations | A. Unit 2 Mid-Loop Operations / Turbine Stop Valve Movement Test B. Unit 2 Mid-Loop Operations / Zero Power Physics Testing C. Placing a new demineralizer in service / Turbine Stop Valve Movement Test D. Placing a new demineralizer in service / Zero Power Physics Testing | ||
/ Turbine Stop Valve Movement Test B. Unit 2 Mid-Loop Operations | |||
/ Zero Power Physics Testing C. Placing a new demineralizer in service / Turbine Stop Valve Movement Test D. Placing a new demineralizer in service / Zero Power Physics Testing 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 70 T3 -okm G2.2.7, Equipment Control Knowledge of the process for conducting special or infrequent tests (2.9/3.6) | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 70 T3 - okm G2.2.7, Equipment Control Knowledge of the process for conducting special or infrequent tests (2.9/3.6) | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the definition of Infrequently Performed Tests or Evolutions (IPTEs) ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the definition of Infrequently Performed Tests or Evolutions (IPTEs) | ||
Plausible in that knowledge of which tests/evolutions are listed/described in NSD 213, IPTEs. Of the two only Mid-Loop Ops is listed. B. CORRECT: Per NSD-213 (Risk Management Process) and as mentioned in OMP 1-22 (Pre-job and Post-job Briefs) , Mid-loop Operations and Zero Power Physics Testing are listed/meet the criteria for an Infrequently Performed Test/Evol ution C. Incorrect: | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: Plausible in that knowledge of which tests/evolutions are listed/described in NSD 213, IPTEs. Of the two only Mid-Loop Ops is listed. | ||
Plausible in that both evolutions affect reactivity but are specified as NSD 213 IPTEs. CRD Movement tests are performed quarterly. | B. CORRECT: Per NSD-213 (Risk Management Process) and as mentioned in OMP 1-22 (Pre-job and Post-job Briefs) , Mid-loop Operations and Zero Power Physics Testing are listed/meet the criteria for an Infrequently Performed Test/Evol ution C. Incorrect: Plausible in that both evolutions affect reactivity but are specified as NSD 213 IPTEs. CRD Movement tests are performed quarterly. TSV tests are done every month. | ||
TSV tests are done every month. D. Incorrect: | D. Incorrect: Plausible in that knowledge of which tests/evolutions are listed/described in NSD 213, IPTEs. Of the two, only Zero Power Physics Testing is listed. | ||
Plausible in that knowledge of which tests/evolutions are listed/described in NSD 213, IPTEs. Of the two, only Zero Power Physics Testing is listed. Technical Reference(s): | Technical Reference(s): NSD 213 Rev 7, OMP 1-22 Rev 11 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: ADM-OMP R11, R28 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __ | ||
NSD 213 Rev 7, OMP 1-22 Rev 11 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Incorporated NRC comments. Changed first part of C and D distractor. II MB OK | ||
NONE Learning Objective: | |||
ADM-OMP R11, R28 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 71 Unit 3 plant conditions: | ||
Changed first part of C and D distractor. | * Spent Fuel Demineralizer Room dose rate = 3000 MRlHR Based on the above condition, which ONE of the following describes the radiological posting requirements and the access controls for this area? | ||
II MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 71 Unit 3 plant conditions: | A. Locked High Radiation / area MUST be posted with a Yellow Flashing Light B. Locked High Radiation / entrance MUST be Locked or Guarded C. Very High Radiation / area MUST be posted with a Yellow Flashing Light D. Very High Radiation / entrance MUST be Locked or Guarded | ||
* Spent Fuel Demineralizer Room dose rate = 3000 MRlHR Based on the above condition, which ONE of the following describes the radiological posting requirements and the access controls for this area? A. Locked High Radiation | |||
/ area MUST be posted with a Yellow Flashing Light B. Locked High Radiation | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 71 T3 - okm G2.3.12, Radiation Control Knowledge of radiological safety principles pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as containment entry requirements, fuel handling responsibilities, access to locked high-radiation areas, aligning filters, etc. | ||
/ entrance MUST be Locked or Guarded C. Very High Radiation | (3.2/3.7) | ||
/ area MUST be posted with a Yellow Flashing Light D. Very High Radiation | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of radiological postings and required RP access controls ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: Room posting should be LHRA; wrong in that this room is able to be locked but with a caged door; a flashing yellow light is only used when a room/area can not be reasonably locked B. CORRECT: Room posting should be LHRA (>1 r/hr - to - <500 Rlhr). Since the SF Demineralizer Room is able to be locked in the plant it must be locked. | ||
/ entrance MUST be Locked or Guarded 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 71 T3 -okm G2.3.12, Radiation Control Knowledge of radiological safety principles pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as containment entry requirements, fuel handling responsibilities, access to locked high-radiation areas, aligning filters, etc. (3.2/3.7) | Student must apply the fact that this specific room can be locked otherwise a flashing yellow light would also be correct. | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of radiological postings and required RP access controls ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: | C. Incorrect: Plausible if posting requirements are not known (VHRAs = >500 r/hr) also wrong in that VHRAs must be locked at all times. | ||
Room posting should be LHRA; wrong in that this room is able to be locked but with a caged door; a flashing yellow light is only used when a room/area can not be reasonably locked B. CORRECT: Room posting should be LHRA (>1 r/hr -to -<500 Rlhr). Since the SF Demineralizer Room is able to be locked in the plant it must be locked. Student must apply the fact that this specific room can be locked otherwise a flashing yellow light would also be correct. C. Incorrect: | I D. Incorrect: Plausible if posting requirements are not known (VHRAs = >500 r/hr). | ||
Plausible if posting requirements are not known (VHRAs = >500 r/hr) also wrong in that VHRAs must be locked at all times. I D. Incorrect: | Plausible in that VHRAs must be locked at all times. | ||
Plausible if posting requirements are not known (VHRAs = >500 r/hr). Plausible in that VHRAs must be locked at all times. Technical Reference(s): | Technical Reference(s): RAD RPP, NSD-507 Rev 13 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: RAD-RPP RB, R24 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _-----.,- | ||
RAD RPP, NSD-507 Rev 13 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis MBOK | ||
NONE Learning Objective: | |||
RAD-RPP RB, R24 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 72 Unit 1 plant conditions: | ||
* Reactor power = 100% | * Reactor power = 100% | ||
* 7 gpm primary to secondary leak in | * 7 gpm primary to secondary leak in 1A SG | ||
* AP/31 is in progress | * AP/31 is in progress | ||
* The SRO has directed the NEO to perform an action in the turbine building basement Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the location that will have the greatest increase in general area dose rates and the operators response if he receives a dose alarm in the area? A. Powdex / Remain in the area and monitor dose B. Powdex / Immediately stop and leave the area C. TB Sump / Remain in the area and monitor dose D. TB Sump / Immediately stop and leave the area 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 72 T3 -okm G2.3.14, Radiation Control Knowledge of radiation or contamination hazards that may arise during normal, abnormal, or emergency conditions or activities. | * The SRO has directed the NEO to perform an action in the turbine building basement Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the location that will have the greatest increase in general area dose rates and the operators response if he receives a dose alarm in the area? | ||
A. Powdex / Remain in the area and monitor dose B. Powdex / Immediately stop and leave the area C. TB Sump / Remain in the area and monitor dose D. TB Sump / Immediately stop and leave the area | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 72 T3 - okm G2.3.14, Radiation Control Knowledge of radiation or contamination hazards that may arise during normal, abnormal, or emergency conditions or activities. | |||
(3.4/3.8) | (3.4/3.8) | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of increased contamination hazards due to a SGTL and radiological safety practices ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of increased contamination hazards due to a SGTL and radiological safety practices ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: Plausible in that the Powdex will have the highest general dose rates due to concentrating the SGTL activity. Second part is incorrect in that EDLs are not in effect (not in EOP) therefore he cannot work through a dose alarm. Candidate may believe EDLs are in affect due to being in an AP. | ||
Plausible in that the Powdex will have the highest general dose rates due to concentrating the SGTL activity. | B. CORRECT: The Powdex will gather and concentrate the RCS activity making it have the highest general dose rates; since emergency dose limits (EDLs) are not in affect (not in EOP) the NEO is expected to regard all dose alarms C. Incorrect: Plausible in that the TB Sump will be an area for secondary contamination to collect but it will not have dose rates as high as the Powdex; wrong - also in that EDLs are not in effect therefore he cannot work through dose alarms D. Incorrect: Plausible in that the TB Sump will be an area for secondary contamination to collect but it will not have dose rates as high as the Powdex; since emergency dose limits (EDLs) are not in affect (not in EOP) the NEO is expected to regard all dose alarms Technical Reference(s): AP-31 Rev 15, OMP 1-18 Rev 27 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: EAP-EOP R20, ADM-OMP R10, R52 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
Second part is incorrect in that EDLs are not in effect (not in EOP) therefore he cannot work through a dose alarm. Candidate may believe EDLs are in affect due to being in an AP. B. CORRECT: The Powdex will gather and concentrate the RCS activity making it have the highest general dose rates; since emergency dose limits (EDLs) are not in affect (not in EOP) the NEO is expected to regard all dose alarms C. Incorrect: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Incorporated NRC comments. II MB OK | ||
Plausible in that the TB Sump will be an area for secondary contamination to collect but it will not have dose rates as high as the Powdex; wrong -also in that EDLs are not in effect therefore he cannot work through dose alarms D. Incorrect: | |||
Plausible in that the TB Sump will be an area for secondary contamination to collect but it will not have dose rates as high as the Powdex; since emergency dose limits (EDLs) are not in affect (not in EOP) the NEO is expected to regard all dose alarms Technical Reference(s): | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 73 Plant conditions: | ||
AP-31 Rev 15, OMP 1-18 Rev 27 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | |||
NONE Learning Objective: | |||
EAP-EOP R20, ADM-OMP R10, R52 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
II MB OK 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 73 Plant conditions: | |||
* All Units Reactor power = 100% | * All Units Reactor power = 100% | ||
* | * 1SA3/B-6 (Fire Alarm) actuated | ||
* NEO reports flames and heavy smoke spreading to equipment and cable trays | * NEO reports flames and heavy smoke spreading to equipment and cable trays | ||
* Fire location = Near the LPSW pumps, Column G30 Based on the above information, which ONE of the following locations is the affected SSF Risk Area(s) and the required action? REFERENCE PROVIDED A. ALL Three Units / Trip ALL Three Units B. Unit 20NL Y / Trip Unit 2 ONLY C. ALL Three Units / Perform a controlled shutdown on all three units D. Unit 2 ONLY / Perform a controlled shutdown on Unit 2 ONLY Question 73 T3 -okm | * Fire location = Near the LPSW pumps, Column G30 Based on the above information, which ONE of the following locations is the affected SSF Risk Area(s) and the required action? | ||
REFERENCE PROVIDED A. ALL Three Units / Trip ALL Three Units B. Unit 20NL Y / Trip Unit 2 ONLY C. ALL Three Units / Perform a controlled shutdown on all three units D. Unit 2 ONLY / Perform a controlled shutdown on Unit 2 ONLY | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 73 T3 - okm G2.4.27, Emergency Procedures/Plans Knowledge of "fire in the plant" procedures. | |||
(3.4/3.9) | (3.4/3.9) | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the Fire Alarms, Fire Plan usage, and AP/25 SSF actions for an in-plant fire ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the Fire Alarms, Fire Plan usage, and AP/25 SSF actions for an in-plant fire ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible in that the fire is located partly on Unit 1 and 2 but the Attachment 1-fire plan dictates the fire as Unit 2 SSF Risk Area ONLY. | ||
First part is incorrect. | The candidates must choose the correct attachment for the correct floor elevation and then determine the correct area affected. Second part is incorrect. Candidate must know manual trip criteria from AP/25 and trip only the affected unit (Unit 2 only). | ||
Plausible in that the fire is located partly on Unit 1 and 2 but the Attachment 1-fire plan dictates the fire as Unit 2 SSF Risk Area ONLY. The candidates must choose the correct attachment for the correct floor elevation and then determine the correct area affected. | B. CORRECT: Per ARG for 1SA3/B-6 the fire is a Challenging Active Fire; its location is between Unit 1 and Unit 2; Attachment 1 (provided) dictates the fire as Unit 2 SSF Risk Area ONLY. AP/25 requires only Unit 2 to be manually tripped. | ||
Second part is incorrect. | C. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible in that the fire is located partly on Unit 1 and 2 but the Attachment 1-fire plan dictates the fire as Unit 2 SSF Risk Area ONLY. | ||
Candidate must know manual trip criteria from AP/25 and trip only the affected unit (Unit 2 only). B. CORRECT: Per ARG for 1SA3/B-6 the fire is a Challenging Active Fire; its location is between Unit 1 and Unit 2; Attachment 1 (provided) dictates the fire as Unit 2 SSF Risk Area ONLY. AP/25 requires only Unit 2 to be manually tripped. C. Incorrect: | The candidates must choose the correct attachment for the correct floor elevation and then determine the correct area affected. Second part is incorrect. Plausible if the candidate does not understand there is a challenging active fire requiring a unit trip or that AP/25 requires a unit trip (since the unit trip would be a memory item). | ||
First part is incorrect. | The candidate may believe a controlled shutdown is required on all three units due to LPSW being affected by the fire. | ||
Plausible in that the fire is located partly on Unit 1 and 2 but the Attachment 1-fire plan dictates the fire as Unit 2 SSF Risk Area ONLY. The candidates must choose the correct attachment for the correct floor elevation and then determine the correct area affected. | D. Incorrect: First part is correct. Per ARG for 1SA3/B-6, the fire is a Challenging Active Fire. Its location is between Unit 1 and Unit 2. Attachment 1 (provided) dictates the fire as Unit 2 SSF Risk Area ONLY. Second part is incorrect. Plausible if the candidate does not understand there is a challenging active fire requiring a unit trip or that AP/25 requires a unit trip (since the unit trip would be a memory item). | ||
Second part is incorrect. | The candidate may believe a controlled shutdown is required on unit 2 only due to LPSW being affected by the fire. | ||
Plausible if the candidate does not understand there is a challenging active fire requiring a unit trip or that AP/25 requires a unit trip (since the unit trip would be a memory item). The candidate may believe a controlled shutdown is required on all three units due to LPSW being affected by the fire. D. Incorrect: | Technical Reference(s): 1SA3/B-6, AP/25 Rev 41 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: 1SA3/B-6 Body and the two enclosed fire plan maps Learning Objective: EAP-SSF R10 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
First part is correct. Per ARG for | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified answers to improve plausibility II MB OK III Enhanced plausibility statements | ||
Plausible if the candidate does not understand there is a challenging active fire requiring a unit trip or that AP/25 requires a unit trip (since the unit trip would be a memory item). The candidate may believe a controlled shutdown is required on unit 2 only due to LPSW being affected by the fire. Technical Reference(s): | |||
1SA3/B-6, AP/25 Rev 41 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 74 Unit 1 plant conditions: | ||
1SA3/B-6 | |||
EAP-SSF R10 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
* Reactor tripped from 100% power | * Reactor tripped from 100% power | ||
* The following Statalarms actuate: -(ES Channel? Trip) 1SA-1/0-11 (ES Channel 8 Trip) | * The following Statalarms actuate: | ||
- 1SA~1/C-11 (ES Channel? Trip) 1SA-1/0-11 (ES Channel 8 Trip) 1SA-2/C-4 (RC Pressurizer Level Emerg High/Low) 1SA-2/C-8 (AFIS Header A Initiated) 1SA-2/0-5 (HP LOST Level Interlock Initiated) 1SA-8/A-3 (FOWPT A Trip) 1SA-8/A-6 (FOWPT B Trip) | |||
Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following emergency procedures has the highest priority? | |||
A. Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation) | A. Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation) | ||
B. Rule 5 (Main Steam Line Break) C. Enclosure 5.5 (pzr and LOST Level Control) O. Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency Feedwater) 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 74 T3 -okm G2.4.45, Emergency Procedures/Plans Ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of each annunciator or alarm (4.1/4.3) | B. Rule 5 (Main Steam Line Break) | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to interpret the significance of statalarms, to diagnose the event, and to prioritize EOP rules and enclosures ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: | C. Enclosure 5.5 (pzr and LOST Level Control) | ||
Plausible in that ES Actuation of all 8 Channels has most likely occurred B. CORRECT: AFIS actuation tells the operator that MSLB has occurred which is the highest priority due to the overcooling it can cause; in fact EHT has caused all the other SA conditions C. Incorrect: | O. Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency Feedwater) | ||
Plausible in that overcooling is causing the RCS inventory to contract to the point of possibly emptying the Pzr and LOST; however the overcooling would be stopped by Rule 5. O. Incorrect: | |||
Plausible in that AFIS has caused the MFWPs to trip; a loss of both MFW and EFW would be a higher priority than Rule 5 but there is no reason to assume that EFW pumps are unavailable. | 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 74 T3 - okm G2.4.45, Emergency Procedures/Plans Ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of each annunciator or alarm (4.1/4.3) | ||
Technical Reference(s): | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to interpret the significance of statalarms, to diagnose the event, and to prioritize EOP rules and enclosures ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: Plausible in that ES Actuation of all 8 Channels has most likely occurred B. CORRECT: AFIS actuation tells the operator that MSLB has occurred which is the highest priority due to the overcooling it can cause; in fact EHT has caused all the other SA conditions C. Incorrect: Plausible in that overcooling is causing the RCS inventory to contract to the point of possibly emptying the Pzr and LOST; however the overcooling would be stopped by Rule 5. | ||
EP/1/A11800/001 Rev 36 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | O. Incorrect: Plausible in that AFIS has caused the MFWPs to trip; a loss of both MFW and EFW would be a higher priority than Rule 5 but there is no reason to assume that EFW pumps are unavailable. | ||
NONE Learning Objective: | Technical Reference(s): EP/1/A11800/001 Rev 36 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: EAP-EOP R27 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
EAP-EOP R27 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis MBOK | ||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 75 Unit 3 plant conditions | |||
* LDST level = 75 inches decreasing | * LDST level = 75 inches decreasing | ||
* LDST pressure = 35 psig stable Based on the above level and pressure trend, which ONE of the following describes the status of the HPI system and states the required action in accordance with OP/1108/001 (Curves and General Information)? | * LDST pressure =35 psig stable Based on the above level and pressure trend, which ONE of the following describes the status of the HPI system and states the required action in accordance with OP/1108/001 (Curves and General Information)? | ||
REFERENCE PROVIDED HPI is ... A. Operable 1 Initiate makeup to LDST B. Operable 1 Depressurize LDST C. Inoperable 1 Initiate makeup to LDST D. Inoperable 1 Depressurize LDST 2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 75 T3* jmb G2.4.47, Emergency Procedures/Plans Ability to diagnose and recognize trends in an accurate and timely manner utilizing the appropriate control room reference material. | REFERENCE PROVIDED HPI is ... | ||
A. Operable 1 Initiate makeup to LDST B. Operable 1 Depressurize LDST C. Inoperable 1 Initiate makeup to LDST D. Inoperable 1 Depressurize LDST | |||
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 75 T3* jmb G2.4.47, Emergency Procedures/Plans Ability to diagnose and recognize trends in an accurate and timely manner utilizing the appropriate control room reference material. | |||
(4.2/4.2) | (4.2/4.2) | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to diagnose trends, to apply the trend to reference material, and knowledge of corrective actions ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to diagnose trends, to apply the trend to reference material, and knowledge of corrective actions ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Operation above and to the left of curve 1 requires declaring both trains of HPI inoperable. Plausible because the candidate must recall from memory the actions based on the location of level/press on the curve. Second part is incorrect. Making up would increase level which would also increase pressure and keep the LOST out of the permissible region. Plausible because the compensatory actions may be applied for Step 1 "HPI Pumps Operating" in that the student may select this section based on having HPI in service. Could also be chosen if the candidate misapplies the required actions for being outside the "Permissible Operating Region" but still between curve 1 and curve 2. | ||
First part is incorrect. | B. Incorrect: First part is incorrect as stated in answer choice 'A'. Second part is correct. | ||
Operation above and to the left of curve 1 requires declaring both trains of HPI inoperable. | C. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is incorrect as stated in answer choice | ||
Plausible because the candidate must recall from memory the actions based on the location of level/press on the curve. Second part is incorrect. | 'A' D. CORRECT: Step 2 of enclosure 4.39 requires declaring HPI inoperable and immediately depressurizing the LDST below Curve 1. | ||
Making up would increase level which would also increase pressure and keep the LOST out of the permissible region. Plausible because the compensatory actions may be applied for Step 1 "HPI Pumps Operating" in that the student may select this section based on having HPI in service. Could also be chosen if the candidate misapplies the required actions for being outside the "Permissible Operating Region" but still between curve 1 and curve 2. B. Incorrect: | Technical Reference(s): Rev 78 of OP/0/Al1108/001 Enclosure 4.39 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: OP/0/Al11 08/001 .39 (page 1 only with action notes removed) | ||
First part is incorrect as stated in answer choice 'A'. Second part is correct. C. Incorrect: | Learning Objective: PNS*HPI Obj. R35 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __ | ||
First part is correct. Second part is incorrect as stated in answer choice 'A' D. CORRECT: Step 2 of enclosure 4.39 requires declaring HPI inoperable and immediately depressurizing the LDST below Curve 1. Technical Reference(s): | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Wrote new question to improve plausibility of answers I Rewrote answers and stem to improve plausibility. MB OK III Fixed plausibility statements. | ||
Rev 78 of OP/0/Al1108/001 Enclosure 4.39 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | |||
OP/0/Al11 08/001 | List of RO Exam Attachments | ||
PNS*HPI Obj. R35 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam | #17 AP/3/A/17001034 Encl. 5.1 GeneratorCapability Curve - pgs 1 & 3 of 3 | ||
MB OK III Fixed plausibility statements. | #73 ARG for 1SA-031 8-6 (FIRE ALARM) which comes from OP/1/A/61 01/003 | ||
List of RO Exam Attachments | - pgs 1-7 and pgs 26 & 27 | ||
#17 AP/3/A/17001034 Encl. 5.1 GeneratorCapability Curve -pgs 1 & 3 of 3 #73 ARG for 1SA-031 8-6 (FIRE ALARM) which comes from OP/1/A/61 01/003 -pgs 1-7 and pgs 26 & 27 #75 OP/O/A/1108/001 Enclosure 4.39 (page 1 only with action notes removed) 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 76 Unit 1 initial conditions: | #75 OP/O/A/1108/001 Enclosure 4.39 (page 1 only with action notes removed) | ||
* Reactor power = 100% Current conditions: | |||
* Tcold = 532 of slowly decreasing | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 76 Unit 1 initial conditions: | ||
* Reactor power = 100% | |||
Current conditions: | |||
* Tcold =532 of slowly decreasing | |||
* CETCs = 477 of slowly decreasing | * CETCs = 477 of slowly decreasing | ||
* RCS pressure = 535 psig decreasing | * RCS pressure = 535 psig decreasing | ||
* Pzr Level = 0 inches | * Pzr Level = 0 inches | ||
* | * 1A SG Pressure =750 psig slowly decreasing | ||
* | * 1B SG Pressure =680 psig slowly decreasing | ||
* | * 1RIA-49 in HIGH alarm Based on the above, which ONE of the following is the procedure path to mitigate this event? | ||
REFERENCE PROVIDED A. Loss of Subcooling Margin tab to LOCA Cooldown tab B. Loss of Subcooling Margin tab to Forced Cooldown tab C. Excessive Heat Transfer tab to Loss of Subcooling Margin tab D. Excessive Heat Transfer tab to Forced Cooldown tab | |||
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 76 T1/G1 - okm 011 EA2.13, Large Break LOCA Ability to determine or interpret the following as they apply to a large break LOCA: Difference between overcooling and LOCA indications (3.7/3.7) | |||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to interpret the indications and determine that a LBLOCA has occurred; then a determination of EOP procedure routing is required. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to interpret the indications and determine that a LBLOCA has occurred; then a determination of EOP procedure routing is required. | ||
SRO- | SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Requires assessment of facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during normal, abnormal, and emergency situations. (43.5) | ||
(43.5) SRO level knowledge required to select appropriate cooldown procedure. | SRO level knowledge required to select appropriate cooldown procedure. | ||
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. CORRECT: Conditions above indicate a LBLOCA event has occurred; procedure hierarchy dictates routing from the LOSCM tab to the LOCA CD tab B. Incorrect: | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. CORRECT: Conditions above indicate a LBLOCA event has occurred; procedure hierarchy dictates routing from the LOSCM tab to the LOCA CD tab B. Incorrect: Plausible in that the first part is correct and RCPs will have been secured. | ||
Plausible in that the first part is correct and RCPs will have been secured. Second part is plausible in that FCD tab is used to cooldown without RCPs during subcooled conditions. | Second part is plausible in that FCD tab is used to cooldown without RCPs during subcooled conditions. However, entrance into forced cooldown tab is not correct based on RCS saturated conditions. | ||
However, entrance into forced cooldown tab is not correct based on RCS saturated conditions. | C. Incorrect: Plausible in that a large MSLB (EHT) event will cause excessive overcooling that could cause the RCS to saturate due inventory contraction. First part is incorrect. When in the EHT tab if the plant is saturated then the EHT tab transfers to the LOSCM tab. Therefore the second part is plausible. | ||
C. Incorrect: | D. Incorrect: Plausible in that a large MSLB (EHT) event will cause excessive overcooling that could cause the RCS to saturate due inventory contraction. First part is incorrect. FCD is plausible if the student thinks that at least one SG will be available to transfer heat and that RCPs cannot be restored to service. | ||
Plausible in that a large MSLB (EHT) event will cause excessive overcooling that could cause the RCS to saturate due inventory contraction. | Technical Reference(s): EAP LOSCM Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: EOP Enc!. 5.18 Learning Objective: EAP LOSCM, R5 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
First part is incorrect. | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Clarified plausibility statement. Discuss purpose of FCD tab with NRC. MB OK | ||
When in the EHT tab if the plant is saturated then the EHT tab transfers to the LOSCM tab. Therefore the second part is plausible. | |||
D. Incorrect: | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 77 Unit 1 initial conditions: | ||
Plausible in that a large MSLB (EHT) event will cause excessive overcooling that could cause the RCS to saturate due inventory contraction. | |||
First part is incorrect. | |||
FCD is plausible if the student thinks that at least one SG will be available to transfer heat and that RCPs cannot be restored to service. Technical Reference(s): | |||
EAP LOSCM Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | |||
EOP Enc!. 5.18 Learning Objective: | |||
EAP LOSCM, R5 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
Discuss purpose of FCD tab with NRC. MB OK 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 77 Unit 1 initial conditions: | |||
Time = 0900 | Time = 0900 | ||
* Reactor power = 100% | * Reactor power = 100% | ||
Line 1,265: | Line 1,399: | ||
* Pzr Level = 209 inches decreasing | * Pzr Level = 209 inches decreasing | ||
* LOST Level = 84 inches decreasing | * LOST Level = 84 inches decreasing | ||
* Seal Injection flow = 32 gpm stable .* RC Makeup Flow = 140 gpm increasing Current conditions: | * Seal Injection flow = 32 gpm stable | ||
.* RC Makeup Flow = 140 gpm increasing Current conditions: | |||
Time = 0905 | Time = 0905 | ||
* Pressurizer level = 200 inches decreasing | * Pressurizer level = 200 inches decreasing | ||
Line 1,272: | Line 1,407: | ||
* RC Makeup Flow = 160 gpm stable | * RC Makeup Flow = 160 gpm stable | ||
* Repairs will require 7 days to complete Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the current plant condition and whether a Tech Spec shutdown is required? | * Repairs will require 7 days to complete Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the current plant condition and whether a Tech Spec shutdown is required? | ||
A. HPI Normal Injection header break Shutdown is required B. HPI Normal Injection header break Shutdown is NOT required C. Letdown Line leak Shutdown is required D. Letdown Line leak Shutdown is NOT required 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 77 T1/G1 -jmb 022AA2.01, Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup: Whether charging line leak exists (3.2/3.8) | A. HPI Normal Injection header break Shutdown is required B. HPI Normal Injection header break Shutdown is NOT required C. Letdown Line leak Shutdown is required D. Letdown Line leak Shutdown is NOT required | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to diagnose a charging line break. SRO- | |||
Header inoperability is required due to isolation in AP/14. (43.5) ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Event diagnosis is correct. Shutdown is required due to RCS leakage/inoperable | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 77 T1/G1 -jmb 022AA2.01, Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup: Whether charging line leak exists (3.2/3.8) | ||
'A' HPI injection header. B. Incorrect: | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to diagnose a charging line break. | ||
First part is correct. Second part incorrect but plausible in that AP-14 provides specific direction to start the standby HPI pump and close | SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Requires assessment of facility conditions and shutdown determination based on TS knowledge. Header inoperability is required due to isolation in AP/14. (43.5) | ||
C. Incorrect: | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Event diagnosis is correct. Shutdown is required due to RCS leakage/inoperable 'A' HPI injection header. | ||
First part is incorrect. | B. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part incorrect but plausible in that AP-14 provides specific direction to start the standby HPI pump and close 1HP-115 to split the normal injection line from the seal injection line. This will stop the leak but shutdown will still be required due to HPI header still being inoperable. | ||
Plausible in that LOST level is decreasing indicating a leak. Second part correct. O. Incorrect: | C. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible in that LOST level is decreasing indicating a leak. Second part correct. | ||
First part is incorrect. | O. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible in that LOST level is decreasing indicating a leak. Second part incorrect. Plausible in that AP-14 provides specific direction to start the standby HPI pump and close 1HP-115 to split the normal injection line from the seal injection line. This will stop the leak but shutdown will still be required due to HPI header still being inoperable. | ||
Plausible in that LOST level is decreasing indicating a leak. Second part incorrect. | Technical Reference(s): AP-14 Rev 16, TS 3.5.2, High Pressure Injection Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP-APG, R9 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __ | ||
Plausible in that AP-14 provides specific direction to start the standby HPI pump and close | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Removed bullet in current conditions. Modified answers to make SRO level. II Added "Repairs will require 7 days to complete" to current conditions to ensure only one correct answer. MB OK | ||
Technical Reference(s): | |||
AP-14 Rev 16, TS 3.5.2, High Pressure Injection Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 78 Unit 1 initial conditions: | ||
None Learning Objective: | * Reactor power = 100% | ||
EAP-APG, R9 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam | Current conditions: | ||
Modified answers to make SRO level. II Added "Repairs will require 7 days to complete" to current conditions to ensure only one correct answer. MB OK 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 78 Unit 1 initial conditions: | |||
* Reactor power = 100% Current conditions: | |||
* Pressurizer level = 72 inches increasing | * Pressurizer level = 72 inches increasing | ||
* Pressurizer heaters energized | * Pressurizer heaters energized | ||
* RCS Pressure = 1910 psig Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes whether Pressurizer heaters should be energized and the TS bases for the availability of a minimum capacity of pressurizer heaters? A. Pressurizer Heaters should be energized Ensure the ability to control system pressure and maintain subcooling with an extended loss of offsite power B. Pressurizer Heaters should be energized To prevent solid plant operations and subsequent pressure transients that could damage RCS piping C. Pressurizer Heaters should NOT be energized Ensure the ability to control system pressure and maintain subcooling with an extended loss of offsite power D. Pressurizer Heaters should NOT be energized To prevent solid plant operations and subsequent pressure transients that could damage RCS piping 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 78 T1/G1 -jmb | * RCS Pressure = 1910 psig Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes whether Pressurizer heaters should be energized and the TS bases for the availability of a minimum capacity of pressurizer heaters? | ||
PZR heater energized/de-energized condition (3.3/3.6) | A. Pressurizer Heaters should be energized Ensure the ability to control system pressure and maintain subcooling with an extended loss of offsite power B. Pressurizer Heaters should be energized To prevent solid plant operations and subsequent pressure transients that could damage RCS piping C. Pressurizer Heaters should NOT be energized Ensure the ability to control system pressure and maintain subcooling with an extended loss of offsite power D. Pressurizer Heaters should NOT be energized To prevent solid plant operations and subsequent pressure transients that could damage RCS piping | ||
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 78 T1/G1 - jmb 027AA2.1 0, Pressurizer Pressure Control System Malfunction Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Pressurizer Pressure Control Malfunctions: PZR heater energized/de-energized condition (3.3/3.6) | |||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to determine if the appropriate Pzr heaters are energized with Pzr level below the interlock at reduced RCS pressure. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to determine if the appropriate Pzr heaters are energized with Pzr level below the interlock at reduced RCS pressure. | ||
SRO- | SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Requires knowledge Facility operating limitations in the technical specifications bases. | ||
Heater status is incorrect. | (43.2) | ||
Plausible as this is the condition the heaters would be in if Pzr level were> 80 inches. The Tech Spec bases is correct. B. Incorrect: | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: Heater status is incorrect. Plausible as this is the condition the heaters would be in if Pzr level were> 80 inches. The Tech Spec bases is correct. | ||
Heater status is incorrect as noted above. Bases is incorrect. | B. Incorrect: Heater status is incorrect as noted above. Bases is incorrect. Plausible in that solid Pzr operations implies the loss of the Pzr vapor space and the loss of the vapor space is the bases for the maximum water level in the pressurizer. | ||
Plausible in that solid Pzr operations implies the loss of the Pzr vapor space and the loss of the vapor space is the bases for the maximum water level in the pressurizer. | C. Correct: The pressure given would result in energizing all the pressurizer heaters however with Pzr level < 80 inches all heater will be off. The bases of the heater capacity as stated in TS 3.4.9: "A minimum required available capacity of 400 kW ensures that the RCS pressure can be maintained. Unless adequate heater capacity is available, reactor coolant subcooling cannot be maintained indefinitely. Inability to control the system pressure and maintain subcooling under conditions of natural circulation flow in the primary system could lead to loss of single phase natural circulation and decreased capability to remove core decay heat." | ||
C. Correct: The pressure given would result in energizing all the pressurizer heaters however with Pzr level < 80 inches all heater will be off. The bases of the heater capacity as stated in TS 3.4.9: "A minimum required available capacity of 400 kW ensures that the RCS pressure can be maintained. | D. Incorrect: Heater status is correct. Bases is incorrect as noted above in B. | ||
Unless adequate heater capacity is available, reactor coolant subcooling cannot be maintained indefinitely. | Technical Reference(s): PNS-PZR Rev 16a, TS 3.4.9 Bases Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: PNS-PZR Obj. R5, R7 & R19, ADM-TSS Obj R5 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
Inability to control the system pressure and maintain subcooling under conditions of natural circulation flow in the primary system could lead to loss of single phase natural circulation and decreased capability to remove core decay heat." D. Incorrect: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No changes II MB OK | ||
Heater status is correct. Bases is incorrect as noted above in B. Technical Reference(s): | |||
PNS-PZR Rev 16a, TS 3.4.9 Bases Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 79 Unit 3 plant conditions: | ||
None Learning Objective: | |||
PNS-PZR Obj. R5, R7 & R19, ADM-TSS Obj R5 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
* Reactor power = 100% | * Reactor power = 100% | ||
* CC CRD Return Flow = 142 gpm slowly decreasing | * CC CRD Return Flow = 142 gpm slowly decreasing | ||
* CC Return Flow = 563 gpm decreasing | * CC Return Flow = 563 gpm decreasing | ||
* Letdown Temperature | * Letdown Temperature = 138°F stable | ||
= 138°F stable | * One or more of the following alarms have actuated: | ||
* One or more of the following alarms have actuated: 3SA-9/B-1 (CC CRD Return Flow Low). 3SA-2/C-1 (HP Letdown Temperature High) 3SA-9/C-1 (CC Component Cooling Return Flow Low) Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes a required action from the associated ARG(s) to mitigate this event? If the ARG directed actions are NOT successful, which Abnormal Procedure is required to be entered first? A. Verify CC Surge Tank level> 15 inches and start the standby CC pump AP/32 (Loss of Letdown) B. Verify CC Surge Tank level> 15 inches and start the standby CC pump AP/20 (Loss of Component Cooling) C. Decrease letdown flow using 3HP-7 (LETDOWN CONTROL) AP/32 (Loss of Letdown) D. Decrease letdown flow using 3HP-7 (LETDOWN CONTROL) AP/20 (Loss of Component Cooling) 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 79 T1/G1 -jmb 026EG2.4.50, Loss of Component Cooling Water Ability to verify system alarm setpoints and operate controls identified in the alarm response manual. (4.2/4.0) | ~ 3SA-9/B-1 (CC CRD Return Flow Low). | ||
~ 3SA-2/C-1 (HP Letdown Temperature High) | |||
~ 3SA-9/C-1 (CC Component Cooling Return Flow Low) | |||
Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes a required action from the associated ARG(s) to mitigate this event? If the ARG directed actions are NOT successful, which Abnormal Procedure is required to be entered first? | |||
A. Verify CC Surge Tank level> 15 inches and start the standby CC pump AP/32 (Loss of Letdown) | |||
B. Verify CC Surge Tank level> 15 inches and start the standby CC pump AP/20 (Loss of Component Cooling) | |||
C. Decrease letdown flow using 3HP-7 (LETDOWN CONTROL) | |||
AP/32 (Loss of Letdown) | |||
D. Decrease letdown flow using 3HP-7 (LETDOWN CONTROL) | |||
AP/20 (Loss of Component Cooling) | |||
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 79 T1/G1 - jmb 026EG2.4.50, Loss of Component Cooling Water Ability to verify system alarm setpoints and operate controls identified in the alarm response manual. | |||
(4.2/4.0) | |||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to determine alarm status based upon plant conditions and determine the appropriate controls directed to be operated in the alarm response. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to determine alarm status based upon plant conditions and determine the appropriate controls directed to be operated in the alarm response. | ||
SRO- | SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Requires assessment of facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during an abnormal situation. (43.5) | ||
(43.5) ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B 3SA-2/C-1 setpoint = 130°F and is actuated. | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B 3SA-2/C-1 setpoint = 130°F and is actuated. 3SA-9/B-1 (CC CRD Return Flow Low) | ||
3SA-9/B-1 (CC CRD Return Flow Low) Setpoint = 138 gpm and is NOT actuated. | Setpoint = 138 gpm and is NOT actuated. Loss of letdown has occurred as a result of decreased l CC flow. SRO must prioritize AP entry. | ||
Loss of letdown has occurred as a result of decreased l CC flow. SRO must prioritize AP entry. A. Incorrect: | A. Incorrect: First part is correct. Action is correct as it is directed by 3SA-2/C1. | ||
First part is correct. Action is correct as it is directed by 3SA-2/C1. | Second part is incorrect. Entry conditions are met for both AP/20 and AP/32 however; AP/20 is first to be entered by statalarm procedure (AP/20 is the higher priority procedure and must be prioritized first). | ||
Second part is incorrect. | B. Correct: Action to verify CC surge tank level> 15 inches and start standby CC pump are directed in 3SA-9/B-1. AP/20 is first to be entered by statalarm procedure. | ||
Entry conditions are met for both AP/20 and AP/32 however; AP/20 is first to be entered by statalarm procedure (AP/20 is the higher priority procedure and must be prioritized first). B. Correct: Action to verify CC surge tank level> 15 inches and start standby CC pump are directed in 3SA-9/B-1. | C. Incorrect: Plausible in that the action directed is correct for 3SA-2/C-1 (High Letdown Temp). Procedure selection is incorrect as noted above in A. | ||
AP/20 is first to be entered by statalarm procedure. | D. Incorrect: Plausible in that the action directed is correct for 3SA-2/C-1 (High Letdown Temp). Abnormal procedure selection is correct. | ||
C. Incorrect: | Technical Reference( s): OP/31Al61 03/002 (3SA-2/C-1), OP/31Al61 03/009 (3SA-9/B-1 & | ||
Plausible in that the action directed is correct for 3SA-2/C-1 (High Letdown Temp). Procedure selection is incorrect as noted above in A. D. Incorrect: | 3SA-9/C-1), AP/20, AP/32 Proposed references t6 be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: PNS-CC Obj R17 & R20 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
Plausible in that the action directed is correct for 3SA-2/C-1 (High Letdown Temp). Abnormal procedure selection is correct. Technical Reference( s): OP/ | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Increase letdown temperature to make both APs apply. II Rewrote stem to improve plausibility. MB stated he is okay with the concept but need to clean up the wording III Reordered choices for psychometrics and rewrote AA; rewrote stem for clarity. MB OK IIII Modified stem for clarity | ||
* MB OK IIIII Modified second and third bullets by lowering values and adding trends to minimize confusion. MB OK | |||
None Learning Objective: | |||
PNS-CC Obj R17 & R20 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 80 Unit 1 initial conditions: | ||
MB stated he is okay with the concept but need to clean up the wording III Reordered choices for psychometrics and rewrote AA; rewrote stem for clarity. MB OK IIII Modified stem for clarity | |||
* MB OK IIIII Modified second and third bullets by lowering values and adding trends to minimize confusion. | |||
MB OK 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 80 Unit 1 initial conditions: | |||
* Startup from refueling outage in progress | * Startup from refueling outage in progress | ||
* Reactor power = 5% stable | * Reactor power = 5% stable | ||
* | * 1A Main FDW Pump in service Current conditions: | ||
* Switchyard isolate | * Switchyard isolate | ||
* | * 1A Main FDW Pump tripped | ||
* EOP IMAs and Symptom Checks complete Which ONE of the following describes how EFW will be controlled based on the above conditions and which design bases scenario requires the highest initial post-trip EFW flow? A. Emergency feedwater will be allowed to control SG levels in AUTO Loss of Main FDW and loss of offsite power B. Emergency feedwater will be allowed to control SG levels in AUTO , Loss of Main FDW with offsite power available C. Emergency feedwater will be manually throttled to prevent RCS overcooling Loss of Main FDW and loss of offsite power D. Emergency feedwater will be manually throttled to prevent RCS overcooling Loss of Main FDW with offsite power available Question 80 T1/G1 *okm | * EOP IMAs and Symptom Checks complete Which ONE of the following describes how EFW will be controlled based on the above conditions and which design bases scenario requires the highest initial post-trip EFW flow? | ||
(3.8/4.2) . KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to know the implications of a loss of Main Feedwater from a low power condition and the mitigation strategies involved SRO* | A. Emergency feedwater will be allowed to control SG levels in AUTO Loss of Main FDW and loss of offsite power B. Emergency feedwater will be allowed to control SG levels in AUTO | ||
Both parts are incorrect. | , Loss of Main FDW with offsite power available C. Emergency feedwater will be manually throttled to prevent RCS overcooling Loss of Main FDW and loss of offsite power D. Emergency feedwater will be manually throttled to prevent RCS overcooling Loss of Main FDW with offsite power available | ||
First part is plausible in that normally auto operation of EFW is preferred. | |||
Second part is plausible in that the candidate could assume that a loss of offsite power would be more limiting. | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 80 T1/G1 *okm 054AG2.4.9, Loss of Main Feedwatef Knowledge of low power/shutdown implications in accident (e.g., loss of coolant accident or loss of residual heat removal) mitigation strategies. (3.8/4.2) . | ||
B. Incorrect: | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to know the implications of a loss of Main Feedwater from a low power condition and the mitigation strategies involved SRO*ONLY ANALYSIS Requires student to know mitigation strategies beyond Entry Conditions/IMAs and TS bases ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: Both parts are incorrect. First part is plausible in that normally auto operation of EFW is preferred. Second part is plausible in that the candidate could assume that a loss of offsite power would be more limiting. | ||
First part is incorrect. | B. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible in that normally auto operation of EFW is preferred. Second part is correct. | ||
Plausible in that normally auto operation of EFW is preferred. | C. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is incorrect but plausible in that the candidate could assume that a loss of offsite power would be more limiting. | ||
Second part is correct. C. Incorrect: | D. Correct: Due to low core decay heat EFW is required to be throttled to prevent RCS overcooling. Per TS 3.7.5 Bases "The limiting event for the EFW System is the loss of main feedwater with offsite power available; i.e. with RCP heat. | ||
First part is correct. Second part is incorrect but plausible in that the candidate could assume that a loss of offsite power would be more limiting. | Technical Reference(s): EP/1/A11800/001 Rev 36a (EOP) RULE 3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: EAp*LOHT R26; ADM* TSS R5 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ __ | ||
D. Correct: Due to low core decay heat EFW is required to be throttled to prevent RCS overcooling. | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added "manually" to C and D. II MB OK III Changed initial power in stem from 2% | ||
Per TS 3.7.5 Bases "The limiting event for the EFW System is the loss of main feedwater with offsite power available; i.e. with RCP heat. Technical Reference(s): | to 5% for clarity | ||
EP/1/A11800/001 Rev 36a (EOP) RULE 3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | * MB OK | ||
NONE Learning Objective: | |||
EAp*LOHT R26; ADM* TSS R5 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 81 Unit 3 initial conditions: | ||
* MB OK 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 81 Unit 3 initial conditions: | * Reactor power = 100% | ||
* Reactor power = 100% Current conditions: | Current conditions: | ||
* 3DIA supply breaker to CRD breaker shunt trip device in RPS channel "A" tripped OPEN Based on current plant conditions, which ONE of the following describes the status of RPS channel "A" and the required administrative actions? A. 3A RPS channel is NOT operable. | * 3DIA supply breaker to CRD breaker shunt trip device in RPS channel "A" tripped OPEN Based on current plant conditions, which ONE of the following describes the status of RPS channel "A" and the required administrative actions? | ||
A. 3A RPS channel is NOT operable. | |||
TS 3.3.1 (RPS Instrumentation) action statements are required to be performed. | TS 3.3.1 (RPS Instrumentation) action statements are required to be performed. | ||
B. 3A RPS channel is operable. | B. 3A RPS channel is operable. | ||
Line 1,360: | Line 1,503: | ||
D. 3A RPS channel is operable. | D. 3A RPS channel is operable. | ||
TS 3.3.4 (Control Rod Drive Trip Devices) action statements are NOT required to be performed. | TS 3.3.4 (Control Rod Drive Trip Devices) action statements are NOT required to be performed. | ||
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 81 T1/G1 -gcw 058AG2.2.37, Loss of DC Power Ability to determine operability and/or availability of safety related equipment. | |||
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 81 T1/G1 - gcw 058AG2.2.37, Loss of DC Power Ability to determine operability and/or availability of safety related equipment. | |||
(3.6/4.6) | (3.6/4.6) | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to determine operability of RPS channel with a loss of DC power. SRO- | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to determine operability of RPS channel with a loss of DC power. | ||
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: | SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Question requires knowledge of TS operability for components affecting reactivity. | ||
both parts are incorrect. | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: both parts are incorrect. | ||
B. Correct: The RPS trip signal will still de-energize to trip the CRD breaker and the RPS channel is operable. | B. Correct: The RPS trip signal will still de-energize to trip the CRD breaker and the RPS channel is operable. TS 3.3.4 requires all 4 Control Rod Drive Trip Devices to be operable C. Incorrect: first part incorrect. Plausible because if the RPS channel power supply KVIA was de-energized this would be correct. Second part is correct. Only require 3/4 RPS trip functions to be operable. | ||
TS 3.3.4 requires all 4 Control Rod Drive Trip Devices to be operable C. Incorrect: | D. Incorrect: first part correct. TS 3.3.4 requires all 4 Control Rod Drive Trip Devices to be operable. Plausible because TS only require 3/4 RPS trip functions to be operable. | ||
first part incorrect. | Technical Reference(s): TS 3.3.4 (Control Rod Drive Trip Devices) | ||
Plausible because if the RPS channel power supply KVIA was de-energized this would be correct. Second part is correct. Only require 3/4 RPS trip functions to be operable. | Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: IC-RPS Obj R17 Question Source: Bank Question History: Last NRC Exam 2007 ONS SRO Exam Q #91 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified second part of answers to remove unneeded information per NRC comment. II MB OK | ||
D. Incorrect: | |||
first part correct. TS 3.3.4 requires all 4 Control Rod Drive Trip Devices to be operable. | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 82 Unit 1 initial conditions: | ||
Plausible because TS only require 3/4 RPS trip functions to be operable. | |||
Technical Reference(s): | |||
TS 3.3.4 (Control Rod Drive Trip Devices) Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | |||
None Learning Objective: | |||
IC-RPS Obj R17 Question Source: Bank Question History: Last NRC Exam 2007 ONS SRO Exam Q #91 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified second part of answers to remove unneeded information per NRC comment. II MB OK 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 82 Unit 1 initial conditions: | |||
* Reactor power = 100% | * Reactor power = 100% | ||
* | * 1C HPIP is declared inoperable Current conditions: | ||
* | * 1HP-120 valve controller air line blows off | ||
* HPI FLOW TRAIN "A" indication fails to zero gpm Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the impact on | * HPI FLOW TRAIN "A" indication fails to zero gpm Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the impact on 1HP-120 and whether performing actions of TS LCO 3.0.3 are required? | ||
ASSUME NO OPERATOR ACTIONS A. | ASSUME NO OPERATOR ACTIONS A. 1HP-120 fails OPEN Actions of LCO 3.0.3 are required B. 1 HP-120 fails OPEN Actions of LCO 3.0.3 are NOT required C. 1 HP-120 fails CLOSED Actions of LCO 3.0.3 are required D. 1HP-120 fails CLOSED Actions of LCO 3.0.3 are NOT required | ||
Charging subsystem flow indicator and controller (2.8/3.3) | |||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to predict how the pressurizer level control valve fails due to loss of IA and the affect of a loss of an HPI train flow gauge on HPI operability sRO* | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 82 T1/G2 - New KIA 028AA2.03, Pressurizer Level Control Malfunction Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Pressurizer Level Control Malfunctions: Charging subsystem flow indicator and controller (2.8/3.3) | ||
First part incorrect. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to predict how the pressurizer level control valve fails due to loss of IA and the affect of a loss of an HPI train flow gauge on HPI operability sRO*ONLY ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the bases for the operating limits established in Tech Specs for operability of an HPI train. This requires SRO knowledge from the TS basis to know this. . | ||
Plausible because another primary valve (HP-31) fails open on a loss of IA. Second part is correct. B. Incorrect: | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: First part incorrect. Plausible because another primary valve (HP-31) fails open on a loss of IA. Second part is correct. | ||
First part incorrect. | B. Incorrect: First part incorrect. Plausible because another primary valve (HP-31) fails open on a loss of IA. Second part is incorrect. Plausible if the candidate does not know that having the flow instrument out of service makes the train out of service . | ||
Plausible because another primary valve (HP-31) fails open on a loss of IA. Second part is incorrect. | . This would lead to the candidate believing that only one train of HPI is out of service and TS 3.0.3 is not required. | ||
Plausible if the candidate does not know that having the flow instrument out of service makes the train out of service . . This would lead to the candidate believing that only one train of HPI is out of service and TS 3.0.3 is not required. | C. Correct: 1Hp*120 fails CLOSED on a loss of IA. HPI FLOW TRAIN "A" failing causes the "A" HPI train to be inoperable (This requires sRO knowledge from the Ts basis to know that having the flow instrument out of service makes the train out of service). The "8" train is already inoperable due to the 1C HPIP 005. Ts 3.5.2 Condition H requires entering LCO 3.0.3 immediately for two HPI training inoperable. | ||
C. Correct: 1Hp*120 fails CLOSED on a loss of IA. HPI FLOW TRAIN "A" failing causes the "A" HPI train to be inoperable (This requires sRO knowledge from the Ts basis to know that having the flow instrument out of service makes the train out of service). | D. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is incorrect. Same as answer 'B' above. | ||
The "8" train is already inoperable due to the 1C HPIP 005. Ts 3.5.2 Condition H requires entering LCO 3.0.3 immediately for two HPI training inoperable. | Technical Reference(s): AP/22 (Loss of Instrument Air); Ts 3.5.2 (High Pressure Injection) | ||
D. Incorrect: | Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP*APG AP/14 Encl. R9; ADM*Tss R5, R6 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __ | ||
First part is correct. Second part is incorrect. | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Operability of second HPI train requires TS basis knowledge. Discuss with NRC. II Modified stem and answers to improve SRO level. II MB OK III fixed plausibility statements to match previous changes. | ||
Same as answer 'B' above. Technical Reference(s): | |||
AP/22 (Loss of Instrument Air); Ts 3.5.2 (High Pressure Injection) | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 83 Unit 1 initial conditions: | ||
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | |||
None Learning Objective: | |||
EAP*APG AP/14 Encl. R9; ADM*Tss R5, R6 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
Discuss with NRC. II Modified stem and answers to improve SRO level. II MB OK III fixed plausibility statements to match previous changes. | |||
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 83 Unit 1 initial conditions: | |||
* Time = 0600 | * Time = 0600 | ||
* Reactor Power = 36% | * Reactor Power = 36% | ||
* Pressurizer level = 220 inches | * Pressurizer level =220 inches | ||
* LOST Level = 85 inches Current conditions: | * LOST Level =85 inches Current conditions: | ||
* Time = 0610 | * Time = 0610 | ||
* Reactor Power = 36% | * Reactor Power = 36% | ||
* Pressurizer level = 220 inches | * Pressurizer level =220 inches | ||
* LOST Level = 77.5 inches | * LOST Level = 77.5 inches | ||
* 1 RIA-40 Alert and High Alarm actuated Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the procedure required to be entered and actions directed by the procedure? | * 1 RIA-40 Alert and High Alarm actuated Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the procedure required to be entered and actions directed by the procedure? | ||
A. EOP (Emergency Operating Procedure) | A. EOP (Emergency Operating Procedure) SGTR Tab Initiate a Maximum Runback to 15% then manually trip the reactor and isolate the affected SG B. EOP (Emergency Operating Procedure) SGTR Tab Initiate a plant shutdown to 5% then manually trip the reactor. Maintain Pressurizer level 140 - 180 inches while cooling down to isolate the affected SG C. AP/31 (Primary to Secondary Leakage) | ||
SGTR Tab Initiate a Maximum Runback to 15% then manually trip the reactor and isolate the affected SG B. EOP (Emergency Operating Procedure) | Initiate Enclosure 5.2 (Reduction of Secondary leakage and Cross-Unit Contamination) and perform Enclosure 5.8 (Resetting 1RIA-40, and OAC Setpoints) | ||
SGTR Tab Initiate a plant shutdown to 5% then manually trip the reactor. Maintain Pressurizer level 140 -180 inches while cooling down to isolate the affected SG C. AP/31 (Primary to Secondary Leakage) Initiate Enclosure 5.2 (Reduction of Secondary leakage and Cross-Unit Contamination) and perform Enclosure 5.8 (Resetting | O. AP/31 (Primary to Secondary Leakage) | ||
O. AP/31 (Primary to Secondary Leakage) Initiate a shutdown using AP/29 (Rapid UnitShutdown) and perform Enclosure 5.2 (Reduction of Secondary leakage and Cross-Unit Contamination) to control Secondary Leakage. | Initiate a shutdown using AP/29 (Rapid UnitShutdown) and perform Enclosure 5.2 (Reduction of Secondary leakage and Cross-Unit Contamination) to control Secondary Leakage. | ||
Question 83 T1/G2 -jmb | |||
(4.2/4.1 ) KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of conditions indicated by plant indications and alarms and procedures used to address the conditions. | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 83 T1/G2 - jmb 037AG2.4.31, Steam Generator (S/G) Tube Leak Knowledge of annunciator alarms, indications, or response procedures. | ||
SRO- | (4.2/4.1 ) | ||
First part is incorrect. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of conditions indicated by plant indications and alarms and procedures used to address the conditions. | ||
Plausible as this is correct for a larger pri to sec leak (> 25 gpm). EOP entry is directed for tube leaks> 25 gpm. AP entry is not required. | SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Requires determination of plant conditions and selection of appropriate procedures to address the conditions given (43.5) | ||
prz level can remain stable for leaks up to 160 gpm. B. Incorrect: | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: 0 A. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible as this is correct for a larger pri to sec leak | ||
First part is incorrect. | (> 25 gpm). EOP entry is directed for tube leaks> 25 gpm. AP entry is not required. | ||
Plausible as this is correct for a larger pri to sec leak (> 25 gpm). EOP entry is directed for tube leaks> 25 gpm. AP entry is not required. | prz level can remain stable for leaks up to 160 gpm. | ||
prz level can remain stable for leaks up to 160 gpm. C. Incorrect. | B. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible as this is correct for a larger pri to sec leak | ||
Using Attachment 5.5 of AP/31 or Enclosure 5.1 of AP/2 the leak rate is ::::23 gpm. Miscalculating leak rate or failure to recognize correct routing in AP/31 would result in initiating End 5.2 and resetting the RIA & OAC setpoint as these actions are directed 'if leak rate is lower. O. Correct: Calculated tube leak size using changes in LOST level is ::::23 gpm. (31.3 gal/in X 7.5 in/10 min = 23.5 gpm) This amount of Primary to secondary leakage requires entry into AP/31 and a shutdown is initiated. | (> 25 gpm). EOP entry is directed for tube leaks> 25 gpm. AP entry is not required. | ||
Based on conditions the appropriate procedure for the plant SID to meet Encl 5.1 requirements is AP/29. AP/31 Enclosure 5.2 is directed to be used to control secondary leakage. Technical Reference(s): | prz level can remain stable for leaks up to 160 gpm. | ||
EOP Rev. 36 -IMAs & SAs, SGTR Tab, AP/31 Rev. 15 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | C. Incorrect. Using Attachment 5.5 of AP/31 or Enclosure 5.1 of AP/2 the leak rate is | ||
None Learning Objective: | ::::23 gpm. Miscalculating leak rate or failure to recognize correct routing in AP/31 would result in initiating End 5.2 and resetting the RIA & OAC setpoint as these actions are directed 'if leak rate is lower. | ||
EAP-APG Obj R9 EAP-SGTR Obj R2 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam | O. Correct: Calculated tube leak size using changes in LOST level is ::::23 gpm. | ||
(31.3 gal/in X 7.5 in/10 min = 23.5 gpm) This amount of Primary to secondary leakage requires entry into AP/31 and a shutdown is initiated. Based on conditions the appropriate procedure for the plant SID to meet Encl 5.1 requirements is AP/29. AP/31 Enclosure 5.2 is directed to be used to control secondary leakage. | |||
Technical Reference(s): EOP Rev. 36 - IMAs & SAs, SGTR Tab, AP/31 Rev. 15 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP-APG Obj R9 EAP-SGTR Obj R2 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added information to AA. Modified A and B to go to SGTR tab. II MB OK | |||
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 84 Unit 2 initial conditions: | |||
* Reactor power = 70% stable | * Reactor power = 70% stable | ||
* 2A2 RCP secured 10 days ago Current conditions | * 2A2 RCP secured 10 days ago Current conditions | ||
* Control Rod Group 4 Rod 1 dropped to 0% withdrawn | * Control Rod Group 4 Rod 1 dropped to 0% withdrawn | ||
* Excore and Incore Quadrant Power Tilt (QPT) readings exceed the TRANSIENT limits, but are less than the MAXIMUM limits Based on the above conditions and per AP/15 (Dropped or Misaligned Control Rods), which ONE of the following describes the runback requirement and the TS bases for QPT limits? An ICS runback | * Excore and Incore Quadrant Power Tilt (QPT) readings exceed the TRANSIENT limits, but are less than the MAXIMUM limits Based on the above conditions and per AP/15 (Dropped or Misaligned Control Rods), | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the control rod ICS runback and knowledge of AP/15 actions SRO- | which ONE of the following describes the runback requirement and the TS bases for QPT limits? | ||
First part is correct; QPT limits are there to assure core safety limits will not be exceeded during all modes of operation especially accidents; however maintaining a flat flux profile as the core ages is a concern associated with normal operation and fuel management. | An ICS runback _ _ _ _ _ _ and QPT limits ensure _ _ _ __ | ||
C. Incorrect: | A. and operator action is required to reduce power to s 60% of Allowable Thermal Power clad failure does not occur due to power peaking B. and operator action is required to reduce power to s 60% of Allowable Thermal Power a flat flux profile is maintained as the core ages C. automatically reduces power to s 60% of Allowable Thermal Power clad failure does not occur due to power peaking D. automatically reduces power to s 60% of Allowable Thermal Power a flat flux profile is maintained as the core ages | ||
Plausible in that ICS runback lowers power to S; 55%, however power must be reduced to s; 60% of Allowable Thermal Power which for 3-RCP operations is 45% not 55% so further operator action is needed to lower power. Second part is correct. D. Incorrect: | |||
Plausible in that ICS runback lowers power to s; 55%, however power must be reduced to s; 60% of Allowable Thermal Power which for 3-RCP operations is 45% not 55% so further operator action is needed to lower power. QPT limits are there to assure core safety limits will not be exceeded during all modes of operation especially accidents; however maintaining a flat flux profile as the core ages is a concern associated with normal operation and fuel management. | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 84 T1/G2 - okm BA01AG2.4.11, Plant Runback Knowledge of abnormal condition procedures (4.0/4.2) | ||
Technical Reference(s): | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the control rod ICS runback and knowledge of AP/15 actions SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of facility procedures and bases for TSs ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. CORRECT: Per AP/15 and ICS design the rod runback reduces power to 55% | ||
AP/15, RT-PO Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | however the allowable power level is 75% for 3-RCP operations; therefore AP/15 directs action to further reduce to S 45%. Cladding failure due to power peaking for all modes of operation is the reason for QPT limits B. Incorrect: First part is correct; QPT limits are there to assure core safety limits will not be exceeded during all modes of operation especially accidents; however maintaining a flat flux profile as the core ages is a concern associated with normal operation and fuel management. | ||
NONE Learning Objective: | C. Incorrect: Plausible in that ICS runback lowers power to S; 55%, however power must be reduced to s; 60% of Allowable Thermal Power which for 3-RCP operations is 45% not 55% so further operator action is needed to lower power. Second part is correct. | ||
EAP-APG R9, RT -PO R5, R6 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam | D. Incorrect: Plausible in that ICS runback lowers power to s; 55%, however power must be reduced to s; 60% of Allowable Thermal Power which for 3-RCP operations is 45% not 55% so further operator action is needed to lower power. QPT limits are there to assure core safety limits will not be exceeded during all modes of operation especially accidents; however maintaining a flat flux profile as the core ages is a concern associated with normal operation and fuel management. | ||
Technical Reference(s): AP/15, RT-PO Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: EAP-APG R9, RT-PO R5, R6 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added lIof Allowable Thermal Power" to A and B. II MB OK III Reworded IIwithin limits" to IIless than" limits in stem CCs. Changed 45% to 60% in A and B due to no correct answer. Modified 2nd part of all answers for improved plausibility. | |||
Fixed answer analyses for B, C, and D | Fixed answer analyses for B, C, and D | ||
* MB OK 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 85 Unit 1 initial conditions: | * MB OK | ||
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 85 Unit 1 initial conditions: | |||
* Reactor power = 100% | * Reactor power = 100% | ||
* | * 1B HPI Pump OOS Current conditions: | ||
* LOSCM tab in progress | * LOSCM tab in progress | ||
* Rule 2 is complete | * Rule 2 is complete | ||
* RCS pressure = 825 psig increasing slowly | * RCS pressure = 825 psig increasing slowly | ||
* Core SCM = 4°F increasing | * Core SCM =4°F increasing | ||
* Loop SCM = O°F | * Loop SCM = O°F | ||
* Pzr level = 0 inches | * Pzr level =0 inches | ||
* | * 1C HPI Pump has a sheared shaft Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following states how SG pressure will be controlled per the LOSCM tab and which EOP tab will be used to cool down the unit to decay heat removal conditions? | ||
A. Control SG steaming and feeding rates to establish RCS cooldown rate within TS limits / LOCA CD B. Control SG steaming and feeding rates to establish RCS cooldown rate within TS limits / FCD C. Establish EFDW Flow to both SGs and fully depressurize both SGs / LOCA CD D. Establish EFDW Flow to both SGs and fully depressurize both SGs / FCD 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 85 T1/G2 BE08EA2.1, LOCA Cooldown Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (LOCA Cooldown): | A. Control SG steaming and feeding rates to establish RCS cooldown rate within TS limits / LOCA CD B. Control SG steaming and feeding rates to establish RCS cooldown rate within TS limits / FCD C. Establish EFDW Flow to both SGs and fully depressurize both SGs / LOCA CD D. Establish EFDW Flow to both SGs and fully depressurize both SGs / FCD | ||
Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations. | |||
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 85 T1/G2 BE08EA2.1, LOCA Cooldown Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (LOCA Cooldown): Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations. | |||
(2.8/4.2) | (2.8/4.2) | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires determination that conditions exist for a controlled cooldown of the RCS using SGs and selection of procedure used to direct the cooldown to cold shutdown conditions. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires determination that conditions exist for a controlled cooldown of the RCS using SGs and selection of procedure used to direct the cooldown to cold shutdown conditions. | ||
SRO- | SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Requires assessment of plant conditions and based on that assessment selection of the appropriate procedure used to control the plant cooldown. (43.5) | ||
(43.5) ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible because this would be the normal steps taken if HPI were not degraded. Second part is correct. | ||
First part is incorrect. | B. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible because this would be the normal steps taken if HPI were not degraded. Second part is plausible because with no RCPs operating and SCM> O°F a transfer would be made to the FCD tab. | ||
Plausible because this would be the normal steps taken if HPI were not degraded. | C. CORRECT: With loss of SCM and degraded HPI, the SG's are fed to the LOSCM setpoint and fully depressurized. A transfer will be made to the LOCA CD tab of the EOP. | ||
Second part is correct. B. Incorrect: | D. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is plausible because with no RCPs operating and SCM> OOF a transfer would be made to the FCD tab. | ||
First part is incorrect. | Technical Reference(s): EP/1/1800/001 LOSCM Tab Rev 36 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP-LOSCM Obj. R12 & 17 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
Plausible because this would be the normal steps taken if HPI were not degraded. | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No changes. II MB Ok | ||
Second part is plausible because with no RCPs operating and SCM> O°F a transfer would be made to the FCD tab. C. CORRECT: With loss of SCM and degraded HPI, the SG's are fed to the LOSCM setpoint and fully depressurized. | |||
A transfer will be made to the LOCA CD tab of the EOP. D. Incorrect: | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 86 Unit 3 initial conditions: | ||
First part is correct. Second part is plausible because with no RCPs operating and SCM> OOF a transfer would be made to the FCD tab. Technical Reference(s): | |||
EP/1/1800/001 LOSCM Tab Rev 36 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | |||
None Learning Objective: | |||
EAP-LOSCM Obj. R12 & 17 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
* Reactor Power = 100% stable | * Reactor Power = 100% stable | ||
* 3A 1 RCP vibration | * 3A 1 RCP vibration =4 mils slowly increasing Current conditions: | ||
= 4 mils slowly increasing Current conditions: | |||
* Reactor Power = 100% stable | * Reactor Power = 100% stable | ||
* 3SA-9/E2 (RC PUMP VIBRATION EMERG HIGH) actuates | * 3SA-9/E2 (RC PUMP VIBRATION EMERG HIGH) actuates | ||
* 3A 1 RCP vibration | * 3A 1 RCP vibration = 22 mils slowly increasing Based on the current conditions above, which ONE of the following describes how the SRO will direct the sequence of actions to mitigate this event? | ||
= 22 mils slowly increasing Based on the current conditions above, which ONE of the following describes how the SRO will direct the sequence of actions to mitigate this event? The OATC will ... A. perform a rapid runback per AP/29 (Rapid Unit Shutdown) to <70% and then the BOP will manually trip the 3A 1 RCP. B. perform a rapid runback per AP/16 (Abnormal RCP Operation) to <70% and then the BOP will manually trip the 3A 1 RCP. C. manually trip the reactor and then perform IMAs; the BOP will manually trip 3A 1 RCP and then perform a symptom check. D. manually trip the reactor and then perform IMAs; the BOP will perform a symptom check and then manually trip 3A 1 RCP. | The OATC will ... | ||
Question 86 T2/G1 -okm | A. perform a rapid runback per AP/29 (Rapid Unit Shutdown) to <70% and then the BOP will manually trip the 3A 1 RCP. | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to recognize conditions requiring the immediate tripping of a RCP (including the prerequisite tripping of the Reactor) SRO- | B. perform a rapid runback per AP/16 (Abnormal RCP Operation) to <70% and then the BOP will manually trip the 3A 1 RCP. | ||
He determines that securing RCP takes precedents over the normal practice of the BOP performing a symptoms check immediately following a reactor trip. ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: | C. manually trip the reactor and then perform IMAs; the BOP will manually trip 3A 1 RCP and then perform a symptom check. | ||
AP/29 is plausible if candidate does not recognize that an immediate RCP trip is required. | D. manually trip the reactor and then perform IMAs; the BOP will perform a symptom check and then manually trip 3A 1 RCP. | ||
AP/29 is normally the AP used to rapidly reduce power. B. Incorrect: | |||
This would be correct if the immediate trip criteria is not met. C. Correct: SRO must immediately recognize that conditions require the immediate tripping of the Reactor and then the RCP per AP/16. Once tripped EOP IMAs will be directed. | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 86 T2/G1 - okm 003G2.4.49, Reactor Coolant Pump Ability to perform without reference to procedures those actions that require immediate operation of system components and controls (4.6/4.4) | ||
After IMAs are directed the SRO will then direct the BOP to trip the RCP per AP/16 (still in progress) while the OATC is performing IMAs. D. Incorrect: | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to recognize conditions requiring the immediate tripping of a RCP (including the prerequisite tripping of the Reactor) | ||
This routing is plausible as it is the normal sequence following a reactor trip. Technical Reference(s): | SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Requires the assessment of plant conditions and selecting the sequence of procedures during abnormal/emergency situations (43.5) The SRO prioritizes the sequence of how these procedures are implemented. He determines that securing RCP takes precedents over the normal practice of the BOP performing a symptoms check immediately following a reactor trip. | ||
OMP 1-18 Rev. 027, 3/AP/16 Rev. 18 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: AP/29 is plausible if candidate does not recognize that an immediate RCP trip is required. AP/29 is normally the AP used to rapidly reduce power. | ||
NONE Learning Objective: | B. Incorrect: This would be correct if the immediate trip criteria is not met. | ||
EAP-EOP Obj. R7, R20, EAP-APG Obj. R9 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam | C. Correct: SRO must immediately recognize that conditions require the immediate tripping of the Reactor and then the RCP per AP/16. Once tripped EOP IMAs will be directed. After IMAs are directed the SRO will then direct the BOP to trip the RCP per AP/16 (still in progress) while the OATC is performing IMAs. | ||
Added "Reactor Power = 100% stable" to current conditions. | D. Incorrect: This routing is plausible as it is the normal sequence following a reactor trip. | ||
Discuss SRO knowledge. | Technical Reference(s): OMP 1-18 Rev. 027, 3/AP/16 Rev. 18 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: EAP-EOP Obj. R7, R20, EAP-APG Obj. R9 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __ | ||
II MB OK 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 87 Unit 1 plant conditions: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified "0" for improved plausibility. Added "Reactor Power = 100% stable" to current conditions. Discuss SRO knowledge. II MB OK | ||
* Dateffime | |||
= 12-2 / 2100 | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 87 Unit 1 plant conditions: | ||
* Dateffime = 12-2 / 2100 | |||
* RCS Loops "dropped" | * RCS Loops "dropped" | ||
* | * 1A LPI pump operating | ||
* SR 3.4.8.1 is discovered to have NOT been performed since 12-1 / 2100 | * SR 3.4.8.1 is discovered to have NOT been performed since 12-1 / 2100 | ||
* SR 3.4.8.1 cannot be performed Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following states the time that the operating DHR loop shall be declared inoperable due to not meeting surveillance requirements per Tech Spec 3.4.8 (RCS Loops -MODE 5, Loops Not Filled) including any applicable extensions? | * SR 3.4.8.1 cannot be performed Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following states the time that the operating DHR loop shall be declared inoperable due to not meeting surveillance requirements per Tech Spec 3.4.8 (RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Not Filled) including any applicable extensions? | ||
REFERENCE PROVIDED Declare the operating DHR loop inoperable at. .. A. 2100 on 12-2. B. 1200 on 12-2. C. 0900 on 12-3. D. 2100 on 12-3. | REFERENCE PROVIDED Declare the operating DHR loop inoperable at. .. | ||
Question 87 T2/G1-okm | A. 2100 on 12-2. | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of LPI Tech Specs as pertains to the DHR mode of operation SRO- | B. 1200 on 12-2. | ||
SR 3.0.3 is applicable due to discovery of missed surveillance. | C. 0900 on 12-3. | ||
SR 3.0.3 allows the greater of | D. 2100 on 12-3. | ||
Plausible if the. loop is declared inoperable immediately due to missing the surveillance. | |||
B. Incorrect: | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 87 T2/G1- okm 005G2.2.38, Residual Heat Removal System Knowledge of conditions and limitations in the facility license (3.6/4.5) | ||
SR 3.0.3 allows an additional | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of LPI Tech Specs as pertains to the DHR mode of operation SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the conditions and limitations in the facility license (43.2) | ||
C. Incorrect: | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: SR 3.0.3 is applicable due to discovery of missed surveillance. SR 3.0.3 allows the greater of 24 hours or the stated frequency (12 hours), whichever is greater, to complete the surveillance. Plausible if the. loop is declared inoperable immediately due to missing the surveillance. | ||
Time is from discovery | B. Incorrect: SR 3.0.3 allows an additional 12 hours as explained above. This answer is plausible if inoperable is declared at SR*1.25 (15 hrs) from last SR performance (ignores idea of "time of discovery"). | ||
+ additional | C. Incorrect: Time is from discovery + additional 12 hours (additional 24 hrs is allowed) | ||
+ additional | D. CORRECT: Time is from discovery + additional 24 hours or specified frequency (12 hours), whichever is greater. This answer uses 24 hrs, most allowed. | ||
TS 3.4.8, TS SR 3.0.3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Technical Reference(s): TS 3.4.8, TS SR 3.0.3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: TS 3.4.8 Learning Objective: ADM - TSS R5, R6 Question Source: B (ADM01 0501) | ||
TS 3.4.8 Learning Objective: | Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
ADM -TSS R5, R6 Question Source: B (ADM01 0501) Question History: Last NRC Exam | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Enhance liD" AA. III Replaced with a bank question IIII Modified stem for clarity MB OK III Modified the stem as follows for clarity and to ensure only one correct answer: added bullet "SR 3.4.8.1 cannot be performed" and to stem "include any applicable extensions" and to stem "LPI operating in normal DHR" to replace "1C LPI pump ... " to remove alignment conflicts. | ||
* MB OK "" Modified stem by deleting bullet for RCS temperature and modified DHR bullet to now state "1A LPI pump operating. | * MB OK "" Modified stem by deleting bullet for RCS temperature and modified DHR bullet to now state "1A LPI pump operating. Also added "due to not meeting surveillance requirements" to stem. MB OK | ||
Also added "due to not meeting surveillance requirements" to stem. MB OK 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 88 Unit 1 plant conditions: | |||
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 88 Unit 1 plant conditions: | |||
* EOP LOCA Cooldown tab in progress | * EOP LOCA Cooldown tab in progress | ||
* RC temperature | * RC temperature = 240°F slowly decreasing | ||
= 240°F slowly decreasing | |||
* RC pressure = 180 psig slowly decreasing | * RC pressure = 180 psig slowly decreasing | ||
* BWST level = 5.5 ft stable | * BWST level = 5.5 ft stable | ||
* Radiation Levels in the LPI pump rooms allow access Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the alignment for the in-progress cooldown to accomplish decay heat removal provided by the EOP? A. One LPI train in High Pressure Mode and one LPI train in ECCS alignment with suction from the RBES. B. One LPI train in series Mode and one LPI train in ECCS alignment with suction from the RBES. C. Both LPI trains in ECCS alignment with suction from the RBES. D. Both LPI trains in normal DHR alignment. | * Radiation Levels in the LPI pump rooms allow access Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the alignment for the in-progress cooldown to accomplish decay heat removal provided by the EOP? | ||
Question 88 T2/G1 -gcw | A. One LPI train in High Pressure Mode and one LPI train in ECCS alignment with suction from the RBES. | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of ECCS alignment during LOCA cooldown SRO- | B. One LPI train in series Mode and one LPI train in ECCS alignment with suction from the RBES. | ||
One train is aligned in the High Pressure Mode due to its better Cooling characteristics. | C. Both LPI trains in ECCS alignment with suction from the RBES. | ||
D. Incorrect: | D. Both LPI trains in normal DHR alignment. | ||
By procedure one train remains aligned to the RBES to provide for replacement of inventory lost out the break. Technical Reference(s): | |||
EOP LOCA Cooldown tab. Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 88 T2/G1 - gcw 006G2.1.20, Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS) | ||
NONE Learning Objective: | Ability to interpret and execute procedure steps. | ||
EAP-LCD Obj. R7 Question Source: Bank (EAP240701) | (3.8/4.0) | ||
Question History: Last NRC Exam ---'-- | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of ECCS alignment during LOCA cooldown SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Requires SRO knowledge EOP LOCA cooldown steps ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: The LOCA Cooldown section of the EOP will align one LPI train in the High Pressure Mode while leaving the other in its ECCS alignment with suction on the RBES. | ||
II Changed ReS temp to 240 degrees. MB OK 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 89 Unit 3 initial conditions: | B. Incorrect Series mode would require use of both LPI Coolers. By procedure one train remains aligned to the RBES to provide for replacement of water lost out of the break. | ||
C. Incorrect: One train is aligned in the High Pressure Mode due to its better Cooling characteristics. | |||
D. Incorrect: By procedure one train remains aligned to the RBES to provide for replacement of inventory lost out the break. | |||
Technical Reference(s): EOP LOCA Cooldown tab. | |||
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: EAP-LCD Obj. R7 Question Source: Bank (EAP240701) | |||
Question History: Last NRC Exam ---'--_ _ __ | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis New KA and new bank question. II Changed ReS temp to 240 degrees. MB OK | |||
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 89 Unit 3 initial conditions: | |||
* LOCA in progress | * LOCA in progress | ||
* RB Pressure = 16 psig increasing Current conditions: | * RB Pressure =16 psig increasing Current conditions: | ||
* BWST Level = 5 feet stable | * BWST Level = 5 feet stable | ||
* 3SA8/D11, BS "A" HEADER FLOW HIGH/LOW, actuated | * 3SA8/D11, BS "A" HEADER FLOW HIGH/LOW, actuated | ||
* 3A RBS Pump amps are oscillating | * 3A RBS Pump amps are oscillating | ||
* 3B Train RBS parameters are normal for the plant conditions Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the actions required by the Alarm Response Guide and the design basis for RBS? A. Allow 3A RBS Pump to run, throttle discharge valve (3BS-1), and vent the pump. RBS is necessary to maintain RB pressure and temperature within design values. B. Allow 3A RBS Pump to run, throttle discharge valve (3BS-1), and vent the pump. RBS is necessary to maintain RB pressure within design value. No design value exists for RB temperature. | * 3B Train RBS parameters are normal for the plant conditions Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the actions required by the Alarm Response Guide and the design basis for RBS? | ||
C. Secure the 3A RBS Pump. RBS is necessary to maintain RB pressure and temperature within design values. D. Secure the 3A RBS Pump. RBS is necessary to maintain RB pressure within design value. No design value exists for RB temperature. | A. Allow 3A RBS Pump to run, throttle discharge valve (3BS-1), and vent the pump. | ||
Question 89 T2/G1 -okm | RBS is necessary to maintain RB pressure and temperature within design values. | ||
Loss of containment spray pump suction when in recirculation mode, possibly caused by clogged sump screen, pump inlet high temperature exceeded cavitation, voiding, or sump level below cutoff (interlock) limit (3.6/3.9) | B. Allow 3A RBS Pump to run, throttle discharge valve (3BS-1), and vent the pump. | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of TS Bases in that the impact of losing a spray pump is still within the RB P-T design basis limits. Procedure usage to correct, control, or mitigate is covered by the Alarm Response Guide SRO- | RBS is necessary to maintain RB pressure within design value. No design value exists for RB temperature. | ||
Throttling is contrary to the guidance in the ARG. Plausible because throttling the discharge valve would be a method to raise suction pressure, which can be a cause of cavitation. | C. Secure the 3A RBS Pump. | ||
B. Incorrect. | RBS is necessary to maintain RB pressure and temperature within design values. | ||
According to TS Basis, a design value for RB Temperature exists. Throttling is contrary to the guidance in the ARG. Plausible because throttling the discharge valve would be a method to raise suction pressure, which can bea cause of cavitation. | D. Secure the 3A RBS Pump. | ||
Also plausible because ES actuation is triggered by containment pressure, not temperature. | RBS is necessary to maintain RB pressure within design value. No design value exists for RB temperature. | ||
C. Correct. CAUTION in the ARG states that RBS is to be secured if loss of suction is causing the low flow. Loss of suction is indicated by the oscillating amps in conjunction with the alarm. Tech Spec Bases states RB spray is required to keep post-accident pressure and temperature within design values. D. Incorrect. | |||
According to TS Bases, a design value for RB Temperature exists. Plausible because ES actuation is triggered by containment pressure, not temperature. | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 89 T2/G1 - okm 026A2.07, Containment Spray System (CSS) | ||
Technical Reference(s): | Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the CSS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Loss of containment spray pump suction when in recirculation mode, possibly caused by clogged sump screen, pump inlet high temperature exceeded cavitation, voiding, or sump level below cutoff (interlock) limit (3.6/3.9) | ||
OP/1/A16101/00S, ARG 1SA-OS/D-11 II TS 3.6.5, Reactor Building Spray and Cooling System, Bases Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of TS Bases in that the impact of losing a spray pump is still within the RB P-T design basis limits. Procedure usage to correct, control, or mitigate is covered by the Alarm Response Guide SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS 55.43(2) Facility operating limitations in the technical specifications and their bases ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect. Throttling is contrary to the guidance in the ARG. Plausible because throttling the discharge valve would be a method to raise suction pressure, which can be a cause of cavitation. | ||
NONE Learning Objective: | B. Incorrect. According to TS Basis, a design value for RB Temperature exists. | ||
PNS-RBS R11 Question Source: BANK Question History: Last NRC Exam: 2006 SRO Exam #34 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No changes. II Changed stem to read "the design basis for RBS". MB OK 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 90 Unit 1 initial conditions: | Throttling is contrary to the guidance in the ARG. Plausible because throttling the discharge valve would be a method to raise suction pressure, which can bea cause of cavitation. Also plausible because ES actuation is triggered by containment pressure, not temperature. | ||
* Reactor power = 100% Current conditions: | C. Correct. CAUTION in the ARG states that RBS is to be secured if loss of suction is causing the low flow. Loss of suction is indicated by the oscillating amps in conjunction with the alarm. Tech Spec Bases states RB spray is required to keep post-accident pressure and temperature within design values. | ||
D. Incorrect. According to TS Bases, a design value for RB Temperature exists. | |||
Plausible because ES actuation is triggered by containment pressure, not temperature. | |||
Technical Reference(s): OP/1/A16101/00S, ARG 1SA-OS/D-11 II TS 3.6.5, Reactor Building Spray and Cooling System, Bases Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: PNS-RBS R11 Question Source: BANK Question History: Last NRC Exam: 2006 SRO Exam #34 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No changes. II Changed stem to read "the design basis for RBS". MB OK | |||
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 90 Unit 1 initial conditions: | |||
* Reactor power = 100% | |||
Current conditions: | |||
* Main Turbine trips | * Main Turbine trips | ||
* | * 1FDW-35 (1A FDW Control Valve) fails OPEN | ||
* Statalarm | * Statalarm 1SA-2/B-9 (MS Stm Gen A Level High/Emerg Low) actuates | ||
* | * 1A SG level = 98% OR increasing | ||
* | * 1B SG level = 53 inches XSUR decreasing Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the required action in accordance with the EOP Subsequent Actions and the bases for the SLC limit on SG Level? | ||
Failure of feedwater regulating valves (3.1/3.4) | A. Take manual control 1FDW-35 and reduce 1A SG level I ensure overcooling event due to steam generator overfill will not lead to pressurized thermal shock of the reactor vessel. | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires a prediction of the impact of a failed FW Regulating valve and the appropriate procedure actions to address the impact. SRO- | B. Take manual control 1FDW-35 and reduce 1A SG level I ensure containment pressure remains within the maximum design limits assumed in the accident analysis for a MSLB | ||
First part is incorrect. | : c. Trip both Main FDW Pumps and stop steaming 1A SG I ensure overcooling event due to steam generator overfill will not lead to pressurized thermal shock of the reactor vessel. | ||
Plausible as EOP directs manual control of FDW if level is not being properly controlled, however with the levels given the Main FDW Pumps would both be tripped and manual control of | D. Trip both Main FDW Pumps and stop steaming 1A SG I ensure containment pressure remains within the maximum design limits assumed in the accident analysis for a MSLB | ||
Second part is correct. B. Incorrect: | |||
First part is incorrect as noted above. Second part is incorrect. | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 90 T2/G1 - jmb 059A2.12, Main Feedwater System Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the MFW; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Failure of feedwater regulating valves (3.1/3.4) | ||
Plausible as limiting SG inventory would limit energy addition to containment following a MSLB however it is not the limiting event for containment pressure post accident. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires a prediction of the impact of a failed FW Regulating valve and the appropriate procedure actions to address the impact. | ||
This is also the purpose of AFIS. C. Correct: EOP SAs directs both Main FDW Pumps to be tripped (they should be automatically tripped at 96% OR level) and stop steaming the affected SG (1A). The second part is correct per SLC 16.7.5 the overfill protection circuit (High Level MFPT Trip) will "assure that an overcooling event due to steam generator overfill will not lead to pressurized thermal shock of the reactor vessel." D. Incorrect: | SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of facility operating limitations in the technical specifications (SLC) and their bases. (43.2) | ||
First part is correct. Second part is incorrect. | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible as EOP directs manual control of FDW if level is not being properly controlled, however with the levels given the Main FDW Pumps would both be tripped and manual control of 1FDW-35 would be inappropriate. Second part is correct. | ||
Plausible as limiting SG inventory would limit energy addition to containment following a MSLB however it is not the limiting event for containment pressure post accident. | B. Incorrect: First part is incorrect as noted above. Second part is incorrect. Plausible as limiting SG inventory would limit energy addition to containment following a MSLB however it is not the limiting event for containment pressure post accident. This is also the purpose of AFIS. | ||
This is also the purpose of AFIS. Technical Reference(s): | C. Correct: EOP SAs directs both Main FDW Pumps to be tripped (they should be automatically tripped at 96% OR level) and stop steaming the affected SG (1A). | ||
1SA-2/B-9 Rev 24, EOP SA Tab. Rev 36 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | The second part is correct per SLC 16.7.5 the overfill protection circuit (High Level MFPT Trip) will "assure that an overcooling event due to steam generator overfill will not lead to pressurized thermal shock of the reactor vessel." | ||
None Learning Objective: | D. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is incorrect. Plausible as limiting SG inventory would limit energy addition to containment following a MSLB however it is not the limiting event for containment pressure post accident. This is also the purpose of AFIS. | ||
EAP-SA Obj R4 & R5, ADM-TSS Obj R5 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam | Technical Reference(s): 1SA-2/B-9 Rev 24, EOP SA Tab. Rev 36 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP-SA Obj R4 & R5, ADM-TSS Obj R5 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
* MB OK 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 91 Unit 1 plant conditions: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added SLC to stem for clarity. II Underlined "SLC Limit" MB OK III Moved underline to SG Level and added procedural name of 1FDW-35 (1 A FDW Control Valve) | ||
* MB OK | |||
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 91 Unit 1 plant conditions: | |||
* Station Blackout occurred approximately one hour ago | * Station Blackout occurred approximately one hour ago | ||
* Power has NOT been restored | * Power has NOT been restored | ||
* SSF is activated per AP/25 (SSF EOP) SSF Control Room indications: | * SSF is activated per AP/25 (SSF EOP) | ||
* Both Loop's Tc: | SSF Control Room indications: | ||
* Both Loop's Th: | * Both Loop's Tc: 555°F slowly decreasing | ||
* CETCs: | * Both Loop's Th: 570°F slowly decreasing | ||
* RCS Pressure: | * CETCs: 570°F slowly decreasing | ||
* Pzr level: | * RCS Pressure: 2170 psig slowly increasing | ||
* RC M/U Flow: | * Pzr level: 250 inches slowly increasing | ||
* Unit 1 Total ASW flow: | * RC M/U Flow: 28.3 gpm | ||
* | * Unit 1 Total ASW flow: 175 gpm | ||
* 1B SG Level | * 1A SG Level: 200 inches slowly increasing | ||
* Pzr Heaters Group B & C | * 1B SG Level 200 inches slowly increasing | ||
* Pzr Heaters Group B & C ON Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes actions directed by AP/25 and the design bases of the SSF? | |||
A. Establish letdown and cycle Pzr Heaters I provide an alternate and independent means to achieve and maintain MODE 3 with an average RC temperature 2': 525°F for all three units for a minimum of 72 hours B. Establish letdown and cycle Pzr Heaters I provide an alternate and independent means to cooldown the plant from MODE 3 to placing Decay Heat in service for all three units within 72 hours C. Reduce ASW flow and RC M/U Flow I provide an alternate and independent means to achieve and maintain MODE 3 with an average RC temperature 2': 525°F for all three units for a minimum of 72 hours D. Reduce ASW flow and RC M/U Flow I provide an alternate and independent means to cooldown the plant from MODE 3 to placing Decay Heat in service for all three units within 72 hours | |||
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 91 T2/G2 - jmb 016G2.1.30, Non-Nuclear Instrumentation System (NNIS) | |||
Ability to locate and operate components, including local controls. | |||
(4.4/4.0) | (4.4/4.0) | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to use non-nuclear instrumentation to determine plant status and determine/operate local (SSF) controls as required SRO- | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to use non-nuclear instrumentation to determine plant status and determine/operate local (SSF) controls as required SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of facility operating limitations in the technical specifications and their bases. | ||
Actions given are correct. Design purpose of the SSF is incorrect. | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Conditions given require RCS inventory control to be established by restoring Letdown and pressure increase to be halted by turning OFF Pzr heaters. SSF Facility is designed to provide an alternate and independent means to achieve and maintain MODE 3 with an average RC temperature ~ | ||
525°F for all three units for a minimum of 72 hours following specific event that require control to be established outside of and isolated from the control room. | |||
B. Incorrect: Actions given are correct. Design purpose of the SSF is incorrect. | |||
Plausible as the initial conditions in the statement are correct however the cooldown to Decay Heat conditions is not desired until either control is restored to the control room and forced flow in the RCS is established. | Plausible as the initial conditions in the statement are correct however the cooldown to Decay Heat conditions is not desired until either control is restored to the control room and forced flow in the RCS is established. | ||
C. Incorrect: Action directed is incorrect. | C. Incorrect: Action directed is incorrect. Plausible as RCS Temp trend indicates a slight cooldown and reducing ASW flow would reduce the CD rate. Pzr level being high could be corrected by reducing RCMU flow however the directed action is to establish letdown. Purpose/bases statement is correct. | ||
Plausible as RCS Temp trend indicates a slight cooldown and reducing ASW flow would reduce the CD rate. Pzr level being high could be corrected by reducing RCMU flow however the directed action is to establish letdown. Purpose/bases statement is correct. D. Incorrect: Action directed is incorrect as noted above. Purpose/bases statement is incorrect as noted above. Technical Reference(s): | D. Incorrect: Action directed is incorrect as noted above. Purpose/bases statement is incorrect as noted above. | ||
AP/25 Rev 25 Encl. 5.1A, EAP-SSF TS Bases 3.10.1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Technical Reference(s): AP/25 Rev 25 Encl. 5.1A, EAP-SSF TS Bases 3.10.1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: EAP-SSF Obj. R10, ADM-TSS Obj. R5 Question Source: M (EAP204901) | ||
NONE Learning Objective: | Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
EAP-SSF Obj. R10, ADM-TSS Obj. R5 Question Source: M (EAP204901) | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No changes. II MB OK III Reworded in A and B "turned Pzr Heaters Off" to "cycle Pzr Heaters" for clarity | ||
Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
* MB OK. | * MB OK. | ||
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 92 Unit 1 initial conditions: | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 92 Unit 1 initial conditions: | ||
* Reactor power = 100% Current conditions: | * Reactor power =100% | ||
Current conditions: | |||
* Condenser vacuum = 6 inches Hg stable | * Condenser vacuum = 6 inches Hg stable | ||
* | * 1A SG Outlet pressure = 985 psig stable | ||
* | * 1B SG Outlet pressure = 982 psig stable | ||
* One Main Steam (MS) Relief valve is open Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the method used to control Main Steam header pressure in accordance with the EOP Subsequent Actions and the bases for the minimum RCS temperature allowed during this process? A. Adjust the Turbine Header setpoint to reduce MS pressure until the valve reseats Ensure shutdown margin is maintained provided all safety and regulating control rods are fully inserted. | * One Main Steam (MS) Relief valve is open Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the method used to control Main Steam header pressure in accordance with the EOP Subsequent Actions and the bases for the minimum RCS temperature allowed during this process? | ||
A. Adjust the Turbine Header setpoint to reduce MS pressure until the valve reseats Ensure shutdown margin is maintained provided all safety and regulating control rods are fully inserted. | |||
B. Adjust the Turbine Header setpoint to reduce MS pressure until the valve reseats Ensure shutdown margin is maintained provided BWST suction to the HPI pumps is aligned C. Use Atmospheric Dump Valves to reduce MS pressure until the valve reseats Ensure shutdown margin is maintained provided all safety and regulating control rods are fully inserted. | B. Adjust the Turbine Header setpoint to reduce MS pressure until the valve reseats Ensure shutdown margin is maintained provided BWST suction to the HPI pumps is aligned C. Use Atmospheric Dump Valves to reduce MS pressure until the valve reseats Ensure shutdown margin is maintained provided all safety and regulating control rods are fully inserted. | ||
D. Use Atmospheric Dump Valves to reduce MS pressure until the valve reseats Ensure shutdown margin is maintained provided BWST suction to the HPI pumps is aligned 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 92 T2/G2 -new KIA 055G2.2.44, Condenser Air Removal Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of a system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions (4.2/4.4) | D. Use Atmospheric Dump Valves to reduce MS pressure until the valve reseats Ensure shutdown margin is maintained provided BWST suction to the HPI pumps is aligned | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the requirements for low condenser vacuum with a stuck MSRV SRO* | |||
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 92 T2/G2 - new KIA 055G2.2.44, Condenser Air Removal Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of a system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions (4.2/4.4) | ||
First part is incorrect. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the requirements for low condenser vacuum with a stuck MSRV SRO*ONLY ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the Facility Emergency Operating Procedure to prevent loss of SDM due to low RCS temperature. | ||
Plausible because this would be correct if vacuum were> 7 inches Hg. Second part is correct. B. Incorrect: | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible because this would be correct if vacuum were> 7 inches Hg. Second part is correct. | ||
First part is incorrect. | B. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible because this would be correct if vacuum were> 7 inches Hg. Second part is incorrect but plausible because 525°F is the error corrected minimum temperature for criticality. Basis is plausible as is the reason BWST is aligned to HPI during a SGTR. | ||
Plausible because this would be correct if vacuum were> 7 inches Hg. Second part is incorrect but plausible because 525°F is the error corrected minimum temperature for criticality. | C. Correct: Because vacuum is < 6 inches Hg the ADVs will be used to lower MS pressure and reset the MSRV. The lowest allowed RCS temperature during this evolution is 532°F. Basis for 532 0 to ensure shutdown margin is maintained with all rods inserted. | ||
Basis is plausible as is the reason BWST is aligned to HPI during a SGTR. C. Correct: Because vacuum is < 6 inches Hg the ADVs will be used to lower MS pressure and reset the MSRV. The lowest allowed RCS temperature during this evolution is 532°F. Basis for 532 0 to ensure shutdown margin is maintained with all rods inserted. | D. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is incorrect but plausible because 525°F is the error corrected minimum temperature for criticality. Basis is plausible as is the reason BWST is aligned to HPI during a SGTR. | ||
D. Incorrect: | Technical Reference(s): EOP Rev 36, SA Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP*SA T1 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
First part is correct. Second part is incorrect but plausible because 525°F is the error corrected minimum temperature for criticality. | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added basis information to answers. Corrected typos. II Added "condenser" to stem. Removed temperatures from answers and reworded stem. MB OK | ||
Basis is plausible as is the reason BWST is aligned to HPI during a SGTR. Technical Reference(s): | |||
EOP Rev 36, SA Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 93 Unit 1 initial conditions: | ||
None Learning Objective: | * Reactor power =100% | ||
EAP*SA T1 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam | * 1A GWD tank release in progress Current conditions: | ||
* Reactor power = 100% | * Loss of power to RM-80 skid of 1RIA-45 (Norm Vent Gas) | ||
* | |||
* Loss of power to RM-80 skid of | |||
* 1SA8/B-9 RM PROCESS MONITOR RADIATION HIGH in alarm | * 1SA8/B-9 RM PROCESS MONITOR RADIATION HIGH in alarm | ||
* | * 1SA8/B-1 0 RM PROCESS MONITOR FAULT in alarm Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following states the action required per the Alarm Response Guideline and the SLC bases for the determination of the setpoints for the RIA alarms for this release? | ||
Power failure to the ARM and PRM Systems (2.5/2.6) | A. Manually close 1GWD-4 Setpoints ensure that releases are within the limits of 10CFR20 B. Manually close 1GWD-4 Setpoints ensure that resulting 1 hour dose at the Exclusion Area boundary will not exceed 10CFR100 limits C. Verify 1GWD-4 has automatically closed Setpoints ensure that releases are within the limits of 10CFR20 D. Verify 1GWD-4 has automatically closed Setpoints ensure that resulting 1 hour dose at the Exclusion Area boundary will not exceed 10CFR100 limits | ||
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 93 T2/G2 071A2.05, Waste Gas Disposal System (WGDS) | |||
Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the Waste Gas Disposal System; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Power failure to the ARM and PRM Systems (2.5/2.6) | |||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to predict the response of the GWD release valve to a loss of power to the station vent RIA and determine the action required by the alarm response procedure. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to predict the response of the GWD release valve to a loss of power to the station vent RIA and determine the action required by the alarm response procedure. | ||
SRO- | SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the SLC bases used in determining the alarm setpoints used during radioactive releases. (43.2) | ||
(43.2) ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: 1RIA-45 does not automatically terminate GWD releases. It does monitor the release via the station vent stack the required action in the ARG and AP/18 is to stop releases in progress. The bases for the setpoints in SLC 16.11.3 is to ensure that average annual releases of radioactive material in effluents will be small percentages of the limits specified in IOCFR20. | ||
It does monitor the release via the station vent stack the required action in the ARG and AP/18 is to stop releases in progress. | B. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is incorrect and plausible as it is based on the 2 hour limit used in establishing RCS Activity Tech Spec limits for dose at the Site Boundary. | ||
The bases for the setpoints in SLC 16.11.3 is to ensure that average annual releases of radioactive material in effluents will be small percentages of the limits specified in IOCFR20. B. Incorrect: | C. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible because an alarm/failure of the release RIAs (RIA-37 or 38) will automatically close 1GWD-4. Second part is correct. | ||
First part is correct. Second part is incorrect and plausible as it is based on the 2 hour limit used in establishing RCS Activity Tech Spec limits for dose at the Site Boundary. | D. Incorrect: Both parts are incorrect and plausible as noted above in B. | ||
C. Incorrect: | Technical Reference(s): 1SA8/B-9, 1SA8/B-1 0, SLC 16.11.3 & 16.11.2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: RAD-RIA (R2 & 15), ADM-TSS Obj R5 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
First part is incorrect. | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added SLC to stem. Add info to uB" AA. II MB OK III Simplified second part of all answers for clarity. | ||
Plausible because an alarm/failure of the release RIAs (RIA-37 or 38) will automatically close | * MB OK | ||
Both parts are incorrect and plausible as noted above in B. Technical Reference(s): | |||
1SA8/B-9, | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 94 Plant conditions: | ||
None Learning Objective: | |||
RAD-RIA (R2 & 15), ADM-TSS Obj R5 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
* MB OK 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 94 Plant conditions: | |||
* The work list for night shift has detailed instructions (not contained in a specific procedure) for stroking a valve to flush a hot spot from down stream piping | * The work list for night shift has detailed instructions (not contained in a specific procedure) for stroking a valve to flush a hot spot from down stream piping | ||
* Each step has a signoff blank provided Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following is correct per OMP 1-23 (Operations Worklist Process)? | * Each step has a signoff blank provided Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following is correct per OMP 1-23 (Operations Worklist Process)? | ||
A. Perform the task using the provided signoff steps after verifying the worklist was signed by a qualified preparer and reviewer. | A. Perform the task using the provided signoff steps after verifying the worklist was signed by a qualified preparer and reviewer. | ||
B. Perform the task using the provided signoff steps after face to face communications with the Unit Coordinator confirms the intent and potential consequences of the task. C. Do NOT perform the worklist task because the worklist cannot take the place of an approved procedure. | B. Perform the task using the provided signoff steps after face to face communications with the Unit Coordinator confirms the intent and potential consequences of the task. | ||
C. Do NOT perform the worklist task because the worklist cannot take the place of an approved procedure. | |||
D. Do NOT perform the worklist task unless the OSM gives approval to use the provided instructions. | D. Do NOT perform the worklist task unless the OSM gives approval to use the provided instructions. | ||
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 94 T3 -New KIA G2.1.15, Conduct of Operations Knowledge of administrative requirements for temporary management directives, such as standing orders, night orders, Operations memos, etc (2.7/3.4) | |||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of Operations Worklist Process SRO- | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 94 T3 - New KIA G2.1.15, Conduct of Operations Knowledge of administrative requirements for temporary management directives, such as standing orders, night orders, Operations memos, etc (2.7/3.4) | ||
Plausible in that an approved procedure uses a qualified preparer and reviewer. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of Operations Worklist Process SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Knowledge of SRO responsibilities in performing items on the worklist ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C | ||
B. Incorrect: | . A. Incorrect: Plausible in that an approved procedure uses a qualified preparer and reviewer. | ||
Plausible in that these actions are required when the worklist is given to the shift SRO. C. Correct: Per OMP 1-23 the worklist cannot take the place of an approved procedure. | B. Incorrect: Plausible in that these actions are required when the worklist is given to the shift SRO. | ||
D. Incorrect: | C. Correct: Per OMP 1-23 the worklist cannot take the place of an approved procedure. | ||
Plausible in that the OSM is the highest authority on shift. Technical Reference(s): | D. Incorrect: Plausible in that the OSM is the highest authority on shift. | ||
OMP 1-23 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Technical Reference(s): OMP 1-23 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: None Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam: _ _ _ _ __ | ||
None Learning Objective: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added "not contained in a specific procedure" to stem for clarity. II MB OK | ||
None Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam: | |||
* Oefueling in progress Withdrawing first fuel assembly | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 95 Unit 2 initial conditions: | ||
* FTC level = 22.0 feet stable | * Oefueling in progress | ||
~ Withdrawing first fuel assembly | |||
* FTC level =22.0 feet stable | |||
* No water additions are being made to the system | * No water additions are being made to the system | ||
* 2A LPI train is operable and in service | * 2A LPI train is operable and in service | ||
* 2B LPI train operable Current conditions: | * 2B LPI train operable Current conditions: | ||
* 2LP-18 failed closed | * 2LP-18 failed closed | ||
* Refueling SRO desires stopping the 2A LPI Pump to aid in inserting a fuel assembly Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes whether the 2A LPI pump may be stopped in accordance with OP/2/A/1502/007 (Operations Oefueling IRefueling Responsibilities) and the TS bases for operation of the pump? A. 2A LPI Pump may be stopped for up to 1 hour per 8 hour period. FTC level is within TS limits and provides adequate backup decay heat removal. B. 2A LPI Pump may be stopped for up to 1 hour per 8 hour period .. Spent Fuel Cooling system provides adequate backup decay heat removal. C. 2A LPI Pump may be NOT be stopped FTC level is below TS limits and cannot provide adequate backup decay heat removal. O. 2A LPI Pump may be NOT be stopped Spent Fuel Cooling system can NOT provide adequate backup decay heat removal. | * Refueling SRO desires stopping the 2A LPI Pump to aid in inserting a fuel assembly Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes whether the 2A LPI pump may be stopped in accordance with OP/2/A/1502/007 (Operations Oefueling IRefueling Responsibilities) and the TS bases for operation of the pump? | ||
A. 2A LPI Pump may be stopped for up to 1 hour per 8 hour period. | |||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of fuel handling procedures and requirements SRO- | FTC level is within TS limits and provides adequate backup decay heat removal. | ||
First part is correct. | B. 2A LPI Pump may be stopped for up to 1 hour per 8 hour period .. | ||
First part is incorrect but plausible if TS 3.9.5 criteria are misapplied to this situation. | Spent Fuel Cooling system provides adequate backup decay heat removal. | ||
TS3.9.5 (DHR and Coolant Circulation | C. 2A LPI Pump may be NOT be stopped FTC level is below TS limits and cannot provide adequate backup decay heat removal. | ||
-Low Water Level) requires 2 operable DHR loops with one loop in service (no time is allowed for a pump to be secured). | O. 2A LPI Pump may be NOT be stopped Spent Fuel Cooling system can NOT provide adequate backup decay heat removal. | ||
First part is incorrect but plausible if TS 3.9.5 criteria are misapplied to this situation. | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 95 T3 G2.1.42, Conduct of Operations Knowledge of new and spent fuel movement procedures (2.5/3.4) | ||
TS3.9.5 (DHR and Coolant Circulation | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of fuel handling procedures and requirements SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Requires knowledge offuel handling procedures (43.7), TS and Bases (43.2) | ||
-Low Water Level) requires 2 operable DHR loops with one loop in service (no time is allowed for a pump to be secured). | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. CORRECT: TS 3.9.4 (Refueling Ops- DHR and Coolant Circulation -High Water Level) is in effect as water level is ~ 21.34 ft. This condition requires only 1 DHR loop to be operable and in service since the water can provide adequate backup decay heat removal. TS and Refueling procedures allow the operating loop to be secured for up to 1 hour every 8 hours with adequate level. | ||
B. Incorrect: First part is correct. 2nd part is incorrect but plausible since Spent Fuel Cooling (SFC) helps to provide decay heat removal but is not the basis for allowing the pump to be secured for up to an hour. | |||
OP/O/Al1S06/001, OP/2/A11S02/007, TS 3.9.4, T5 3.9.S Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | C. Incorrect: First part is incorrect but plausible if TS 3.9.5 criteria are misapplied to this situation. TS3.9.5 (DHR and Coolant Circulation - Low Water Level) requires 2 operable DHR loops with one loop in service (no time is allowed for a pump to be secured). 2nd part is wrong but plausible in that it would be true if level was below the refueling level of 21.34 ft. | ||
None Learning Objective: | D. Incorrect: First part is incorrect but plausible if TS 3.9.5 criteria are misapplied to this situation. TS3.9.5 (DHR and Coolant Circulation - Low Water Level) requires 2 operable DHR loops with one loop in service (no time is allowed for a pump to be secured). 2nd part is incorrect but plausible since Spent Fuel Cooling (SFC) helps to provide decay heat removal but is not the basis for allowing the pump to be secured for up to an hour. | ||
FH-FH5 R21, R32 /I ADM-TS5 RS, R6 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam | Technical Reference(s): OP/O/Al1S06/001, OP/2/A11S02/007, TS 3.9.4, T5 3.9.S Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: FH-FH5 R21, R32 /I ADM-TS5 RS, R6 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
MB OK 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 96 Which ONE of the following may be used to operate the plant short-term until procedure changes are completed and what is the minimum level of approval required? | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Wrote new question to match KA and improve plausibility. MB OK | ||
A. Operations Guidelines (Ops Guides) I PORC B. Operations Guidelines (Ops Guides) I Superintendent of Operations C. Operational Decision Making Issue (ODMI) I PORC D. Operational Decision Making Issue (ODMI) I Superintendent of Operations | |||
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 96 Which ONE of the following may be used to operate the plant short-term until procedure changes are completed and what is the minimum level of approval required? | |||
A. Operations Guidelines (Ops Guides) I PORC B. Operations Guidelines (Ops Guides) I Superintendent of Operations C. Operational Decision Making Issue (ODMI) I PORC D. Operational Decision Making Issue (ODMI) I Superintendent of Operations | |||
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 96 T3 - okm G2.2.5, Equipment Control Knowledge of the process for making design or operating changes to the facility. | |||
(2.2/3.2) | (2.2/3.2) | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Knowledge of the process for short term operational changes to the facility. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Knowledge of the process for short term operational changes to the facility. | ||
SRO- | SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS SRO knowledge required to deviate from normal approved procedural requirements. | ||
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is incorrect. Plausible because PORC approval is required for justification for continued operations. | ||
First part is correct. Second part is incorrect. | |||
Plausible because PORC approval is required for justification for continued operations. | |||
B. CORRECT: Per OMP 4-06, ODMls, EM 4.11, Ops focus items shall not be used to operate the plant. The only document that can be used to operate the plant short term is an Ops Guide and Ops Guide containing such procedural guides must be approved by Superintendent of Operations. | B. CORRECT: Per OMP 4-06, ODMls, EM 4.11, Ops focus items shall not be used to operate the plant. The only document that can be used to operate the plant short term is an Ops Guide and Ops Guide containing such procedural guides must be approved by Superintendent of Operations. | ||
C. Incorrect: | C. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible because ODMls are used to provide additional information to the shifts. Second part is incorrect. Plausible because PORC approval is required for justification for continued operations. | ||
First part is incorrect. | D. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible because ODMls are used to provide additional information to the shifts. Second part is correct. | ||
Plausible because ODMls are used to provide additional information to the shifts. Second part is incorrect. | Technical Reference(s): OMP 4-06, Use of Operations Guidelines. | ||
Plausible because PORC approval is required for justification for continued operations. | Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: None Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
D. Incorrect: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Wrote new question to match KA and improve plausibility. II MB OK | ||
First part is incorrect. | |||
Plausible because ODMls are used to provide additional information to the shifts. Second part is correct. Technical Reference(s): | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 97 Unit 1 plant conditions: | ||
OMP 4-06, Use of Operations Guidelines. | |||
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | |||
None Learning Objective: | |||
None Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
II MB OK 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 97 Unit 1 plant conditions: | |||
* Startup in progress | * Startup in progress | ||
* Control rod group 1 = 100% withdrawn | * Control rod group 1 =100% withdrawn | ||
* Control rod group 2 = 100% withdrawn | * Control rod group 2 = 100% withdrawn | ||
* Control rod group 3 = 100% withdrawn | * Control rod group 3 =100% withdrawn | ||
* Control rod group 4 = 0 % withdrawn | * Control rod group 4 = 0 % withdrawn | ||
* TD EFDW pump is red tagged for maintenance Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the current operational MODE in accordance with OP/11 02/001 (Controlling Procedure For Unit Startup), and whether a change to the next higher Mode is allowed? A. Mode 2 No B. Mode 2 Yes C. Mode 3 No D. Mode 3 Yes 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 97 T3 -ja/JMB G2.2.35, Equipment Control Ability to determine Technical Specific-ation Mode of Operation (3.6/4.5) | * TD EFDW pump is red tagged for maintenance Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the current operational MODE in accordance with OP/11 02/001 (Controlling Procedure For Unit Startup), and whether a change to the next higher Mode is allowed? | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS KA requires determination of mode. Item addresses condition where mode is in process of being changed. SRO- | A. Mode 2 No B. Mode 2 Yes C. Mode 3 No D. Mode 3 Yes | ||
Mode 2 in not entered until CR Group 5 is withdrawn. | |||
Second part is correct. B. Incorrect, both parts are incorrect. | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 97 T3 - ja/JMB G2.2.35, Equipment Control Ability to determine Technical Specific-ation Mode of Operation (3.6/4.5) | ||
C. Correct, mode 2 is not entered until CR Group 5 is withdrawn. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS KA requires determination of mode. Item addresses condition where mode is in process of being changed. | ||
T.S. 3.0.4 does NOT allow a Mode change unless the applicable action statements for the next higher Mode allow continued operation without time limits. D. Incorrect, first part is correct. Second part is incorrect. | SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS 10CFR55.43(b) item 2 is met because the SRO must understand Technical Specification concerning RPS. | ||
Plausible because entry would be made if a mode change was made. Technical Reference(s): | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect, first part is incorrect. Mode 2 in not entered until CR Group 5 is withdrawn. Second part is correct. | ||
T5 1.0.1 Definition, TS 3.3.1, T5 3.0.4 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | B. Incorrect, both parts are incorrect. | ||
None Learning Objective: | C. Correct, mode 2 is not entered until CR Group 5 is withdrawn. T.S. 3.0.4 does NOT allow a Mode change unless the applicable action statements for the next higher Mode allow continued operation without time limits. | ||
CP-011 R37/38 Question Source: BANK Question History: Last NRC Exam ONS 2008 5RO Retest Q#97 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No change. Discuss mode changes with NRC. II Removed TS from stem and added procedure reference. | D. Incorrect, first part is correct. Second part is incorrect. Plausible because entry would be made if a mode change was made. | ||
Removed extra info from answers. MB OK III Modified stem to read "red tagged for maintenance" for clarity | Technical Reference(s): T5 1.0.1 Definition, TS 3.3.1, T5 3.0.4 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: CP-011 R37/38 Question Source: BANK Question History: Last NRC Exam ONS 2008 5RO Retest Q#97 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No change. Discuss mode changes with NRC. II Removed TS from stem and added procedure reference. Removed extra info from answers. MB OK III Modified stem to read "red tagged for maintenance" for clarity | ||
* MB OK 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 98 Unit 1 plant conditions Time | * MB OK | ||
* Reactor trip Time = 0300 | |||
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 98 Unit 1 plant conditions | |||
= | |||
Time 0210 | |||
* Reactor trip Time =0300 | |||
* Tc = 490°F | * Tc = 490°F | ||
* RCS Pressure = 650' psig | * RCS Pressure = 650' psig | ||
* DEI = 6 uCi/ml | * DEI = 6 uCi/ml | ||
* | * 1RIA-57 =45 Rlhr | ||
* | * 1RIA-58 =25 Rlhr Time =0330 | ||
* Tc = 482°F | * Tc = 482°F | ||
* RCS Pressure = 600 psig | * RCS Pressure = 600 psig | ||
* DEI = 287 uCi/ml | * DEI = 287 uCi/ml | ||
* | * 1RIA-57 =492 Rlhr | ||
* | * 1RIA-58 = 253 Rlhr Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the EAL classification at 0300 and 0330? | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of EAL classifications in regard to RIA alarms. SRO- | REFERENCE PROVIDED 0300 0330 A. Alert Site Area Emergency B. Alert General Emergency C. Unusual Event Site Area Emergency D. Unusual Event General Emergency | ||
First part is correct. An Alert is correct based on RIA-57/58. | |||
Second part is incorrect. | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 98 T3 - gcw G2.3.13, Radiation Control Knowledge of radiological safety procedures pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as response to radiation monitor alarms, containment entry requirements, fuel handling responsibilities, access to locked high-radiation areas, aligning filters, etc. | ||
Plausible if the student does not correctly interpret the time since shutdown or realize that the RIA readings apply to the Potential Loss of Containment Barriers column. B. Correct: 5 points for "1 RIA 57 or 58 reading 1.0 Rlhr". Indicated RIA-57/58 Reading 45/25 R/hr. Total of 5 points which is an Alert. Second part is a General Emergency due to RIA-57/58 increasing substantially. | (3.4/3.8) | ||
This gives points from all three areas. RCS barriers | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of EAL classifications in regard to RIA alarms. | ||
C. Incorrect: | SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS 43(5) Requires assessment of facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during normal, abnormal, and emergency situations ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: First part is correct. An Alert is correct based on RIA-57/58. Second part is incorrect. Plausible if the student does not correctly interpret the time since shutdown or realize that the RIA readings apply to the Potential Loss of Containment Barriers column. | ||
First part is incorrect. | B. Correct: 5 points for "1 RIA 57 or 58 reading ~ 1.0 Rlhr". Indicated RIA-57/58 Reading 45/25 R/hr. Total of 5 points which is an Alert. Second part is a General Emergency due to RIA-57/58 increasing substantially. This gives | ||
Plausible if candidate uses DEI = 6 uCilml (DEI> 5 is a UE) instead of RIA-57/58 readings. | = | ||
This would lead the candidate to start with Unusual Event. Second part is incorrect. | points from all three areas. RCS barriers 5 Fuel. Clad baJriers 5. = | ||
Same as answer 'A'. D. Incorrect: | = = | ||
First part is incorrect. | Containment barriers 1. Total 11. 11 points is a General Emergency. | ||
Same as answer 'C'. Second part is correct. Technical Reference(s): | C. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible if candidate uses DEI =6 uCilml (DEI> 5 is a UE) instead of RIA-57/58 readings. This would lead the candidate to start with Unusual Event. Second part is incorrect. Same as answer 'A'. | ||
RP/1000/001, Emergency Classification. | D. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Same as answer 'C'. Second part is correct. | ||
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | Technical Reference(s): RP/1000/001, Emergency Classification. | ||
RP/1 000/001, Emergency Classification. | Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: RP/1 000/001, Emergency Classification. | ||
Learning Objective: | Learning Objective: EAP-SEP R12 Question Source: Bank EAP191202 Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
EAP-SEP R12 Question Source: Bank EAP191202 Question History: Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Wrote new question to match KIA and improve plausibility. | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Wrote new question to match KIA and improve plausibility. II Changed C and D to Unusual Event to improve plausibility. MB OK II fixed plausibility statements. | ||
II Changed C and D to Unusual Event to improve plausibility. | |||
MB OK II fixed plausibility statements. | |||
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 99 Unit 1 initial conditions: | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 99 Unit 1 initial conditions: | ||
* Reactor power = 100% Current conditions: | * Reactor power = 100% | ||
Current conditions: | |||
* RCS pressure = 1136 psig slowly decreasing | * RCS pressure = 1136 psig slowly decreasing | ||
* Core SCM = OaF | * Core SCM = OaF | ||
* RB pressure = 11.6 psig slowly decreasing | * RB pressure = 11.6 psig slowly decreasing | ||
* 1A SG pressure = 1010 psig slowly decreasing | * 1A SG pressure = 1010 psig slowly decreasing | ||
* | * 1B SG pressure = 1008 psig slowly decreasing Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes whether Emergency Dose Limits are in affect and what is the maximum (TEDE) dose that an NEO can receive while performing a task outside of the control room without exceeding any applicable limits? | ||
A. Yes / 5 rem for performing Time Critical Tasks B. Yes / 25 rem for protecting property C. No / 2 rem for performing Time Critical Tasks D. No / 25 rem for lifesaving activities | |||
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 99 T3 - okm G2.3.4, Radiation Control Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under normal or emergency conditions. | |||
(3.2/3.7) | (3.2/3.7) | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of whether emergency dose limits are in effect and for what task they apply SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS The SRO as the procedure director evaluates facility conditions and determines if EDLs are in affect. ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. CORRECT: Plant conditions indicate a LOCA is occurring. | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of whether emergency dose limits are in effect and for what task they apply SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS The SRO as the procedure director evaluates facility conditions and determines if EDLs are in affect. | ||
This requires EDLs to be in effect. 5 rem is the maximum dose that could be received under EDLs for performing Time Critical Tasks. B. Incorrect: | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. CORRECT: Plant conditions indicate a LOCA is occurring. This requires EDLs to be in effect. 5 rem is the maximum dose that could be received under EDLs for performing Time Critical Tasks. | ||
First part is correct. Second part is incorrect. | B. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is incorrect. Plausible because 25 rem is the limit for lifesaving activities. | ||
Plausible because 25 rem is the limit for lifesaving activities. | C. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible if they misdiagnose a MSLB. Second part is incorrect. Plausible in that 2 rem is the normal administrative limit. | ||
C. Incorrect: | D. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible if they misdiagnose a MSLB. Second part is incorrect. Plausible because 10 rem is the maximum allowed dose for protecting property. 25 rem is the limit for lifesaving activities. | ||
First part is incorrect. | Technical Reference(s): | ||
Plausible if they misdiagnose a MSLB. Second part is incorrect. | Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: EAP-TCA R Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
Plausible in that 2 rem is the normal administrative limit. D. Incorrect: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Changed D to 25 rem per NRC comment. II MB OK | ||
First part is incorrect. | |||
Plausible if they misdiagnose a MSLB. Second part is incorrect. | 2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 100 Unit 3 plant conditions: | ||
Plausible because 10 rem is the maximum allowed dose for protecting property. | |||
25 rem is the limit for lifesaving activities. | |||
Technical Reference(s): Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | |||
NONE Learning Objective: | |||
EAP-TCA R Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
* Control room staffing at minimum | * Control room staffing at minimum | ||
* No other SROs or the OSM are available | * No other SROs or the OSM are available | ||
* Time is not available for a procedure change | * Time is not available for a procedure change | ||
* An abnormal procedure (AP) is in progress Based on the above conditions and per OMP 1-18 (Implementation Standard During Abnormal and Emergency Events), which ONE of the following conditions allows taking actions outside of the AP and the minimum level of approval required? | * An abnormal procedure (AP) is in progress Based on the above conditions and per OMP 1-18 (Implementation Standard During Abnormal and Emergency Events), which ONE of the following conditions allows taking actions outside of the AP and the minimum level of approval required? | ||
Taking actions outside of the AP is allowed if a procedure step | Taking actions outside of the AP is allowed if a procedure step _ _ _ . This would require a minimum level of approval of _ __ | ||
/ Plan Knowledge of abnormal condition procedures. | A. is incorrect lOne RO and CR SRO B. is incorrect I CR SRO only C. will result in unplanned TS entry lOne RO and CR SRO D. will result in unplanned TS entry I CR SRO only | ||
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 100 T3 - gcw G2.4.11, Emergency Procedures / Plan Knowledge of abnormal condition procedures. | |||
(4.0/4.2) | (4.0/4.2) | ||
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of taking steps outside of abnormal condition procedures SRO- | KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of taking steps outside of abnormal condition procedures SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS (43.5) Requires assessment of facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during normal, abnormal, and emergency situations. | ||
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: | ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is incorrect. Plausible because it is the preferred method if the OSM is not available. | ||
First part is correct. Second part is incorrect. | B. CORRECT: A procedure step is incorrect is one the reasons allowed to deviate from the approved AP. Normally this requires OSM approval. In lieu of the OSM two SROs can approve the action. However if only the CR SRO is available then he/she alone can make the determination. | ||
Plausible because it is the preferred method if the OSM is not available. | C. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible because unplanned TS entry while performing an OP would require stopping the in progress procedure and getting a procedure change prior to continuing. Second part is incorrect. Plausible because it is the preferred method if the OSM is not available. | ||
B. CORRECT: A procedure step is incorrect is one the reasons allowed to deviate from the approved AP. Normally this requires OSM approval. | D. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible because unplanned TS entry while performing an OP would require stopping the in progress procedure and getting a procedure change prior to continuing. Second part is correct. | ||
In lieu of the OSM two SROs can approve the action. However if only the CR SRO is available then he/she alone can make the determination. | Technical Reference(s): OMP 1-18, Attachment G Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: ADM-OMP R10 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __ | ||
C. Incorrect: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified C and D distracters to improve plausibility. II Modified stem and distracters to improve plausibility. MB OK III Modified stem for clarity. | ||
First part is incorrect. | * MB OK | ||
Plausible because unplanned TS entry while performing an OP would require stopping the in progress procedure and getting a procedure change prior to continuing. | |||
Second part is incorrect. | SRO NRC Exam Attachments | ||
Plausible because it is the preferred method if the OSM is not available. | #76 Unit 1 EOP Encl. 5.18 | ||
D. Incorrect: | #87 TS 3.4.8 (RCS Loops - Mode 5, Loops Not Filled), all 2 pgs | ||
First part is incorrect. | #98 RP/1000/001 (Emergency Classification) all}} | ||
Plausible because unplanned TS entry while performing an OP would require stopping the in progress procedure and getting a procedure change prior to continuing. | |||
Second part is correct. Technical Reference(s): | |||
OMP 1-18, Attachment G Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: | |||
NONE Learning Objective: | |||
ADM-OMP R10 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam | |||
II Modified stem and distracters to improve plausibility. | |||
MB OK III Modified stem for clarity. | |||
* MB OK SRO NRC Exam Attachments | |||
#76 Unit 1 EOP Encl. 5.18 #87 TS 3.4.8 (RCS Loops -Mode 5, Loops Not Filled), all 2 pgs #98 RP/1000/001 (Emergency Classification) all}} |
Latest revision as of 04:03, 22 March 2020
ML091110272 | |
Person / Time | |
---|---|
Site: | Oconee ![]() |
Issue date: | 03/13/2009 |
From: | NRC/RGN-II |
To: | Duke Energy Corp |
References | |
50-269/09-301, 50-270/09-301, 50-287/09-301 50-269/09-301, 50-270/09-301, 50-287/09-301 | |
Download: ML091110272 (202) | |
Text
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 1 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Reactor power = 100%
Current conditions:
- Both Main FDWPs tripped
- Reactor power = 46% decreasing
- All Main Turbine Stop Valves are open
- The generator breakers are closed (PCB-20 & PCB-21)
Based on the current conditions, which ONE of the following would be the required initial operator actions?
A. Manually insert control rods and initiate Emergency Boration B. Manually insert control rods and ensure both channels of AMSAC have actuated C. Place both EHC pumps in pull-to-Iock and initiate Emergency Boration D. Place both EHC pumps in pull-to-Iock and ensure both channels of AMSAC have actuated
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 1 T1/G1 - jmb 007EA2.02, Reactor Trip Stabilization - Recovery Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to a Reactor Trip:
Proper actions to be taken if the automatic safety functions have not taken place (4.3/4.6)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the actions directed in the EOP if the reactor fails to trip following a loss of Main Feedwater Pumps.
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Per Rule 1 A TWS manually insert rods and initiate emergency boration.
B. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is plausible as both Main Feedwater Pumps are tripped and should have actuated AMSAC which starts EFW pumps and trips the Main Turbine.
C. Incorrect: First part is incorrect and plausible in that if the turbine will not manually trip these actions will be taken during IMAs. Second part is correct.
D. Incorrect: 1st part is incorrect but plausible in that if the turbine will not manually trip these actions will be taken during IMAs. Second part is incorrect but plausible as both Main Feedwater Pumps are tripped and should have actuated AMSAC which starts EFW pumps and trips the Main Turbine.
Technical Reference(s): EP/1/A11800/001 Rev 36 EOP IMAs, UNPP Tab and Rule 1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP-IMA Obj. R4, EAP-UNPP Obj. R10 Question Source: M (EAP111 001)
Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified stem and answer choices to improve plausibility. II Added "initial" to stem for clarity. MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 2 Unit 2 initial conditions:
- Mode 3
- Startup in progress
- RCS temperature = 350°F stable
- =
RCS Pressure 1250 psig slowly decreasing
- Pressurizer Level = 292 inches stable
- Quench Tank Level = 84 inches increasing
- =
Quench Tank pressure 5 psig slowly increasing
- The PORV is leaking Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the expected PORV tail pipe temperature (OF) and is the Pressurizer level exceeding the TS limit?
A. 265 / no B. 265 / yes C. 228 / no D. 228 / yes
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 2 T1/G1 00BAG2.2.22, Pressurizer Vapor Space Accident Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.
(4.0/4.7)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of difference between indications of a PZR vapor space leak and spray flow and assess the impact of the reduced RCS pressure on DNBR (Reactor Core Safety Limit parameter)
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: Plausible in that the tail pipe temperature is correct; however wrong in that that the limit is exceeded (> 260inches). Plausible because 375" reactor trip.
B. Correct: Using Steam Tables/Mollier diagram determines the PORV tail pipe temperature for 20 psia to be -265°F at 1265 psia. TS limit for Pzr level is exceeded at > 260 inches C. Incorrect: Plausible; 22BoF based on Tsat for 20 psia from the steam tables ignoring the constant enthalpy throttling process. Also, wrong in that the Pzr level TS limit is exceeded (> 260inches)
D. Incorrect: Plausible; 22BOF based on Tsat for 20 psia from the steam tables ignoring the constant enthalpy throttling process. Second part is correct Technical Reference(s): PNS-PZR Rev 16a Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: PNS-PZR Obj R19, ADM-TSS Obj R1 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Wrote new question to match KIA and improve plausibility statements. MB OK 11/
Changed A and B for improved accuracy. Changed C and D to improve plausibility using Tsat for 5 psia
- MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 3 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Reactor power = 100%
Current conditions:
- 1A and 1B SG Levels at the LOSCM setpoint
- TBVs in AUTO and CLOSED Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following combinations of parameters describes the indications that boiler-condenser mode heat transfer has been established?
RCS primary water level is _ _ _ / SG Pressures will _ __
A. below the SG secondary water level/increase until the TBV setpoint is reached B. below the SG secondary water level/decrease until SG pressure stabilizes at Tsat for the RCS temperature C. above the SG upper tube sheet / increase until the TBV setpoint is reached D. above the SG upper tube sheet / decrease until SG pressure stabilizes at Tsat for the RCS temperature
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 3 T1/G1 - okm 009EK1.01, Small Break LOCA Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the small break LOCA: Natural circulation and cooling, including reflux boiling (4.2/4.7)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the plant conditions required for boiler-condenser cooling (reflux boiling) during a SBLOCA ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Primary level must be established at some level below the SG secondary side level to allow condensation of primary side steam. When BCM is established SG pressure will increase due to the transfer of heat from the RCS to the SGs.
B. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is incorrect but plausible if it is assumed that not fully developed BCM heat transfer means that heat transfer is intermittently lost and restored. It is not lost. It is just not at its optimum capability so SG pressure will increase until TBVs open.
C. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Primary level is plausible in that level being above the upper tube sheet level exists when transitioning from sustained Two-Phase natural circulation flow towards BCM flow. Second part is correct.
D. Incorrect: First part is incorrect as described above. Second part is incorrect as described above.
Technical Reference(s): TA-AM1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: TA-AM1 Obj. R16 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Removed bolded assumptions and put in stem; LOSeM setpoint is a varying value. Added the word "secondary" to A and B 1/ MB OK /1/ Modified stem and second part of all answers to ensure only one correct answer. Enhanced plausibility statements.
- MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 4 Unit 1 conditions:
- RCS Pressure = 200 psig decreasing
=
- HPI Flow in 1B Header = 490 gpm Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the required operator actions to protect the HPI pumps?
A. Throttle HPI flows in BOTH 1A & 1B headers to <475 gpm per pump B. Throttle HPI flow in ONLY 1A header to <750 gpm C. Throttle HPI flows in BOTH 1A & 1B headers to <950 gpm combined D. Throttle HPI flow in ONLY 1B header to <475 gpm
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 4 T1/G1 - jmb 011 EK2.02, Large Break LOCA Knowledge of the interrelations between the Large Break LOCA and the following: Pumps (2.6/2.7)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of relationship between HPI pump status and flow to determine required HPI pump throttling criteria to ensure pump operation within limits and core cooling is maintained.
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect. Flow is acceptable in the A header due to 2 pumps operating aligned to the header. B Header flow requires throttling to <475 gpm per Rule 6. Plausible as the direction is correct if only one HPI pump is supplying the A header.
B. Incorrect. Plausible as this is the value of total flow in Rule 6 when operating HPI in piggyback mode with either only one LPI pump running or only one piggyback valve open.
C. Incorrect: Plausible as this is the value in Rule 6 if only HPI A & B operating with HP-409 open.
D. Correct: Flow is above 475 flow limit and throttling is required per Rule 6 Technical Reference(s): EP/1/A11800/001 Rev 36 (Rule 6), OMP 1-18 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: ADM-OMP Obj. R10, 52, EAP-LOSCM Obj R16 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis MB OK III Reworded stem and answers for clarity.
- MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 5 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Reactor power = 65%
- AP/16 (Abnormal RCP Operation) in progress
- RCP Temperatures:
1A1 Upper Guide 182°F Bearing Temp Radial Bearing 219°F Temp Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following is required per AP/16?
A. Manually trip the Reactor and stop ALL RCPs B. Manually trip the Reactor and stop RCPs 1A2 & 1B1 ONLY C. Stop RCP 1A2 ONLY and verify FDW re-ratios properly D. Stop RCP 1B1 ONLY and verify FDW re-ratios properly
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 5 T1/G1 - jmb 015AA2.02, Reactor Coolant Pump Malfunctions Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Reactor Coolant Pump Malfunctions (Loss of RC Flow): Abnormalities in RCP air vent flow paths and/or oil cooling system (2.8/3.0)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to determine impact of loss of LPSW on RCP bearing oil cooling temperatures and action required as a result of the loss ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: Plausible in that AP/24 (Loss of LPSW) directs tripping the reactor and then tripping all the RCPs. AP/24 is not in progress. Plausible if t is assumed that closing of LPSW-6 caused entry into AP/24.
B. CORRECT: AP/16 directs that if any RCP meets immediate trip criteria and less than 3 RCPs will be remain, then manually trip the Rx and immediately stop the affected RCPs only.
C. Incorrect: Plausible in that failure to recognize that 1B1 is also above trip criteria would result in this selection which is directed by AP/16. If only one RCP is tripped below 70% power Rx trip is not required and FDW reratio is verified.
D. Incorrect: Plausible in that failure to recognize that 1A2 is also above trip criteria would result in this selection which is directed by AP/16. If only one RCP is tripped below 70% power Rx trip is not required and FDW reratio is verified.
Technical Reference(s): AP/16 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAp*APG Obj. R9 Question Source: M (EAP210983)
Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added "and cannot be opened" to stem. Remove temp trend from stem. II MB OK III Changed to API16 from API24 due to conflicts in APs. Deleted "and cannot be opened" from initial conditions. B is now the correct answer and the AAs for A &
B have been corrected.
- MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 6 Unit 1 plant conditions:
Time = 0400
- Reactor power = 100%
- 1A HPI Pump operating
- 1B HPI Pump in AUTO Time = 0401
- RCS makeup flow erratic and low
- 1A HPI Pump amps cycling Time = 0405
- Operators just completed Step 3.3, for stopping all HPI pumps Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the pump used to restore RCS makeup and the suction source used as directed by AP/14?
A. 1B HPI pump / BWST B. 1B HPI pump / LOST C. 1C HPI Pump / BWST D. 1C HPI Pump / LOST
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 6 T1/G1 - jmb 022AA2.02, Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup: Charging pump problems (3.2/3.7)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to determine the preferred HPI pump used to restore RCS makeup following indication of a loss of suction to the operating HPI pump and the suction source used to restore the pump.
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: The 1B HPI pump is plausible as it is the standby pump and would be the next pump started if the 1A HPI pump had not lost suction. Since the 1A & 1B HPI share the same suction source, the 1B HPI pump would also loose its suction source. Second part is correct. The BWST is the correct water source since the normal suction source is lost.
B. Incorrect: First part is incorrect as described above. The second part is incorrect.
The water source is plausible as it is the normal source and would be selected if step 4.30 is misread or misinterpreted.
C. Correct: 1C HPI Pump is the preferred pump per step 4.27. The BWST is directed to be used as a suction source based on indication that the running HPI pump lost suction. (Step 4.30).
D. Incorrect: The first part is correct. The second part is incorrect. The water source is plausible as it is the normal source and would be selected if step 4.30 is misread or misinterpreted.
Technical Reference(s): AP/14 Rev. 16 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP-APG Obj R9 Question Source: M (EAP21 0922)
Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified stem to "0perators just completed Step 3.3, for stopping all HPI pumps" MB OK 11/ Modified stem added two bullets for clarity and enhanced plausibility statements.
- MB* OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 7 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Normal LPI decay heat removal in service Current conditions:
- Loss of offsite power occurs
- Power restored via CT-4
- 1A and 1B LPI Pumps not available Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the requirements to start the 1C LPI Pump to restore decay heat removal?
Manual reset of Load Shed is _ _ _ _ and starting of 1C LPI Pump is allowed after a minimum of seconds.
A. NOT required / 5 B. required / 5 C. NOT required / 30 D. required / 30
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 7 T1/G1 - jmb 025AK1.01, Loss of Residual Heat Removal System Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Loss of Residual Heat Removal System: Loss of RHRS during all modes of operation (3.9/4.3)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of actions required to restore core decay heat removal following a failure of the LPI/DHR Pumps ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Pushing the Control Room MFB monitor RESET pushbuttons is not required because the signal for the 1C LPI Pump is removed 5 seconds after the Load Shed actuated.
B. Incorrect: First part is incorrect but plausible because load shed reset is required for many other components (see pg 16 of EL-PSL). Second part is correct.
C. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is incorrect but plausible if confused with the Load Shed operation of X6 and X7 which automatically re-energize after 30 seconds.
D. Incorrect: First part is incorrect but plausible because reset is required for many other components. Second part is also incorrect but plausible if confused with the Load Shed operation of X6 and X7 which automatically re-energize after 30 seconds.
Technical Reference(s): NONE Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EL-PSL Obj. R6 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Wrote new question to match KIA. II MB OK III Modified stem to meet current operating procedures
- MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 8 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Reactor power = 100%
- NR RCS Pressure Channel "A" failed low
- NR RCS Pressure Channel "B" = 2155 psig stable
- NR RCS Pressure Channel "c" =2158 psig stable
- NR RCS Pressure Channel "D" = 2162 psig stable
- NR RCS Pressure Channel "E" = 2148 psig stable Current conditions:
- NR RCS Pressure Channel "E" failed low Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the impact on Pzr Heaters and the response of the unit over the next 30 minutes?
ASSUME NO OPERATOR ACTION All Pzr Heater controlled from the Unit 1 control room are ...
A. "ON" / Reactor will automatically trip B. "ON" / Reactor will NOT automatically trip C. NOT "ON" / Reactor will automatically trip D. NOT "ON" / Reactor will NOT automatically trip
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 8 T1/G1 - okm 027AK2.03, Pressurizer Pressure Control Malfunction Knowledge of the interrelations between the Pressurizer Pressure Control and the following: Controllers and Positioners (2.6/2.8)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of impact of RCS NR Pressure failure on automatic operation of the controllers for the Pzr heaters and PORV ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. CORRECT: Failure (low) of the controlling NR Pressure signal will energize the Pzr Heaters and prevent automatic operation of both the Spray Valve and the PORV. RCS pressure would continue to rise unchecked and the unit would trip on High RCS pressure B. Incorrect: First part is correct. 2 nd part is incorrect plausible if it is misconceived that RCS pressure would be reduced by Spray.
C. Incorrect: First part is incorrect but plausible if it is misconceived that Pzr heaters will fail "as is". Second part is correct but plausible if it is thought that without Pzr heaters coming on that RCS pressure will continue to decrease such that a Variable Low Pressure or Low Pressure trip could occur.
D. Incorrect: First part is incorrect but plausible if it is misconceived that Pzr heaters will fail "as is". Second part is correct but plausible if it is thought that without Pzr heaters coming on that RCS pressure will stay at normal values or at least at non-trip values.
Technical Reference(s): AP/44 Rev. 00 (Draft), AP/28 Rev; 14 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: IC-RCI Obj.R6, EAP-APG Obj R9, PNS-PZR Obj. R28, R36 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added "Reactor power = 100%". Deleted last bullet. Updated AA III Wrote new question - MB OK IIII Added time to stem to ensure a correct answer and modified stem and answers to clarify "C" Pzr heaters are not part of question.
- MBOK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 9 Unit 3 initial conditions:
- Reactor Power = 95% decreasing
- RCS Pressure = 2455 psig increasing
- Tavg = 598°F increasing
- Pressurizer level = 355 inches increasing Current conditions:
- Reactor Power = 4% decreasing
- RCS Pressure = 2735 psig (maximum reached) decreasing
- Tavg = 596°F decreasing
- Pressurizer level =365 inches decreasing Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes whether or not the RCS Pressure safety limit has been exceeded and the bases for the safety limit?
The TS RCS Pressure Safety Limit has _ _ _ _ . This Safety Limit _ _ __
A. been exceeded / ensures RCS pressure is maintained below 110% of design pressure to prevent RCS pressure boundary failure B. been exceeded / ensures that RCS pressure remains in the assumed range used in the analysis for reactivity accidents including slow rod withdrawal C. NOT been exceeded / ensures RCS pressure is maintained below 110% of design pressure to prevent RCS pressure boundary failure D. NOT been exceeded / ensures that RCS pressure remains in the assumed range used in the analysis for reactivity accidents including slow rod withdrawal
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 9 T1/G1 - jmb 029EG2.2.25, Anticipated Transient Without Scram (ATWS)
Knowledge of the bases in Technical Specifications for limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.
(3.2/4.2)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of RCS pressure status in relation to the RCS Pressure Safety Limit during an ATWS event and bases for safety limit ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: RCS pressure has not exceeded 2750 psig safety limit value. Second part is correct. .
B. Incorrect: RCS pressure has not exceeded 2750 psig safety limit value. Second part is incorrect. Plausible as the basis for the RPS high pressure trip set point.
C. Correct: RCS pressure given as maximum observed is below the safety limit value. The limit is based on ensuring that RCS integrity is maintained by assuring that RCS pressure is less than 110% of design pressure value of 2500 psig.
D. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is incorrect. Second part is incorrect.
Plausible as the basis for the RPS high pressure trip set point.
Technical Reference(s): Tech Spec 2.1.1.2 and Bases Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: ADM-TSS Obj 4 & 5 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified stem per suggestion. II MB OK III Added "TS" to RCS Pressure Safety Limit for clarity. Changed "observed" to reached in stem.
- MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 10 Unit 1 plant conditions:
- Reactor Power = 29% decreasing
- Primary to secondary leakage in 1A SG
- Pzr level = 160 inches decreasing
- ALL HPI Pumps running
& 1RIA-60 may be used to determine the SG Tube Leak Rate and what method will be used to shutdown per the EOP SGTR Tab?
1RIA-59 & 1RIA-60 _ _ to determine the SG Tube Leak Rate and the _ _
A. may be used / reactor is NOT required to be manually tripped B. may be used / reactor is required to be manually tripped C. may NOT be used / reactor is NOT required to be manually tripped D. may NOT be used I reactor is required to be manually tripped
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 10 T1/G1 - jmb 038EK3.06, Steam Generator Tube Rupture Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the SGTR: Actions contained in EOP for RCS water inventory balance, S/G tube rupture, and plant shutdown procedures (4.2/4.5)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the method used to determine RCS leak rate in the SGTR EOP and the meth.od of shutdown used and reason based on power level and leak rate, ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: 0 A. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible in that 1RIA-59 &-60(MS Line N-16 gamma detectors) are accurate above 40% power. Below 40% they provide a trend but can not be used to determine leakrate. Second part is incorrect. Plausible if the student fails to realize the SGTR tab directs tripping the reactor for this size leak or that the leak rate is exceeding HPI capacity.
B. Incorrect: First part is incorrect as described above. Second part is correct.
C. Incorrect: First part is correct as described below. Second part is incorrect as described above.
D. Correct: First part is correct. 1 RIA-59 &-60 (MS Line N-16 gamma detectors) are only accurate above 40% power. Below 40% they only provide a trend and can not be used to determine leakrate. Second part is correct. The SGTR tab requires the reactor be tripped when the leakrate is > HPI capacity.
Technical Reference(s): EAP-SGTR, EP/1/1800/01 SGTR Tab Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP-SGTR Obj R1, R2 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified the question to improve plausibility. Removed "inventory balance" from stem and added reason to better match KIA. II Added "required" to answers.
Added "control" A and C. Modified answers to trip or not trip. MB OK III Enhanced plausibility statements.
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 11 Unit 1 conditions:
- Reactor Tripped
- Main Turbine Control Valves are ALL closed
- Main Turbine Stop Valves 1 & 3 (1MS-105 & 103) are both open Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the action required (if any) and the reason action is (or is not) required?
A. No action is required / ALL Control Valves being closed isolates the Main Steam supply to the Main Turbine and prevents a post trip overcooling due to excessive steam flow.
B. No action is required / ALL Control Valves being closed isolates the Main Steam supply to the Main Turbine to prevent turbine damage from overspeeding following a generator trip from 100% power.
C. Place both EHC Pumps in PULL TO LOCK / ALL Stop Valves must be closed to ensure the Main Steam Lines are isolated from each other to prevent a main steam line break from affecting both SGs.
D. Place both EHC Pumps in PULL TO LOCK / ALL Stop Valves must be closed to ensure the steam chest delta T requirements are not exceeded.
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 11 T1/G1 040AK3.01, Steam Line Rupture Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Steam Line Rupture: Operation of steam line isolation valves (4.2/4.5)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the reason the Turbine Stop Valves are required to be closed following a ReactorlTurbine Trip Per discussion with NRC Lead Examiner - substituted Turbine Stop Valves (TSVs) for MSIVs and kept KIA. TSVs perform similar function of MSIVs for Steam Line Rupture.
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: Plausible as the control valves isolate steam flow to the turbine and would prevent a post trip overcooling from steam flow to the turbine.
B. Incorrect: Plausible as isolating the steam supply following a loss of load would minimize the possibility of exceeding turbine speed ratings that could lead to damage.
C. Correct: EOP IMA require the Turbine Stop Valves (TSVs) to be closed. The required action is to place the EHC Pumps in PTL. The TSVs serve as the isolation valves between the OTSGs in the RB and the Main Turbine. All four TSVs are needed. If for example a MSLB occurred, both S/Gs would discharge through the break by way of the steam chest. Once the TSVs closed, then the steam loss would be isolated to just the single affected steam generator I MS line.
D. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is incorrect. Plausible in that chest warming has a 125°F/hr Difference Limit between inner and outer steam chest metal that applies during chest warming.
Technical Reference(s): EP/1/1800/001 EOP IMAs, TS Bases 3.3.15 & 3.7.2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: STG-MT Obj. R3, EAP-IMA Obj. R5 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified Distractor "D" for improved plausibility. II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 12 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Reactor power = 100%
Current conditions:
- Station Blackout (power has NOT been restored)
- RCS Temperatures 2 minutes after trip
- Tc = 550°F
- Th = 556°F CETCs = 558°F
- SG Pressures = 1010 psig stable Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the response of the RCS heat removal parameters during the transition but prior to establishing natural circulation?
RCS Tcold CETCs A. Increasing Increasing B. Decreasing Stable C. Stable Increasing D. Decreasing Increasing
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 12 T1/G1 jmb 055EA 1.01, Station Blackout Ability to operate and monitor the following as they apply to a Station Blackout:
In-core thermocouple temperatures (3.7/3.9)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to determine the status of RCS heat removal based on the relationship between RCS Loop Temperatures and CETC temperature ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: Plausible in that CETCs will be increasing to develop the necessary ~ T, but incorrect in that Tc would be either stable or decreasing. Candidate could confuse this concept.
B. Incorrect: Tcold response is correct as it could be decreasing or held' constant by the SG PressurelTemp. CETC response would be correct if at low decay heat levels or natural circ had fully developed but neither of these is the situation here.
C. Correct: In the time period following the trip natural circulation conditions will be developing. Thot and CETC will be increasing with Tcold being held constant by SG pressures in order to build in an adequate thermal driving head to establish flow. After flow is established CETC & Thot will stabilize and eventually decrease as either decay heat level drops off or SG pressures are
'reduced.
D. Incorrect: Tcold response is correct as it could be decreasing or held constant by the SG PressurelTemp. CETC response would be correct if at low decay heat levels or natural circ had fully developed but neither of these is the situation here.
Technical Reference(s): TA-AM1 Rev OBc Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: TA-AM1 Obj R3
,Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Rewrote answers to improve plausibility. II Moved assumption to current conditions.. MB OK III Added "but prior to establishing" to stem for clarity and enhanced plausibility statements.
- MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 13 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- LBLOCA occurred 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> ago
- RCS Pressure =30 psig
- 1A & 1B LPI Pumps are running Current conditions:
- 1KVIA is de-energized
- 1SA-18/A-3 RVLlS/ICCM/RG1.97 Train A Trouble actuated Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the impact on the LPI system instrumentation and what alternate indication can be used to determine the status of the LPI pumps?
A. LPI HDR 1A INJ FLOW (gpm) is Blank I 1A LPI Pump amps and breaker indicating lights B. LPI HDR 1A INJ FLOW (gpm) is Blank I 1A LPI HDR flow computer point (OAC)
C. LPI HDR 1B INJ FLOW (gpm) is Blank I 1B LPI Pump amps and breaker indicating lights D. LPI HDR 1B INJ FLOW (gpm) is Blank I 1B LPI HDR flow computer point (OAC)
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 13 T1/G1 jmb 057AA 1.05, Loss of Vital AC Instrument Bus Ability to operate and I or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Vital AC Instrument Bus: Backup instrument indications (3.2/3.4)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to assess of LPI pump operating status and correlate pump flow to operating current (amps) and Cooler L1T following a loss of an instrument bus (KVIA).
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A Pg 48 of EL-CB describes 4160v Bkr control power as 125 VDC for pumps A. Correct: The loss of 1KVIA de-energizes Train A ICCM and results in LPI Train A Injection Flow dixon indicator failing. Pump amps and breaker indicating lights are not powered from ICCM and remain normal (approx 53-54 amps).
B. Incorrect: First part is correct as described above. Second part is plausible if assumption is made that the OAC is not dependent on ICCM.
C. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible as it is the indication lost if KVIB were de-energized. Failure to apply the correct train power supply would result in this selection. Second part is correct. This indication is available and is also not impacted by ICCM.*
D. Incorrect: First part is incorrect as described above. Second part is correct. This indication is available and is also not impacted by ICCM.
Technical Reference(s): OP/1/A11105/012, OP/1/A161 01/005, IC-RCI Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: IC-RCI Obj. R 43 & 59 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added support documentation of breaker control power sources. MB OK III Enhanced plausibility statements.
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 14 Plant conditions:
- Unit 1, 2, & 3 Vital DC systems are aligned normally
- 1CA Battery Charger fails - output voltage =0 VDC
- 1CA Battery voltage = 120 VDC
- 1DCB Bus voltage = 123 VDC
- Unit 2 DCA/DCB Bus voltage = 125 VDC
- Unit 3 DCA/DCB Bus voltage = 127 VDC Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following will supply power to 1DIA panelboard?
ASSUME NO OPERATOR ACTIONS A. 1CA Battery B. Unit 3 DC Bus C. 1DCB Bus D. Unit 2 DC Bus
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 14 T1/G10km 058AK1.01, Loss of DC Power Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Loss of DC Power: Battery charger equipment and instrumentation (2.8/3.1)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the operational implications of failed battery charger and the operational impact of the loss of a Vital DC Battery Charger and the response by the Vital DC system ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect. Unit 2 supplies power<to the alternate isolating diodes for 1DIA panelboard. The voltage from Unit 2 is higher than the 1CA battery voltage since Unit 2 is being supplied from the charger, so Unit 2 will supply power. Plausible if the student fails to realize unit 2 backs up unit 1 when its voltage is higher than unit 1 battery bus.
B. Incorrect. Unit 3's DC Bus is not connected to Unit 1. Plausible because unit 3 does backup unit 1 in the SSF power scheme. The student may get this confused.
C. Incorrect. For the Vital DC system, the 1DCB bus is not aligned to the 1DCA bus.
Plausible because 1DCB Bus is aligned to backup the essential inverters D. Correct, The voltage from Unit 2 is higher than the 1CA battery voltage since Unit 2 is being supplied from the charger, so Unit 2 will supply power.
Technical Reference(s): Lesson Plan EL-DCD Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EL-DCD R4 Question Source: B Question History: Last NRC Exam ONS 2006 RO Written#59 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Replaced question II MB OK III Enhanced plausibility statements.
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 15 Unit 3 initial conditions:
- Reactor power = 100%
Current conditions:
- LPSW header pressure = 20 psig increasing Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the status of statalarm 3SA-9/C3 (LPSW Low Press RB Aux Cooler Isolation) and if the RBACs isolate, how is LPSW flow restored?
A. Actuated / Automatically when LPSW pressure returns above setpoint B. Actuated / Manually after depressing LPSW LOW PRESS DIG CH 1 AND 2 pushbuttons C. Not Actuated / Automatically when LPSW pressure returns above setpoint D. Not Actuated / Manually after depressing LPSW LOW PRESS DIG CH 1 AND 2 pushbuttons
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 15 T1/G1 jmb 062AG2.4.46, Loss of Nuclear Service Water Ability to verify that the alarms are consistent with the plant conditions.
(4.2/4.2)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to evaluate alarm status based on plant conditions and determine status of LPSW to the RB Aux Coolers.
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: First part is correct. The alarm setpoint was reached at 23 psig decreasing and pressure must rise to> 23 psig in order for the S/A to automatically clear. Second part is incorrect. RBACs did isolate; however rising LPSW header pressure above 23 psig will not automatically restore flow to the RBACs. Plausible if the student fails to realize the RBCUs are not automatically restored.
B. CORRECT: Alarm status is correct; alarm setpoint was reached at 23 psig decreasing and pressure must rise> 23 psig in order for the S/A to automatically clear. RBACs did isolate and they must be manually restored to their normal OPEN/AUTO status after depressing both LPSW LOW PRESS DIG CH 1 AND 2 pushbuttons.
C. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Alarm setpoint was reached at 23 psig decreasing and pressure must rise to > 23 psig in order for the S/A to automatically clear.
Plausible if the student does not remember the alarm setpoint. Second part is incorrect as described above.
D. Incorrect: First part is incorrect as described above. Second part is correct as described above.
Technical Reference(s): Statalarm 3SA-9/C3 (LPSW Low Press RB Aux. Cooler Isolation)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: SSS-LPW Obj R13, PNS-RBC Obj. R14 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No changes II MB OK III Enhanced plausibility statements.
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 16 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Reactor power = 100%
- Instrument Air Pressure decreasing
- AP/22 (Loss of Instrument Air) initiated Current conditions:
- Instrument Air pressure = 61 psig decreasing
- FDW Pump ilP OAC alarms actuate
- 1A & 1B Main FDW Pump speeds are both increasing Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the actions required by AP/22?
A. Commence a plant shutdown. If at any time two or more CRD temperatures are
> 180°F, then trip the reactor.
B. Commence a plant shutdown. If at any time SG level approaches main FDW pump trip criteria, then trip the reactor.
C. Manually trip the reactor. Manually trip both main FDW pumps.
D. Manually trip the reactor. Take both FDW Masters to Hand and decrease demand to zero.
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 16 T1/G1- OKM 065AA1.05, Loss of Instrument Air Ability to operate and 1 or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Instrument Air: RPS (3.3/3.3)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Question tests knowledge of when to trip the reactor during a loss of IA event.
Therefore, the question tests knowledge of the ability to operate the RPS, via tripping reactor, when a loss of instrument air occurs.
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: Plausible in that a rapid unit shutdown is required; however the method directed is a manual Rx trip. Second part is plausible as it is the immediate trip criteria for loss of CC flow to the CRDMs during the loss of IA is valid.
B. Incorrect: Plausible in that a rapid unit shutdown is required; however the method directed is a manual Rx trip. Second part is plausible in that OMP 1-18 dictates a Manual Rx Trip and tripping of both MFWPS if any SG reaches >96% on the OR level.
C. Correct. AP/22 requires the reactor to be tripped when FDW is not controllable. The OAC alarm actuates at about 30 psig, well below the -65 psig where FDW valves can stop responding to control signals. Applicants need to know when the OAC alarm actuates. (See referenced SAEL and Step 4.3 of the AP) Therefore, the AP requires that the reactor be tripped and the MFDW pumps to be tripped.
D. Incorrect: AP/22 requires MFDW pumps to be tripped immediately after the reactor is manually due to loss of FDW controllability. Plausible in that the candidate could erroneously think that Feedwater control valves (and FDW demand) would still be controllable if taken to Hand on the ICS stations.
Technical Reference(s): AP/22 Rev 25 (Loss of Instrument Air), Lesson Plan SSS-lA, Instrument Air System, Rev. 18, Simulator Guide, SAE-L 035, Loss of Instrument Air, Rev. 9.
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: SSS-IA R44, R45, R53 Question Source: B Question History: Last NRC Exam ONS 2006 RO Exam Q#62 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis FDW flow cannot be controlled by procedure using FDW pumps speed control II MBOK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 17 Unit 3 plant conditions:
- A voltage disturbance is occurring
- AP/34 (Degrade Grid) initiated
- Power Factor is leading
- Generator Mwe = 800
- Generator Hydrogen pressure = 60 psig
- Generator output voltage = 18.3 kV Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following is the limit on MVARs in accordance with the Generator Capacity Curve?
REFERENCE PROVIDED A. 325 B. 375 C. 410 D. 550
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 17 T1/G1 - jmb 077AK1.03, GeneratorVoltage and Electric Grid Disturbances Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Generator Voltage and Electric Grid Disturbances: Under-excitation (3.3/3.4)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of operating characteristics associated with generator MWe and MVAR and the operational concern with operating in an under-excited condition. Also requires knowledge of the operation of the excitation system to correct the condition.
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: Plausible if the 45 psig H2 generator gas pressure line is followed on the curve instead of the 60 psig gas pressure line as stated.
B. Correct: Determines using the attached curve from AP/34 that the generator is under-excited and the maximum (-) MVARS limit is -375.
C. Incorrect: Plausible if the 45 psig H2 generator gas pressure line is followed on the lagging pf side of the curve instead of the 60 psig pressure line on the leading pf side as stated.
D. Incorrect: Plausible if erroneously applies a lagging power factor instead of leading pf with all other parameters as stated.
Technical Reference(s): AP/34, STG-015 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: AP/34, Encl. 5.1, Generator Capability Curve Learning Objective: STG-015 Obj R26, EAP-APG Obj R9 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or- Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added attachment from API34 II Modified stem to improve readability. MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 18 Unit 1 plant conditions:
- Loss of Heat Transfer exists due to the loss of ALL FDW sources
- HPI Forced Cooling in progress
- RCS pressure = 2210 psig slowly decreasing
- Pzr Level = 380 inches increasing
- Core SCM = 56°F increasing Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following correctly completes the statement below regarding HPI throttling and the parameter/trend used to determine if the criteria for HPI throttling is met?
HPI flow ____ be throttled because _ _ _ __
A. may NOT / RCS pressure is decreasing B. may NOT / CETCs are increasing C. may / Pzr Level is increasing D. may / CETCs are decreasing
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 18 T1/G1 - jmb BE04EK2.2, Inadequate Heat Transfer Knowledge of the interrelations between the (Inadequate Heat Transfer) and the following: Facility's heat removal systems, including primary coolant, emergency coolant, the decay heat removal systems, and relations between the proper operation of these systems to the operation of the facility.
(4.2/4.2)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of criteria for throttling HPI during HPI Forced Cooling based on the status of core cooling provided by HPI (CETC trend and Core SCM status)
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Criteria for throttling HPI during HPI cooling is based on Core SCM >0 and CETC decreasing. Plausible if slowly decreasing pressure is used as the basis for core SCM increasing.
B. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Criteria for throttling HPI during HPI cooling is based on Core SCM >0 and CETC decreasing. Plausible if correlation between increasing Core SCM and slowly decreasing pressure is not recognized as indication that CETC temperatures are decreasing.
C. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is incorrect but plausible in that Pzr level increasing is part of the HPI throttling criteria if NOT in HPI F/C.
D. Correct: Criteria for throttling HPI during HPI cooling is based on Core SCM >0 and CETC decreasing. Core SCM increasing with RCS pressure slowly decreasing indicates that CETC temperatures are decreasing.
Technical Reference(s): EP/1/1800/01 Rule 6 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP-HPI CD Obj. R3 Question Source: B (EAP140310)
Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified stem and C distractor to add plausibility II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 19 Unit 3 initial conditions:
- Reactor power = 100%
- SASS is in MANUAL
- ALL PZR level Channels =220 inches
- Pzr Level Channel 3 is selected Current conditions:
- PZR temperature channel "B" fails LOW Which ONE of the following describes how Standby Shutdown Facility (SSF) Pzr Level indication will be initially affected by the above temperature failure and how will 3HP-120 respond to the failure?
SSF Pzr Level indication will initially ____and 3HP-120 will _ _ __
A. decrease / be unaffected B. stay the same / be unaffected C. decrease / open D. stay the same / open
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 19 T1/G2 - okm 028AK2.02, Pressurizer Level Control Malfunction Knowledge of the interrelations between the Pressurizer Level Control Malfunctions and the following: Sensors and detectors (2.6/2.7)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to know the response of the plant to a malfunction in the Pzr Level Control circuit specifically Pzr level temperature compensation.
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible if SSF Pzr level is assumed to Temperature compensated from the affected channel. Second part incorrect and plausible if relationship between Pzr Temperature and ICCM Train is misapplied and the affect is assumed to be on level 1 and 2 which are associated with ICCM train "A".
B. Incorrect: First part is correct as described below. Second part is incorrect as noted above.
C. Incorrect: First part is plausible as noted in distracter A. Second part is correct as noted below.
D. Correct: The SSF PZR level indication is not temperature compensated and will not change. PZR temperature channel "B" feeds ICCM Train "B". PZR level 3 comes from ICCM Train "B". With a loss of temperature compensation the associated level indication will decrease. SASS is in manual so HP-120 will respond to the lower level indication and open.
Technical Reference(s): IC-RCI Rev 19, PNS-PZR Rev 16a Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: PNS-PZR Obj R14/15 & 31, IC-RCI Obj R13 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No changes. /I MB OK /1/ Enhanced plausibility statements.
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 20 Plant initial conditions:
- Unit 1 in MODE 6
- De-fuel in progress
- Unit 2 in MODE 5
- Unit 1 & 2 RB Purge Fans running
- 1RIA-3 (Fuel Transfer Canal Wall) = 1.4 mr/hr
- 1RIA-6 (Spent Fuel Pool) = 1.72 mr/hr Current conditions:
- 1RIA-3 (Fuel Transfer Canal Wall) = 1.5 mr/hr
- 1RIA-6 (Spent Fuel Pool) = 15.2 mr/hr Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes REQUIRED operator actions?
A. Stop Unit 1 RB Purge Fan and start a SFP Filtered exhaust fan.
B. Start ALL Outside Air Booster Fans and stop Unit 1 RB Purge Fan.
C. Stop Unit 2 RB Purge Fan and start a SFP Filtered exhaust fan.
D. Start ALL Outside Air Booster Fans and close ALL containment penetrations
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 20 T1/G2 - jmb 036AA2.02, Fuel Handling Incidents Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Fuel Handling Incidents: Occurrence of a fuel handling incident (3.4/4.1 )
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to determine the location of a fuel handling accident based on changes in radiation levels and what actions are required to mitigate it.
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible if RIA indication is misinterpreted. Starting the SFP Filtered Exhaust Fan is directed if the FH accident occurs in the U 1& 2 SFP area.
B. Incorrect: Procedure directs starting the Outside Air Booster fans for both control rooms and stopping U1 RB Purge Fan if the event occurs in the RB.
C. Correct: RIAs indicate spent fuel damage in the SFP. Action to stop Unit 2 purge fan is directed to allow placing the SFP Filtered Exhaust Fan in service.
D. Incorrect: First part is incorrect as noted above. Second part is correct.
Technical Reference(s): AP/9, Spent Fuel Damage Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: FH-FHS R47 Question Source: B (FH014702)
Question History: Last NRC Exam ONS 2007 NRC RO Exam Q#22 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No changes. II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 21 Unit 1 plant conditions:
- A Steam Generator Tube Rupture has occurred in the "1 B" SG
- ALL RCPs operating Which ONE of the following sets of parameters will result in the least amount of primary to secondary leakage?
RCS temperature is of. RCS pressure is psig.
RCS Temp / RCS pressure A. 520 / 831 B. 532 / 890 C.540 / 987 D. 552 / 1095
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 21 T1/G2 -OKM 037AK1.01, Steam Generator (S/G) Tube Leak Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Steam Generator Tube Leak: Use of steam tables (2.9/3.3)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to use Steam Tables to calculate sub-cooling margin for initial and current conditions to determine changes in steam generator tube leak rate ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: The SGs will be at Psat for the RCS Tsat. Sat pressure for 520°F ~ 798 psig. (831 - 798 = 33 psid across the SG tubes)
B. Correct: The SGs will be at Psat for the RCS Tsat. Sat pressure for 532°F ~
885 psig. (890 - 885 = 5 psid). This is the minimum Ap between RCS and SGs of all the answers. Minimum Ap will result in the least amount of primary to secondary leakage.
C. Incorrect:The SGs will be at Psat for the RCS Tsat. Sat pressure for 540°F ~ 948 psig. (987 - 948 = 39 psid across the SG tubes)
D. Incorrect: The SGs will be at Psat for the RCS Tsat. Sat pressure for 552°F ~ 1048 psig. (1095 - 1048 =47 psid across the SG tubes)
Technical Reference(s): Steam Tables Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: Steam Tables Learning Objective: EAP-SGTR, R6 Question Source: B (EAP090606)
Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Rewrote question II Added "allow RCP operation" to stem for clarity. MB OK III Replaced question due to conflict with procedures. All plausible distracters violated RCP NPSH curve.
- MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 22 Unit 3 plant conditions:
- Reactor power = 100%
- Main condenser vacuum = 28" Hg decreasing slowly Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the highest vacuum (inches Hg) at which a MANUAL Reactor Trip would be required per 3AP/27 (Loss of Condenser Vacuum)?
A. 25 B. 22 C.20 D. 19
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 22 T1/G2 - OKM 051AG2.4.2, Loss of Condenser Vacuum Knowledge of system set points, interlocks and automatic actions associated with EOP entry conditions.
(4.5/4.6)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to know set points for low vacuum trips and the set point for immediate manual reactor trip from the Loss of Condenser Vacuum AP ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: Plausible in that 25"Hg decreasing is the SA "COND VACUUM LOW" setpoint B. CORRECT: per AP/27 IAAT Step 4.1; manually trip Reactor if :522" Hg is reached C. Incorrect: Plausible in that 20"Hg provides margin for the operator to respond to trip prior to the MFWPT trip.
D. Incorrect: Plausible in that 19"Hg is the FWP automatic trip on low vacuum Technical Reference(s): 3/AP/27 Rev 03 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP-APG R7; STG-MT R13; CF-FPT R8 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No changes /I MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 23 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Mode 6
- Fuel assemblies are being loaded into the core
- All four SR Nls in service
- Power supply to SR 1NI-1 fails (0 vdc)
Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the impact on fuel movement?
Fuel movement. ..
A. may continue because two SR Nls remain in service.
B. may continue because one of the designated SR Nls is still in service.
C. is required to be stopped until another SR NI is designated because other Nls are procedurally allowed to be designated.
D. is required to be stopped and cannot be resumed until SR 1NI-1 is returned to service because other Nls are NOT procedurally allowed to be designated.
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 23 T1/G2 - okm 032AK1.01, Loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation: Effects of voltage changes on performance (2.5/3.1 )
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the effects of changing power supply voltage on the shared SR and WR Nls and the operational implications of this change ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: Plausible because the two SR Nls remain in service however the procedure requires the Nls used to monitor core reactivity be designated in advance.
B. Incorrect: Plausible if it is not understood that the procedure requires 2 designated Nls to be operable.
C. Correct: Procedure requires movement to be stopped until 2 Nls used to monitor core reactivity can be designated.
D. Incorrect: Plausible as restoring SR NI-1 would restore 2 designated Nls however the procedure allows an alternate NI to be designated and then continue fuel movement. It is not required to restore NI-1 if another NI can be designated to replace it.
Technical Reference(s): OP/1/A11502/007 Rev 81 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: FH-FHS Obj R20 Question Source: M (FH041401)
Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified C & D choices to improve plausibility II Modified C and D to ensure only one correct answer. Modified initial conditions to read "Fuel assemblies are being loaded into the core" MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 24 Unit 3 initial conditions:
- No ECCS injection sources are available
- 3A & 3B HPI pumps operating
- Conditions require the opening of 3RC-4 and establishing PORV flow to the Quench Tank Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes actions required to operate 3RC-4 and the reason for establishing flow to the Quench Tank?
Position 3RC-4 switch to ...
A. OPEN / increase HPI injection flow B. OPEN / elimination of non-condensable gases C. OPEN AND depress OPEN PERMIT / increase HPI injection flow D. OPEN AND depress OPEN PERMIT / elimination of non-condensab!e gases
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 24 T1/G2 -okm/jmb 07 4EA 1.23, Inadequate Core Cooling Ability to operate and monitor the following as they apply to an Inadequate Core Cooling: PORV block valve indicators, switches, controls (for both RCS and S/G)
(3.9/4.0)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to know the controls and to understand the reasons/results on the plant of opening the PORV and RC-4 during an ICC condition ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Operation of RC-4 (PORV Block) requires operating the Control Switch only and verifying light indication changes. RCS pressure will decrease causing HPI flow to increase per the design of the procedure.
B. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is plausible because non-condensable gases will be eliminated but this is not the basis for the alignment.
C. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Operation of RC-4 (PORV Block) requires operating the Control Switch only and verifying light indication changes; the PORV requires the use of the OPEN PERMIT button. Second part is correct. RCS pressure will decrease causing HPI flow to increase per the design of the procedure.
D. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Operation of RC-4 (PORV Block) requires operating the Control Switch only and verifying light indication changes as the PORV requires the use of the OPEN PERMIT button. Second part is plausible because non-condensable gases will be eliminated but this is not the basis for the alignment.
Technical Reference(s): EOP ICC Tab, EOP Reference Document and EAP-ICC Lesson Plan Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: EAP-ICC R5, PNS-Pzr R37 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified B & D to enhance plausibility II MB OK III Added bullet to current conditions and modified stem for clarity. Position 3RC-4 switch to ... "
- MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 25 Unit 3 plant conditions:
- Control Room Evacuation complete due to a non-fire event
- ASDP has been "manned"
- Following indications are observed at the ASDP:
- Turbine Header Pressure = 1011 psig and slowly decreasing
- TBVs demand is 12% in Automatic and decreasing
- RCS T Hot = 560°F and slowly decreasing
- Pzr Level = 140 inches increasing
- SG SU levels =48 inches and increasing
- ALL RCPs are operating Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following correctly describes the action(s) required (if any) per AP/8 (Loss of Control Room)?
The operator must take ...
A. NO actions the plant is responding as expected.
B. manual control of TBVs to stabilize SG Pressure.
C. manual control and cycle 3B HPI pump to stabilize Pzr level.
D. manual control of FDW Startup Control Valves and lower SG levels.
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 25 T1/G2 -jmb BA06AK3.4, Shutdown Outside Control Room Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the (Shutdown Outside Control Room): RO or SRO function within the control room team as appropriate to the assigned position, in such a way that procedures are adhered to and the limitations in the facilities license and amendments are not violated.
(3.8/3.8)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of control parameters and reason for actions required to establish control from the ASDP to establish stable Hot Standby conditions ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: Operator action is required, FDW SU control valves are not performing correctly SG levels are above 25 inches and rising. Plausible as the SG response would be normal if RCPs were not running and SG levels would control at 50% OR Level (240 inches SUR)
B. Incorrect: TBVs are responding normally to post trip conditions and to the overfeed causing SG pressure to decrease C. Incorrect: Per AP/8 Pzr level should be maintained 100-220 inches. Plausible if Pzr level were to be controlled at the normal level of 220 inches D. Correct: Manual control is needed; FDW SU control valves should be closing and controlling at 25 inches on SUR Level post trip (LLL)
Technical Reference(s): APIa Rev 11 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: IC-ASP Obj. T1, EAP-APG Obj R9 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No changes II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 26 Boron precipitation is primarily a concern for a leg rupture. Failure to initiate the Boron Dilution flow path when required would challenge the ability to _ _ __
A. hot / prevent boron stratification in the cold leg to ensure a restart event does not occur when the cold leg volume enters the core.
B. hot / ensure boron does not concentrate in the core and block the long term core cooling flow path C. cold / prevent boron stratification in the cold leg to ensure a restart event does not occur when the cold leg volume enters the core.
D. cold / ensure boron does not concentrate in the core and block the long term core cooling flow path
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 26 T1/G2 -jmb BE08EG2.2.38, LOCA Cooldown Knowledge of conditions and limitations in the facility license (3.6/4.5)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the requirements for establishing the Long Term Boron dilution flowpath and the impact on the ability to meet the 10CFR50.46 requirements for coolable geometry/flowpath.
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect. First part is plausible if assumed the flowpath is off of the hot leg. Second part is incorrect. Plausible as boron stratification/dilution is a concern for RCP restart criteria following a LOSCM.
B. Incorrect. First part is plausible if assumed the flowpath is off of the hot leg. Second part is correct.
C. Incorrect. First part is correct. During a Cold ,Leg Rupture, the coolant will enter the vessel through the Core Flood nozzles into the inlet plenum and flow out the Cold Leg break. The core will continue to steam through the Internal Vent Valves and out the Cold Leg Break. This steaming will cause the boric acid to precipitate in the core due to the evaporation of the water. Second part is incorrect. Plausible as boron stratification/dilution is a concern for RCP restart criteria following a LOSCM.
D. Correct. During a Cold Leg Rupture, the coolant will enter the vessel through the Core Flood nozzles into the inlet plenum and flow out the Cold Leg break. The core will continue to steam through the Internal Vent Valves and out the Cold Leg Break. This steaming will cause the boric acid to precipitate in the core due to the evaporation of the water. The precipitated Boron could then block the flowpath for LPI through the core.
Technical Reference(s): EOP LCD tab; EOP Reference Document Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: PNS-LPI Obj R28 Question Source: M (PNS122707)
Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No changes II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 27 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Reactor power = 100%
- ACB-3 closed Current conditions:
- Switchyard Isolation
- RCS pressure = 1146 psig stable
- All SCM = 21°F increasing
- Keowee Unit 2 emergency locked out Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the first procedure required to be performed by an RO after EOP IMAs and Symptoms Check are complete?
A. Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation)
B. Enclosure 5.2 (Placing RB Hydrogen Analyzers In Service)
C. Enclosure 5.5 (Pressurizer and LDST Level Control)
D. Enclosure 5.38 (Restoration of Power)
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 27 T1/G2 - jmb BE14EA2.1, EOP Enclosures Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (EOP Enclosures): Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations.
(3.4/4.0)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to recognize plant conditions and select the appropriate Rule/Enclosure to initiate.
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Conditions indicate ES has actuated (RCS pressure < 1600#). Enc!.
5.1 is the appropriate Enclosure to use first.
B. Incorrect: Plausible as this Enclosure is directed to be performed as part of Encl 5.1.
C. Incorrect: Plausible as this enclosure would be appropriate to use first if the ES conditions were not present.
D. Incorrect: Plausible as this Enclosure would be appropriate if it is not recognized that power is still available. The power conditions given could lead to the assumption that power is not available as this Encl. is used to restore power. If unit one Keowee had a lockout then this would be a correct answer.
Technical Reference(s): EP/1/1800/001 Parallel Action Page, OMP 1-18 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP-EOP, R26 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added "required" to stem. Modified answer D plausibility statement to explain plausibility better. II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 28 Unit 1 plant conditions:
- Unit 1 startup in progress
- 1A1 and 1B1 RCPsareoperating Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes a condition that would prevent 1A2 RCP from starting?
A. RCS Tc = 340°F B. RCP Oil Lift Pressure =700 psig C. HPI Seal Injection flow rate = 28 gpm D. Total Component Cooling flow = 554 gpm
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 28 T2/G1 -okm 003K4.04, Reactor Coolant Pump Knowledge of RCPS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following: Adequate cooling of RCP motor and seals (2.8/3.1)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to know RCP motor starting interlocks associated with motor cooling and seals ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: 0 A. Incorrect: Plausible; RC temperature must be ~350°F to start the fourth RCP. This is the 3rd RCP start.
B. Incorrect: Plausible; must know that oil lift pressure interlock is satisfied if ~ 600 psig C. Incorrect: Plausible; must know difference between Unit 1 and Units 2/3 SI requirements; for Unit 1 is ~ 22 gpm (Unit 2/3 is ~ 30 gpm)
D. Correct: CC flow should be > 575 gpm Technical Reference(s): PNS-CPM Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: PNS-CPM, R19 Question Source: B (PNS061401)
Question History: Last NRC Exam 2008 ONS Retest RO Exam Q#28 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No Changes II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 29 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Reactor power = 100%
Current conditions:
- 1TE de-energized Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the status of the listed HPI components?
A. 1B HPI pump de-energized 1HP-26 energized B. 1B HPI pump de-energized 1HP-27 de-energized C. 1C HPI pump d e-energ ized 1HP-26 de-energized D. 1C HPI pump de-energized 1HP-27 energized
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 29 T2/G1 - gcw 004K2.05, Chemical and Volume Control System (CVCS)
Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following: MOVs (2.7/2.9)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge to recognize the potential problems associated with a loss of power to HPI pumps and MOVs.
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: 1TE supplies power to the1B HPI pump and 1HP-26 is supplied by 1TC B. Incorrect: Fist part is correct. Second part is incorrect. Plausible as could be correct if the pumps power supplies followed the standard convention. 1HP-27 is powered from 1TO.
C. Incorrect: both parts are incorrect. Plausible if you do not know the power supply convention for the HPI system. 1HP-26 is supplied by 1TC O. Incorrect: First parts is incorrect. Plausible if you do not know the power supply convention for the HPI system. Second part is correct.
Technical Reference(s): PNS-HPI Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: PNS-HPI T2 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam '-._ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No Changes II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 30 Unit 3 plant conditions:
- Reactor power =100%
- Aligning of 3B LPI Train for BWST recirc is in progress Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes a condition that must be met prior to operating 3LP-42 (LPI RETURN TO BWST) in accordance with OP/3/A/1104/004 (Low Pressure Injection System)?
An individual is required to be designated to ...
A. close 3LP-42 in the event of an Engineered Safeguards actuation.
B. close 3LP-42 in the event of an LPI piping overpressure condition.
C. throttle 3LP-42 to ensure adequate LPI pump NPSH is maintained.
D. throttle 3LP-42 to ensure LPI pump minimum flow requirements are met.
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 30 T2/G1 - okm/jmb 005A4.05, Residual Heat Removal System (RHRS)
Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Position of RWST recirculation valve (locked when not in use, continuously monitored when in use).
(2.8/2.8)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to know the procedural requirement and the reason for the requirement associated with operation of the BWST recirculation valve ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Per LPI operating procedure limit and precaution an individual must be designated at LP-42 (and LP-40 and -41) to manually close these valves should an ES actuation occur; required for Modes 1-4 B. Incorrect: Plausible as the current RCS Pressure is above the pressure limits associated with the LPI system piping and leakage past an isolation valve could lead to an overpressure condition. (OE: PIP 0-97-4645)
C. Incorrect: Plausible because flowrates are established to ensure pump flow is within the operating limits to prevent pump from running with inadequate NPSH, however LP-42 is fully opened by the procedure and the LPI cooler outlet valve is used to throttle flow.
D. Incorrect: Plausible because flowrates are established to ensure pump flow is within the operating limits to prevent pump from running with inadequate flow, however LP-42 is fully opened by the procedure and the LPI cooler outlet valve is used to throttle flow.
Technical Reference(s): Rev 130 OP/3/Al1104/004 L&P 2.22 & Enclosure 4.4 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: PNS-LPI Obj. R34 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added 'required' to stem II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 31 Which ONE of the following events and failures will result in fuel/clad damage?
ASSUME NO OPERATOR ACTION A. MSLB with a failure of ES Channels 1 & 2 B. MSLB with a failure of ES Channels 3 & 4 C. SBLOCA with a failure of ES Channels 1 & 2 D. SBLOCA with a failure of ES Channels 3 & 4
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 31 T2/G1 - gcw 006K3.02, Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS)
Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the ECCS will have on the following: Fuel (4.2/4.4 )
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to know that a loss or malfunction of the ECCS will affect fuel clad temperature ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: Plausible if the candidate does not realize that ES-1 &2 are needed to help recover RCS inventory/pressure/SCM but the loss is only due to the volume reduction from the cooldown.
B. Incorrect: Plausible if it is not realized that losing all LPI auto-actuation will not affect core cooling because RCS pressure will still be to high to allow LPI injection C. Correct: Failure of ES-1 &2 will result in NO source of highly borated water via HPI flow being injected into the core. This will be the only way to maintain RCS inventory and prevent core damage. RCS pressure is too high for any other source of injection water.
D. Incorrect: Plausible if it is not realized that losing all LPI auto-actuation will not affect core cooling because RCS pressure will still be to high to allow LPI injection Technical Reference(s): None Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: IC-ES R1, T1 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Rep/ace with a new question that matches KIA. II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 32 .
Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Loss of all Feedwater
- HPI forced cooling initiated
- Quench Tank pressure =50 psig increasing
- RCS activity indicates no fuel failures present Current conditions:
- Quench Tank pressure =3 psig stable Which ONE of the following describes the containment response to the above conditions?
A. RB Normal sump level rises. 1RIA-47 radiation level increases B. RB Normal sump level rises. 1RIA-47 radiation level remains constant C. RB Normal sump level remains constant. 1RIA-47 radiation level increases D. RB Normal sump level remains constant. 1RIA-47 radiation level remains constant
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 32 T2/G1 - gcw 007K3.01 Pressurizer Relief/Quench Tank Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the PRTS will have on the following: Containment (3.3/3.6)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of impact of discharge from PORV to the Quench Tank and indications of failed/blown rupture disk and the impact of the failure on containment parameters.
Plausibility based around whether applicant recognizes status of QT rupture disk. If disk is assumed to have blown, then containment pressure would rise. With normal levels of RCS activity an applicant would have to determine what the effects on containment radiation would be and where the leakage is directed (Misc. Waste vs.
RBNS)
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct. Decrease in Quench Tank pressure indicates the Rupture Disk has blown. Inventory from the Quench Tank will go to the RBNS causing a level increase. RCS activity in the inventory will result in 1RIA-47 reading increase.
B. Incorrect. RBNS response is correct. 1RIA-47 response is incorrect but plausible if RCS activity is assumed to be negligible or the source of QT pressure rise is due to DW/B Bleed in-leakage. (OE)
C. Incorrect. RBNS response is incorrect but plausible if the pressure reduction is assumed to be caused by draining to the Misc Waste System via the Component Drain flow path. 1RIA-47 response is correct.
D. Incorrect. RBNS response is incorrect as noted above. 1RIA-47 response is consistent with inventory going to Misc Waste or assuming activity is negligible (OE with Demin Water & B Bleed Holdup Tank water leak into the Quench Tank).
Technical Reference(s): PNS-CS Rev 16, PNS-PZR Rev 16a Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: PNS-CS (R7)
Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam: _ _ _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added "ReS activity indicates no fuel failure present" to initial conditions for clarity. II ME! OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 33 Which ONE of the following describes the interlock associated with the High Pressure Injection (HPI) valves (HP-1 and HP-2) and Component Cooling (CC) valves (CC-1 and CC-2) for the Letdown Coolers?
The interlock ...
A. isolates the Letdown Cooler if letdown temperature reaches interlock setpoint.
B. ensures CC flow is established before letdown flow.
C. prevents over-rating the CC system cooling capacity.
D. ensures letdown fiow is secured after CC flow.
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 33 T2/G1 - okm/jmb 008K1.02, Component Cooling Water System (CCWS)
Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the CCWS and the following systems: Loads cooled by CCWS (3.3/3.4)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to know the physical connections and an interlock associated with components cooled by the CCWS ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: Plausible if the High Temp interlock to close HP-5 is misapplied to HP-1 &
HP-2.
B. Correct: Interlock opens CC-1 & CC2 prior to opening HP-1 & HP-2 to ensure CC flow is established prior to establishing Letdown Flow.
C. Incorrect: Plausible if system capabilities and capacities are not misapplied; for example the immediate addition of large loads can cause a momentary drop in system pressure.
D. Incorrect: Plausible as this is the reverse order of the interlock.
Technical Reference(s): PNS-CC, OP/1/Al1104/008 Rev. 59 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: PNS-CC R15 Question Source: B (PNS112202)
Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Changed distractor IC" to "prevents over rating the CC system cooling capacity" to increase plausibility. II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 34 Which ONE of the following states the automatic OPEN setpoints (psig) for 1RC-1 (pzr Spray) and 1RC-66 (PORV) in Mode 1?
1RC-1 1RC-66 A. 2205 2450 B. 2205 2500 C. 2255 2450 D. 2255 2500
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 34 T2/G1 - okm/jmb 010K4.03, Pressurizer Pressure Control System (PZR PCS)
Knowledge of PZR PCS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following: Over pressure control (3.8/4.1 )
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of Pzr PCS setpoints for automatic pressure control.
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: 1RC-1 (pzr Spray) setpoint is 2205 psig and 1RC-66 (PORV) is 2450 psig when in HIGH (Mode 1)
B. Incorrect: 1RC-1 (pzr Spray) setpoint is correct. 1RC-66 (PORV) setpoint is incorrect. Plausible as 2500 psig is the Pzr Safety Valve setpoint.
C. Incorrect: 1RC-1 (pzr Spray) setpoint is incorrect. Plausible as 2255 psig is the Pzr High pressure alarm setpoint. 1RC-66 (PORV) setpoint is correct.
D. Incorrect: 1RC-1 (pzr Spray) setpoint is incorrect. Plausible as 2255 psig is the Pzr High pressure alarm setpoint. 1RC-66 (PORV) setpoint is incorrect as noted above.
Technical Reference(s): PNS-PZR, Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: PNS-PZR R5 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Incorporated NRC Comments. II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 35 Unit 2 initial conditions:
- Reactor power = 100%
- Reactor power =65% stable
- Pzr level =250" slowly decreasing
- RCS pressure =2195 psig (highest reached) slowly decreasing
- Pzr temperature =627°F Based on the current conditions, which ONE of the following describes the status of the Pzr heaters and the yellow dot on the OAC PIT display?
A. All Pzr heaters are "OFF" / yellow dot is "ON" the blue saturation line B. All Pzr heaters are "OFF" / yellow dot is "LEFT" of the blue saturation line C. Some Pzr heaters are "ON" / yellow dot is "ON" the blue saturation line D. Some Pzr heaters are "ON" / yellow dot is "LEFT" of the blue saturation line
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 35 T2/G1 - okm 01 OK5.01, Pressurizer Pressure Control System (PZR PCS)
Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the PZR PCS: Determination of condition of fluid in PZR, using steam tables (3.5/4.0)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of PZR parameters, controls/interlocks, and use of Steam Tables to determine the condition of the PZR fluid and the response of the PZR PCS.
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: Both parts are incorrect. First part is plausible because normally all heaters will be off at this pressure. Second part is plausible if steam tables are not used correctly.
B. Incorrect: First part is plausible because normally all heaters will be off at this pressure. The second part is correct because the PIT display will show the yellow Pzr "dot" has moved to the left of the saturation curve whenever subcooled conditions exist in the Pzr (627°F) .
C. Incorrect: The first part is correct because the transient resulted in an insurge which subcooled the pzr; this causes the Pzr Water Space Saturation Recovery circuit to turn ON Bank 2 Heaters. The second part is incorrect and plausible if steam tables are not used correctly.
D. Correct: The transient resulted in an insurge which subcooled the pzr; this causes the Pzr Water Space Saturation Recovery circuit to turn ON Bank 2 Heaters; the PIT display will show the yellow Pzr "dot" has moved to the left of the saturation curve whenever subcooled conditions exist in the Pzr (627°F)
Technical Reference(s): PNS-PZR Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: PNS-PZR R22, R27, R29 Question Source: Bank (PNS142902)
Question History: Last NRC Exam _--'-_ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Reworded stem for clarity. II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 36 Unit 2 plant conditions:
- Reactor power = 100%
- I&E technicians went to the wrong unit and incorrectly removed the HI TEMPERATURE TRIP bistable from the 2B RPS Channel Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the affect on the Reactor Protection System?
2B RPS Channel is ____ and the associated CRD Breaker is _ _ __
A. Tripped / Closed B. Tripped / Open C. Not Tripped / Closed D. Not Tripped / Open
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 36 T2/G1 - okm 012K6.01, Reactor Protection System Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the RPS: Bistables and bistable test equipment (2.8/3.3)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of RPS Channel internal relationships between RPS bistables, relays, and associated CRD Breakers due to loss of a bistable ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Loss of the bistable results in the 2B K-Relay becoming de-energized.
This trips the 2B RPS channel, however power is still available to the 2B CRD Breaker from the UV coil.
B. Incorrect: Plausible in that the 2B RPS Channel is tripped; however power is still available to the 2B CRD Breaker from the UV coil.
C. Incorrect: Plausible in that the student must know that loss of anyone bistable will trip an (2B) RPS Channel. Power is still available to the 2B CRD Breaker from the UV coil.
D. Incorrect: Plausible in that the student must know that loss of anyone bistable will trip an (2B) RPS Channel and that power is still available to the UV coil. Removing a bistable will trip the channel but not open the CRD breaker due to requiring 2 RPS channels tripped to de-energize the UV coil. The student may believe that removing the bistable will de-energized the UV coil.
Technical Reference(s): IC-RPS Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: IC-RPS Obj. R7 R22 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added "I&E technicians went to the wrong unit" to the stem to remove assumptions. Enhanced plausibility statements. II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 37 Unit 3 initial conditions:
- Reactor power::: 100%
- 3B HPI Pump in service Current conditions:
- Reactor tripped due to SBLOCA
- ES Digital Channels 1, 3, and 5 failed to automatically actuate Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following lists thesafety related components that will be in their ES condition?
ASSUME NO OPERATOR ACTIONS A. 3A HPI Pump / 3B LPI Pump B. 3B HPI Pump / 3B LPI Pump C. 3A HPI Pump / 3A LPI Pump D. 3B HPI Pump / 3A LPI Pump
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 37 T2/G1 - okm/jmb 013K5.01, Engineered Safety Features Actuation System (ESFAS)
Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the ESFAS: Definitions of safety train and ESF channel (2.8/3.2)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the ES Channels to their associated safety train components ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: 3A HPI Pump would not have gone to its ES position B. Correct: All components are on ES Digital Channels 2, 4, and 6 C. Incorrect: 3A LPI Pump would not have gone to its ES position D. Incorrect: 3A LPI Pump would not have gone to its ES position Technical Reference(s): EOP Enc. 5.1 Rev 36a Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: IC-ES Obj. R14, EAP-ESA Obj R2 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Incorporated NRC comments. Added status of HPIP to initial conditions for clarity II NRC OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 38 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Reactor power = 50%
Current conditions:
- LBLOCA occurs
- 1TC de-energized Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the status of the below listed Reactor Building Cooling Units five (5) minutes after ES actuates?
ASSUME NO OPERATOR ACTIONS 1A RBCU 1B RBCU A. LOW LOW B. LOW OFF C. OFF LOW D. OFF OFF
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 38 T2/G1 - okm/jmb 022K2.01, Containment Cooling System (CCS)
Knowledge of power supplies to the following: Containment cooling fans (3.0/3.1 )
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of power supplies to Reactor Building Cooling Units (RBCUs)
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: Plausible as the RBCU power supplies are not sequenced such that the letter designator follows the power supply arrangement. If 1C RBCU fan is applied to TC bus this choice would be plausible.
B. Incorrect: Plausible if candidate confuses the typical power supply arrangement where TC supplies "B" safety train components and TE supplies "C" safety train components.
C. Correct: 1TD supplies 1X9 which supplies 1C RBCU and 1TE supplies 1XS3 which supplies 1B RBCU and 1TC supplies 1XS8 which supplies 1A RBCU. ES will only start the 1B & 1C RBCUs.
D. Incorrect: Plausible as there is a time delay on the restart of the RBCUs. Incorrect application of the time delay could result in selecting this distracter.
Technical Reference(s): PNS-RBC, EL-EPD Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: PNS-RBC R1, R14, R15 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified the stem and distractors to specify only two RBCUs and to remove the third distractor (1C RBCU) II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 39 Unit 2 initial conditions:
- Reactor Building Spray actuated Current conditions:
- RB Pressure = 2 psig slowly decreasing Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the operation and any control room actions associated with resetting the RB Pressure Contact Buffers and ES Digital Channels 7 & 8?
RB Pressure Contact Buffers _ _ _ _ and ES Digital Channels 7 & 8_ _ __
A. automatically reset / must be reset manually B. automatically reset / automatically reset C. must be reset manually / must be reset manually D. must be reset manually / automatically reset
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 39 T2/G1 - okm 026A4.05, Containment Spray System (CSS)
Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Containment spray reset switches (3.5/3.5)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of ES RBS system operation concerning the automatic features and manual actions needed to reset containment spray channels. (Oconee does not have "Containment spray reset switches")
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: RBS pressure switches supply Analog Channel Contact Buffers that automatically reset themselves when RB pressure decreases below 10 psig; this is unique as compared to the other Analog channels which must be manually reset once actuated. ES Digital Channels 7 & 8 are like the other Digital channels in that they must be manually reset.
B. Incorrect: Plausible in that the first part is correct. It is possible for the candidate to confuse the unique aspect of the RBS Contact Buffers automatically resetting to the Digital channels. Second part is plausible because ES permissive signals automatically reset.
C. Incorrect: First part is plausible in that feedwater pump contact buffers in RPS channels are manually reset. The second part is correct.
D. Incorrect: First part is plausible in that feedwater pump contact buffers in RPS channels are manually reset. Second part is plausible because ES permissive signals automatically reset.
Technical Reference(s): IC-ES lesson Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: IC-ES R3, R13 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Enhanced plausibility statements MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 40 Unit 1 plant conditions:
- RB pressure = 12 psig stable Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the suction source that is supplying the RB Spray pumps and the reason for the addition of caustic to the RBES?
A. BWST I to enhance iodine entrainment in RB Spray water B. BWST I to minimize hydrogen production from zirconium-water reaction C. RBES I to enhance iodine entrainment in RB Spray water .
D. RBES I to minimize hydrogen production from zirconium-water reaction
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 40 T2/G1 *okm 026G2.4.21, Containment Spray System (CSS)
Knowledge of the parameters and logic used to assess the status of safety functions, such as reactivity control, core cooling and heat removal, reactor coolant system integrity, containment conditions, radioactivity release control, etc.
(4.0/4.6)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of RB Spray system status based on containment parameters to assess safety functions such as core/containment cooling (suction source) and radioactivity release control (iodine absorption)
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible as it would be the source if RB pressl,Jre is less than the press supplied to the pump from the BWST. The current pressure is higher than the head supplied from the BWST. The second part is correct.
B. Incorrect: First part is incorrect as noted above. Second part is incorrect. Plausible as pH is controlled to minimize H2 production from interaction with aluminum and zinc in the RB not the zirc-water reaction which takes place in the Reactor Vessel.
C. Correct: The current pressure is higher than the head supplied from the BWST so the suction source to the RBS pumps is the RBES. One of the purposes of the caustic addition is to enhance the absorption of iodine into solution in the RBES.
D. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is incorrect as noted above.
Technical Reference(s): EP/1/A11800/001 Rev 36, LOSCM Tab, Encl. 5.12 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: PNS*BS R1, EAp*LOSCM R23 Question Source: M (EAP062301)
Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Question requires knowledge of containment parameter (RB Pressure) and procedural awareness (BWST valves and LPI Recirc valves -both sets open) to assess the source of water for core and containment cooling. The question is assessing safety functions of core (and containment) cooling and radioactivity release control. /I MB OK 11/ spelled out zirconium for clarity
- MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 41 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Reactor Power = 100% stable
- 1RIA-16 = 14 mr/hr increasing
- 1RIA-17 =0.01 mr/hr stable
- 1RIA-59 = 12 gpm slowly increasing
- 1RIA-60 = 5.S E -3 gpd stable
- 1RIA-40 in alarm HIGH Current conditions:
- Reactor power =45% decreasing
- 1RIA-16 =21 mr/hr increasing
- 1 RIA-17 = 3.7 mr/hr increasing
- 1 RIA-59 = 27.1 gpm increasing
- 1 RIA-60 = 1.9 gpm increasing Based on the current conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the SG(s) with indications of a tube leak and the procedure that contains the required operator actions used to mitigate this event?
A. 1A SG ONLY I AP/31 (Primary to Secondary Leakage)
B. 1A SG ONLY I EOP SGTR Tab C. 1A & 1B SG I AP/31 (Primary to Secondary Leakage)
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 41 T2/G1 -jmb/okm 039A2.03, Main and Reheat Steam System (MRSS)
Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the MRSS; and (b) based on predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Indications and alarms for main steam and area radiation monitors (during SGTR)
(3.4/3.7)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to calculate the leak rate of a SGTR using the change in area rad monitor reading and the presence of Rad monitor alarms and determine the required procedure to be used for the event.
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: Selected SG is incorrect. Plausible as the increase in RIA readings is significantly higher in the 1A SG. Procedure selection is incorrect. Plausible if threshold for transition to SGTR is not recognized.
B. Incorrect: Selected SG is incorrect. Plausible as the increase in RIA readings is significantly higher in the 1A SG. Procedure selection is correct. Transition to SGTR if leakrate is >25 gpm.
C. Incorrect: SG selection is correct. Procedure selection is incorrect as noted above D. Correct: Both RIA*59 & RIA*60 indicate an increase. 1RIA-59 and -60 both reading elevated indicate leaks in both SGs. Calculated leakrate is >25 gpm transition criteria between 1/AP/31 and SGTR Tab using either the RCS inventory balance or 1RIA-59 & 60.
Technical Reference(s): EOP Reference Document - SGTR pg 1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: EAP-SGTR R2, RAD-RIA Obj. R2 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified stem as noted and clarified the specific conditions at which the required procedure is to be chosen (based on the current conditions above)11 added words to specify which procedure to mitigate II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 42 Unit 2 initial conditions:
- Reactor power = 100%
Current conditions:
- Feedwater Valve LlP controlling signal fails LOW ASSUME NO OPERATOR ACTIONS Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the Main Feedwater Pump Turbines (FWPTs) response and the required actions per AP/28 (ICS Instrument Failures)?
BOTH FWPTs speed ____ / Place _ _ _ __
A. increases to HSS (high speed stop) / BOTH 2A & 2B MAIN FDW PUMPs to Hand and lower speed to prevent tripping FWPs on high discharge pressure B. decreases to LSS (low speed stop) / BOTH 2A & 2B MAIN FDW PUMPs to Hand and raise speed to prevent tripping the Reactor on high RCS pressure C. increases to HSS (high speed stop) / ALL Feedwater Control Valves (Main &
Startup) to Hand and adjust as necessary to restore stable plant conditions D. decreases to LSS (low speed stop) / ALL Feedwater Control Valves (Main &
Startup) to Hand and adjust as necessary to restore stable plant conditions
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 42 T2/G1 *okm 039A4.03, Main and Reheat Steam System (MRSS)
Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: MFW pump turbines (2.8/2.8)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to diagnose a failure that specifically affects MFW pumps; to understand the affect and to know the required actions.
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: A low valve dp failure causes both MFPs to speed up to the HSS (high speed stop). The operator must take the MFP bailey stations to Hand and decrease speed to restore/stabilize feed flow. Without this action the MFPs may trip on high discharge pressure B. Incorrect: Plausible if mis-diagnoses of low dp means low feed flow and FWPT speed will need to be increased. Correspondingly low feed flow means that the RCS could trip on high RCS pressure C. Incorrect: Plausible in that MFP speed will increase but there is no speed correction back to original flow. Composite valve demand error feeds all Fdw Control Valves.
Valve dp correction is only applied to the MFPs.
D. Incorrect: Plausible if misdiagnoses FWPT response and there is no speed correction back to original flow. Composite valve demand error feeds all Fdw Control Valves. Valve dp correction is only applied to the MFPs.
Technical Reference(s): AP/28 Rev. 14 - Valve DP Failure Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: STG*ICS Obj. R21 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified AA for C and D to explain valve dp signal function to MFPs only. NRC needed copy of AP128; provided it. MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 43 Unit 3 initial conditions:
- 04:00:00
- Reactor power = 70% stable
- 3A Main Feed Pump suction pressure =236 psig decreasing Current conditions:
- 04:01 :25
- 3A Main FDW Pump suction pressure = 230 psig increasing Based on the current conditions, which ONE of the following describes the current status of the Main Feedwater pumps and the plant?
A. Both MFPs are operating I Plant runback in progress at 20%/min B. Both MFPs are operating I Reactor power =70% stable C. 3A MFP has tripped I Plant run back in progress at 20%/min D. 3A MFP has tripped I Reactor power = 65% stable
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 43 T2/G1 - okm 059A3.03, Main Feedwater (MFW) System Ability to monitor automatic operation of the MFW, including: Feedwater pump suction flow pressure (2.5/2.6)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of setpoints for MFP low suction pressure runback / trip and the ability to determine the status of the plant and MFW system components ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Conditions are met for a CBP/Fdw Pump Low Suction Pressure runback <<235 psig; for >90 sec MFP trips; Runback rate = 20%/min.). Only 85 secs has elapsed therefore runback is still in progress and MFPT is not tripped.
B. Incorrect: Plausible in that both MFPs are still operating << 90 secs); second part is plausible as it is the current power level and is consistent with the FDWP operating status (Le. no runback to 65% due to FDWPT Trip)
C. Incorrect: Plausible if the time delay is incorrectly assumed to be met and the MFP has tripped. Runback status is correct.
D. Incorrect: Plausible if the time delay is incorrectly assumed to be met and the MFP has tripped. Second part is consistent with MFP status and the runback is incorrectly assumed to have stopped at the loss of MFP runback setpoint Technical Reference(s): CF-FDW, STG-ICS LP pg 27 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: CF-FDW R7 & R38; STG-ICS R3 & R4 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No changes. II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 44 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Reactor power = 100%
- 1TDEFWP is OOS Current conditions:
- Both Main Feed Pumps trip
- 1A MDEFWP fails to start
- 1A SG level = 26 inches XSUR decreasing
- 1 B SG level = 28 inches XSUR increasing
- Enclosure 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation) is in progress
- 1FDW-313 and 1FDW-314 (1A & 1B EFDW LINE DISCH X-CONNs) open Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the maximum acceptable flowrate (gpm) allowed to each SG at the same time per EOP Rule 7?
A. 1A SG = 300 / 1 B SG = 300 B. 1A SG = 500 / 1 B SG = 450 C. 1A SG = 600 / 1 B SG = 600 D. 1ASG=100 / 1B8G=600
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 44 T2/G1 - okm 061A2.04, Auxiliary / Emergency Feedwater (AFW) System Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the AFW; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: pump failure or improper operation (3.4/3.8)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires an understanding of the impact of a loss of 2 EFDWPs and the direction contained in the EOP Rules to address the condition ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Total flowrate given is the pump flow limit and is balanced between SG's which would be desired.
B. Incorrect: Total flowrate given is incorrect. Plausible as it the limit associated with the TDEFDWP. 1A SG would require a higher flow rate to recover level as it is lower than the 1B SG.
C. Incorrect: Plausible as the values given would be the normal values if both the MDEFDW pumps are running.
D. Incorrect: Plausible as the flowrates are consistent with the Dry SG flow limitation for feeding the 1A SG vice with both MDEFDW pumps running.
Technical Reference(s): EOP Rule 3 & Rule 7 Rev 36 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: EAP-LOHT Obj. R26, R27 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No changes. II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 45 Unit 1 plant conditions:
- Reactor power = 100%
- Pressurizer level = 219 inches and stable
- 1B 1 RCP parameters:
- Lower seal cavity pressure = 900 psig decreasing
- Upper seal cavity pressure =100 psig decreasing
- Seal Return flow =1.1 gpm decreasing
- Seal Leakage flow =0.9 gpm increasing Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following 1B1 RCP seal(s) are failing?
A. Lower ONLY B. Upper ONLY C. BOTH Lower and Upper D. BOTH Middle and Upper
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 45 T2/G1 *okm 003K6.02, Reactor Coolant Pump System Knowledge of the effect of a 1055 or malfunction of the following will have on the RCPS components: RCP Seals and Seal Water Supply (2.7/3.1)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge and comprehension of the indications of a loss of RCP seals ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: If ONLY the Lower seal failed, then Upper cavity pressures would increase to - 1025 psig and lower cavity pressure would increase to - 2150 psig.
B. Incorrect: Plausible in that if ONLY the upper seal failed, then lower cavity pressure would decrease to -1050 psig (1/2 system pressure). But since lower cavity pressure is still decreasing (900 psig and decreasing) then the Middle Seal is degrading also. Seal Return (SR) decreasing and Seal Leakage (SL) increasing is also an indication that the upper seal is failing (less restriction to flow).
C. Incorrect: If the lower and upper seals both failed, upper cavity pressure would decrease to -atmospheric (Same as given parameter change) and lower cavity pressure would increase up to -2150 psig (opposite from given parameter change).
Seal return (SR) flow would decrease as upper cavity pressure decreases due to greater back pressure from the LOST than atmospheric or the QT. SR flow would become Seal Leakage flow.
D. Correct: The middle and upper seals both failed. The dP across the lower seal increases to 2150 psig and both the lower and upper cavity pressures decrease toward atmospheric or QT. Seal return flow decreases as upper cavity pressure decreases due to greater back pressure from the LDST than to atmospheric or to the QT. Seal Leakage flow increases as Seal Return flow becomes leakage flow.
Technical Reference(s): PNS*CPS Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: PNS*CPS R20 Question Source: B (PNS072006)
Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified distractor B (and AA) to be Upper Seal only failed II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 46 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Reactor power = 22% power
- CT1 Amps =2000
- Central Switchyard is energizing the STBY Buses
- PCB 17 (OCONEE WHo STARTUP TRANS. CT1 TIE) is open for maintenance Current conditions:
- Yellow Bus lockout occurs Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following alignments will supply power to Unit 1's Main Feeder Buses?
A. 1T (Unit 1 Auxiliary Transformer)
B. CT-1 (Unit 1 Startup Transformer)
C. CT-4 (Keowee Underground to STBY Buses Transformer)
D. CT-5 (100KV line to STBY Buses)
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 46 T2/G1 062A3.05, AC Electrical Distribution System Ability to monitor automatic operation of the ac distribution system, including:
Safety-related indicators and controls (3.5/3.6)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to determine auto transfer of offsite electrical power to the onsite 4160 VAC distribution system following a yellow bus lockout ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: 0 A. Incorrect: Plausible if fail to recognize that conditions given indicate that 1T is not currently supplying power to the MFBs B. Incorrect: Plausible as CT-1could be energized via the RED bus if PCB-17 was closed/operable and this would be the first choice of power after a unit trip C. Incorrect: Plausible as CT-4 would be the preferred source of power to the standby buses normally, however since CT- 5 is already supplying the bus CT-4 will not.
D. Correct: If the Red bus path is not available and Central path is established this is the power path since the SL breakers are closed therefore the SK breakers can NOT close Technical Reference(s): SA-3/C3, OP/0/1108/01 Encl 3.37, EL-EPD, OP-OC-EL-EPD-2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EL-EPD Obj R17 & 20 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified stem to make 1T a more plausible distractor II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 47 Initial conditions:
- Both Keowee Units generating to the grid at>::: 60 MWe
- ACB-4 closed Current conditions:
- A SBLOCA occurs on Unit 2
- When ES channels 1&2 actuate
- Keowee Unit #2 Emergency locks out
- Keowee Main Step-Up Transformer locks out Within thirty (30) seconds of these actions, which ONE of the following Keowee breaker combinations should exist?
A. ACB-1 open and ACB-2 closed B. ACB-1 closed and ACB-3 closed C. ACB-3 open and ACB-4 closed D. ACB-3 closed and ACB-4 open
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 47 T2/G1 062K1.02, AC Electrical Distribution System Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause effect relationships between the ac distribution system and the following systems: ED/G (4.1/4.4)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of KHU Step-up Transformer lockout and Emergency lockout of KHU and determination of resulting lineup to electrical distribution system ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect - AC8-2 can't close KHU-2 locked out. Plausible if interface between ES start and emergency lockout is misinterpreted B. Incorrect - ACB-1 won't close because Keowee Main Xfmer LO signal C. Incorrect - AC8-3 closes 8.5 sec after the Emerg start signal (Zone overlap Protection). KHU-2 Emergency Lock out opens AC8-4 and prevents auto closure D. Correct - ACB-3 closes 8.5 sec after the Emerg start signal if ACB-4 opens due to Emerg LO and the Keowee Main Xfmer is Locked out thus completing the requirements for Zone Overlap Protection Technical Reference(s): OP/O/Al2000/100 KHS Alarm Response Guide SA-1/A-1 OP/2/A12000/102 KflU-2 Alarm Response Guide 2SA-2/A*3, EL*KHG Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EL*KHG Obj. R10, R11 Question Source: B (EL041107)
Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No changes. II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 48 '
Station initial conditions:
- All three units Reactor power = 100%
Current conditions:
- All Unit's 4160v Main Feeder Busses are de-energized
- Unit 1, 2, and 3 EOP Blackout tabs in progress Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the required status of Unit 1 Essential Inverters per the EOP Enclosure 5.38 (Restoration of Power) and why?
Unit 1's Essential Inverters ...
A. remain energized to provide power to ES channels.
B. remain energized to provide control power to 4160v.
C. are de-energized to prevent inverter damage.
D. are de-energized to extend available battery life.
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 48 T2/G1 063A 1.01, DC Electrical Distribution System Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the DC electrical system controls including: Battery capacity as it is affected by discharge rate (2.5/3.3)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of required actions within procedures and the correlation of the impact of high battery load on available battery capacity as the bases for actions directed in the EOP ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: Plausible if ES Channels (are vital loads from KVIA,B,C,D) are confused with essential loads (from KI, KU, KX); vital loads must be differentiated from essential loads B. Incorrect: Plausible if control power (ex. for breakers, switches, etc) are incorrectly assumed to be essential inverter loads C. Incorrect: Incorrect but plausible in that inverters could be damaged due to high current as input voltages start to decrease.
D. Correct: Essential Inverters KI, KU, & KX DC input breakers are opened to extend battery life per direction given from the EOP SBO tab (Encl. 5.38 and tab Step 2.38)
Technical Reference(s): Rev 36 of EP/1/Al1800/01, EAP-SBO; AP/11 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP-SBO Obj. R8, EL-DCD Obj R1 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Wrote new question to improve plausibility. II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 49 Operators are preparing to synchronize KHU-2 to the grid per OP/O/A/11 06/019, Keowee Hydro At Oconee The operator notes the following indications:
- Keowee 2 Line Volts = 13.8 kV
- Keowee 2 Output Volts = 15.4 kV
- Grid Frequency =60 cycles
- Keowee Frequency =60.6 cycles Based on the above conditions, which one of the following describes the control that will be used to adjust the synchroscope indication and what is the response when ACB 2 is closed?
The ____ will be used to adjust the synchroscope indication and _ _ __
A. UNIT 2 AUTO VOLTAGE ADJUSTER 1 ACB 2 will NOT receive a trip signal as a direct result of the line voltage differential.
B. UNIT 2 SPEED CHANGER MOTOR 1 after 5 seconds ACB 2 will receive a trip signal as a direct result of the line voltage differential C. UNIT 2 AUTO VOLTAGE ADJUSTER 1 after 5 seconds ACB 2 will receive a trip signal as a direct result of the line voltage differential D. UNIT 2 SPEED CHANGER MOTOR 1 ACB 2 will NOT receive a trip signal as a direct result of the line voltage differential
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 49 T2/G1 064A2.03, Emergency Diesel Generator (ED/G) System Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the ED/G system; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
Parallel operation of ED/Gs (3.1/3.1 )
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of paralleling operations, breaker protective signals, and procedural requirements to control or mitigate paralleling operations problems ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D Out of tolerance circuit protection is only active for Emergency Starts. Speed Changer Motor (SCM), Auto Voltage Adjuster (AVA)
A. Incorrect: Plausible in that the second part is correct. First part is wrong but plausible if it is not known that the SCM not the AVA is used to adjust the synch scope.
B. Incorrect. Plausible in that the first part is correct. Second part is wrong but plausible if the OOT protection circuit is misapplied (only for Emerg Starts) in which case the breaker still would not trip as the voltage high but still within tolerance.
C. Incorrect: First part is wrong but plausible if it is not known that the SCM not the AVA is used to adjust the synch scope. Second part is wrong but plausible if the OOT protection circuit is misapplied (only for Emerg Starts) in which case the breaker still would not trip as the voltage high but still within tolerance.
D. CORRECT: Keowee frequency is higher than grid so synchroscope will be spinning clockwise (CW) which will require use of the MSC. Out of tolerance circuit protection will not trip ACB 2.
Plausibility is based on memorizing the ACB auto trip feature and correctly calculating less than 10% normal voltage. Also, plausibility is hinged on the applicant knowing how the synch scope will respond to the frequency differential.
Technical Reference(s): EL-KHG, OP/0/Al1106/019 Rev 83 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EL-KHG R11, R4, R20, R19, R7 Question Source: M (EL041110)
Question History: Last NRC Exam 2006 ONS RO NRC Exam Q#58 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified stem and all answers to improve plausibility II Changed Keowee output voltage to 15.4 to improve plausibility. MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 50 Which ONE of the following describes the operation of the Unit Vent Radiation Monitors RIA-45 and RIA-46 when the switchover acceptance range setpoint is reached?
RIA-45 will read _ _ _ and RIA-46 will provide _ _ __
A. offscale high / only alarm and unit vent radiation level indication.
B. offscale high / the same interlock functions that RIA-45 performs.
C. ZERO / only alarm and unit vent radiation level indication.
D. ZERO / the same interlock functions that RIA-45 performs.
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 50 T2/G1 073G2.1.27, Process Radiation Monitoring (PRM) System Knowledge of system purpose and/or function (3.9/4.0)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the functions provided by the Process Radiation monitoring system ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: 0 A. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible in that student could have a misconception and believe that RIA-45 stays off-scale high. RIA-45 will read zero.
RIA-46 will provide the same interlock functions as RIA-45 (which would include tripping Purge fans and closing Purge valves).
B. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible in that student could have a misconception and believe that RIA-45 stays off-scale high. RIA- 45 will read zero.
Student could have a misconception and believe that RIA-45 stays off-scale high.
C. Incorrect: First part is correct. RIA-46 will provide same interlock function as RIA-45.
D. Correct: First part is correct. RIA-45 will read zero and RIA-46 will provide the same interlock functions as RIA-45 (which would include tripping Purge fans and closing Purge valves).
Technical Reference(s): RAD-RIA Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: RAD-RIA Obj R1, R2 Question Source: B RAD011501 Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Replaced with bank question at proper level of difficulty_ II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 51 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Reactor power = 100%
Current conditions:
- A, B, and C LPSW pumps tripped
- AP/24, Loss of LPSW in progress Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following conditions will result in EOP entry?
A. Pressurizer level = 278 inches B. Anyone CRD stator temperature =192 of C. Any RCP Motor Stator temperature = 265 of D. Main Turbine journal bearing #9 vibration = 17 mils
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 51 T2/G1 076G2.4.2, Service Water System Knowledge of system set points, interlocks and automatic actions associated with EOP entry conditions.
(4.5/4.6)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of criteria/setpoints in abnormal procedures which require EOP entry ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect - Plausible in that loss of CC will occur which will cause a loss of Letdown and Pzr level to increase. Pzr Level >375 inches is Rx trip criteria B. Incorrect - Plausible in that loss of CC will occur but wrong in that two CRD Stators (not any; one) must be ~ 180 OF per AP/20 which can be initiated from AP/24 C. Incorrect - Plausible per AP/24, is correct but the setpoint for RCP Motor Stator (T) is> 295 OF.
D. Correct - Per AP/24, if any Main Turbine journal bearing vibration (bearings 1-
- 10) is > 12 mils, THEN trip the Rx and trip the Turbine Generator. When bringing the turbine up to full speed between 800-1400 rpm the vibration trip is
>15 mils Technical Reference(s): AP/24 Rev 23, AP/20 Rev 9 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP-APG Obj R9 Question Source: 8 (EAP210966)
Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added 'one' to answer B for clarity_ II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 52 Unit 3 initial conditions:
- Reactor Power = 100%
- 3A LPSW Pump operating
- LPSW Line leak occurs Current conditions:
- Unit 3 LPSW Pressure =60 psig decreasing slowly
- Operating LPSW pump(s) amps slowly increasing Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the status of the Unit 3 LPSW Pumps and an appropriate action per AP/24 (Loss of LPSW)?
A. ONLY 3A LPSW pump is running / secure operating LPSW pump B. ONLY 3A LPSW pump is running / reduce LPSW loads as needed C. BOTH 3A and 3B LPSW pumps are running / reduce LPSW loads as needed D. BOTH 3A and 3B LPSW pumps are running / secure operating LPSW pumps
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 52 T2/G1 076K4.02, Service Water System Knowledge of SWS design feature{s) and/or interlock{s) which provide for the following: Automatic start features associated with SWS pump controls (2.9/3.2)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the LPSW pump auto start setpoint and status with the Standby LPSW Pump Auto Start Circuit in DISABLE and the action required if pressure is below the setpoint.
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: Pump status is incorrect in that both LPSW pumps are running because current LPSW pressure is below the Auto Start signal setpoint of 70 psig. Cross-tie is incorrect but plausible in that the AP only directs this if NO Unit 3 LPSW pumps are available.
B. Incorrect: Pump status is incorrect as described above but plausible if Auto start interlock is misapplied or setpoint is assumed incorrectly. Action in second part is correct.
C. Correct: Both LPSW pumps are running because current LPSW pressure is below the Auto Start signal setpoint of 70 psig. Action directed if LPSW pressure remains below normal is to reduce LPSW loads.
D. Incorrect: Pump status is correct as noted above in that current LPSW pressure is below the Auto Start signal setpoint of 70 psig. Cross-tie is incorrect but plausible in that the AP only directs this if NO Unit 3 LPSW pumps are available.
Technical Reference(s): AP/1/A11700/024, AP/3/A11700/024, 3SA-9/A-9 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: SSS-LPW R23, EAP-APG R9 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified second part of choice A and D (and associated analyses) II Added "Operating LPSW pump(s) amps slowly increasing" to current conditions.
Modified second part of A and D to read "secure operating LPSW pumps" MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 53 Initial conditions:
- IA Pressure = 105 psig stable
- IA-2718 (Air Supply to Radwaste Facility) Open
- Radwaste Air pressure 78 psig ( and stable)
- Instrument air compressors are aligned as follows:
- Primary IA compressor is Operating
- Backup IA compressors "A" and "B" in Standby 1
- Backup IA compressor "C" in Standby 2
- Auxiliary IA compressors in Auto Current conditions:
- IA pressure decreased to 91 psig and is stable Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the status of IA components?
A. Only Auxiliary IA Compressors start B. Only Backup IA compressors "A" & "B" start C. ALL Backup IA compressors start; Auxiliary IA Compressors start D. ALL Backup IA compressors start; IA-2718 (Air Supply to Radwaste Facility)
CLOSES
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 53 T2tG1 078A3.01, Instrument Air System (lAS)
Ability to monitor automatic operation of the lAS, including: Air pressure (3.1/3.2)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to predict IA system automatic response to a lowering IA system pressure ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: The AlA compressors do not start until AlA receiver pressure reaches 88 pSig. the stem identifies pressure at 91 psig.
B. Correct: ONLY the 'A' and 'B' BtU IA compressors will start and they started at 93 psig.
C. Incorrect: Same as 'A' above for 8tU instrument air compressors. The AlA compressors do not start until AlA receiver pressure reaches 88 psig.
D. Incorrect: See '8' above, IA-2718 (Air Supply to Radwaste Facility) closes at IA pressure below 85 psig.
Technical Reference(s): APt22 Rv 35, SSS-IA Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: SSS-IA Obj. R8 & R39 Question Source: B (555040801)
Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified stem to improve clarity II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 54 Unit 2 plant conditions:
- Reactor power = 100%
- RB pressure = 12.3 psia Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes how RB pressure will be increased to within the limits per PT/2/A/0600/001 (Periodic Instrument Surveillance)?
A. 2PR-42 (RB Purge Disch to Unit Vent) will be opened and this alignment is limited to 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.
B. 2PR-42 (RB Purge Disch to Unit Vent) will be opened and this alignment is limited to 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.
C. 21A-90 (IA Pent Isolation) will be opened and this alignment is limited to 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.
D. 21A-90 (IA Pent Isolation) will be opened and this alignment is limited to 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 54 T2/G1 078K1.03, Instrument Air System (lAS)
Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the lAS and the following systems: Containment air (3.3/3.4)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of physical relationship between IA system and containment (RB) and the requirements associated with aligning IA to the RB during plant operation ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: First part is incorrect in that this is the lineup to vent the RB; plausible if it is miscalculated from the given pressure that RB pressure is too high and needs to be vented/lowered. Time limit is incorrect but plausible because TS requires containment pressure to be restored to within limits within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.
B. Incorrect: First part is incorrect in that this is the lineup to vent the RB; plausible if it is miscalculated from the given pressure that RB pressure is too high and needs to be vented/lowered. Time limit is correct.
C. Incorrect: First part is correct. IA-90 must be opened to pressurize containment pressure to within limits. Time limit is incorrect but plausible because TS requires containment pressure to be restored to within limits within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.
D. Correct. IA-90 must be opened to return containment pressure to within limits and it is limited to 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.
Technical Reference(s): OP/OIAl1106/027 EncI4.39, PT/600/01, OP/OIAl1102/014 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: SSS-IA Obj R14 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Wrote a new question to improve plausibility II Added "increased to within" to the stem to improve plausibility. II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 55 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Reactor Power = 100%
- Reactor Building average temperature = 120°F stable
- RBCU Status:
- 1A - High Speed
- 1B - High Speed
- 1C - High Speed Current conditions:
- Inadvertent ES Channel 5 actuation Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the response of RB Pressure and the RB high pressure limit per TS 3.6.4 (Containment Pressure)?
RB Pressure will _ _ _ _ and the RB high pressure TS Limit is _ _ _ __
A. increase / :5 + 1.2 psig B. increase / :5 + 2.45 psig C. decrease / :5 + 1.2 psig D. decrease / :5 + 2.45 psig
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 55 T2/G1 103A1.01, Containment System Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the containment system controls including: Containment pressure, temperature, and humidity (3.7/4.1)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to predict the impact of changing RBCU configuration on RB pressure due to the resulting change in temperature and the operating limit that is affected by the change ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: The first part is correct. ES channel 5 actuation causes 1A & 1B RBCUs to shift to low speed which reduces cooling air flow. This results in less heat removal. RB pressure will increase due to the heat up of the containment environment. The second part is correct. The RB high pressure limit Per TS 3.6.4 is +1.2 psig.
B. Incorrect: First part is correct as describe above. The second part is incorrect. :5 +
2.45 psig is plausible in that the low TS limit is (-) 2.45 psig not (+) 2.45 psig.
C. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. It is plausible if the candidate fails to realize that two RBCUs will shift to low speed or that low speed will remove less heat. It is also plausible if it is misunderstood that the increase in RB temperature will not cause a corresponding increase in RB pressure. The second part is correct. The RB high pressure limit Per TS 3.6.4 is +1.2 psig.
D. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. It is plausible if the candidate fails to realize that two RBCUs will shift to low speed or that low speed will remove less heat. It is also plausible if it is misunderstood that the increase in RB temperature will not cause a corresponding increase in RB pressure. The second part is incorrect. :5 + 2.45 psig is plausible in that the low TS limit is (-) 2.45 psig not (+) 2.45 psig.
Technical Reference(s):OP/1/Al1104/015, PT/1/Al0600/001, TS 3.6.4 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: PNS-RBC R20, ADM-TSS R4 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Wrote new question II Changed Band D to "s + 2.45 psig" to improve plausible. II Changed stem II MB OK II Fixed answer analysis to explain answer and plausibility statements. III Added TS name to stem.
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 56 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- RCS Cooldown is in progress
- RCS temperature = 240°F
- RCS pressure =260 psig
- RC LR PRESS ENABLE Switch is inadvertently placed in OFF Current conditions:
- RCS pressure = 450 psig Based on the conditions given, which ONE of the following describes the operation of the PORV?
A. PORV will open if pressure reaches 2450 psig.
B. PORV will open if the LR PRESS ENABLE Switch is placed back in ON.
C. PORV will NOT open automatically OR manually D. PORV will NOT open automatically but can be opened manually
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 56 T2/G2 002K4.10, Reactor Coolant System (RCS)
Knowledge of RCS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following: Overpressure protection (4.2/4.4 )
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of operation of the PORV during Low Temperature Overpressure Protection conditions ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: Plausible if the candidate believes that the normal opening setpoint is still in effect.
B. Incorrect: Immediate opening of the PORV is plausible if candidate believes they have reached the Low range PORV setpoint.
C. Incorrect: First part is correct. PORV will not operate in AUTO as the pressure input is removed from the circuit with the LR Selector in OFF and the PORV selected to LOW. Second part is incorrect; Manual operation of the PORV is not affected.
Plausible since the selector switch is a part of the operating circuit.
D. Correct: PORV will not operate in AUTO as the pressure input is removed from the circuit if the LR Selector is in OFF with the PORV selected to LOW. Manual operation of the PORV is not affected.
Technical Reference( s): PNS-PZR Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: PNS-PZR R37 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Changed distractors A and B to improve plausibility. II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 57 Unit 1 Power Range NI indications are as follows:
- NI-5 = 98.7%
- NI-6 = 99.2%
- NI-7 = 99.3%
- NI-8 = 98.8%
- NI-9=99.1%
Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following NI signals will be supplying the input to the Unit 1 Chessell NI Chart Recorder?
A. NI-5 B. NI-6 C. NI-7 D. NI-9
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 57 T2/G2 015A3.01, Nuclear Instrumentation System (NIS)
Ability to monitor automatic operation of the NIS, including: Console and cabinet indications (3.8/3.8)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Require the ability to determine which NI channel will be auto selected to provide the signal to the control board chart recorder to indicate reactor power.
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: Recorder uses second highest of NI-5 through 8, NI-5 is not the second highest B. Correct: NI-6 is the second highest of NI-5 through 8 C. Incorrect: NI-7 is not the second highest of NI-5 through 8. Plausible as it is the highest (most conservative) NI indication.
D. Incorrect: NI-9 is no longer input to Chessell. Plausible as prior to the recent modification NI-5, 6 & 9 were median selected and NI-9 is the median of the 5, 6 &
- 9. (Unit 2 used this method as of 10/22/08)
Technical Reference(s): IC-NI Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: IC-NI Obj. R24 Question Source: B (IC072402)
Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Incorporated NRC comment.!/ MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 58 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Reactor power = 40%
Current conditions:
- Final Feedwater temperature controlling signal fails HIGH Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the initial plant response and the appropriate ICS station(s) used to stabilize the plant in accordance with AP/28 (ICS Instrument Failures)?
Actual Feedwater Flow will _ _. Place the Diamond Panel in Manual and _ _ __
in Hand.
A. decrease / 1A & 1B FDW Masters B. decrease / Steam Generator Master C. increase / 1A & 1B FDW Masters D. increase / Steam Generator Master
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 58 T2/G2 016K3.04, Non-Nuclear Instrumentation System (NNIS)
Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the NNIS will have on the following: MFW system (2.6/2.7)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the effect of a failed FW Temp instrument on the ICS control of the FDW System and the appropriate FDW controls to operate to stabilize the plant ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: Plant response is incorrect. Plausible if the impact of the temperature compensation on the flow instrument is misapplied and assumption is that indicated flow would go down resulting in indicated flow being < FDW demand. Hand/Auto Stations identified in AP/28 are the FDW Masters only.
B. Incorrect: Plant response is incorrect. Plausible if the impact of the temperature compensation on the flow instrument is misapplied and assumption is that indicated flow would go down resulting in indicated flow being < FDW demand. SG Master Hand/Auto Station is plausible if the failed signal is incorrectly assumed to be applied upstream of the SG Master instead of upstream of the FDW Loop Masters.
C. Correct: FW Temp failing high will increase FDW Demand signal and raise actual FDW Flow. Hand/Auto Stations identified in AP/28 are the FDW Masters only.
D. FW Temp failing high will increase FDW Demand signal and raise actual FDW Flow.
SG Master Hand/Auto Station is plausible if the failed signal is incorrectly assumed to be applied upstream of the SG Master instead of upstream of the FDW Loop Masters.
Technical Reference(s): AP/28 Encl 4J, Rev 14 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: STG*ICS Obj R14, SAE*L 087 Obj R17 & R4 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Incorporated NRC comment. II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 59 Which ONE of the following describes the Train A ICCM/RVLlS plasma display indication of CORE SCM for a superheated core and the Core Exit Thermocouples used to calculate this indication.
A. Reverse video with negative numbers I Average of the 5 highest of the 12 for that train of ICCM B. Red flashing negative numbers I Average of the 5 highest of the 12 for that train of ICCM C. Reverse video with negative numbers I Average of the 5 highest of the 24 qualified D. Red flashing negative numbers I Average of the 5 highest of the 24 qualified
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 59 T2/G2-okm 017K5.02, In-Core Temperature Monitor System (ITM)
Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the ITM system: Saturation and subcooling of water (3.7/4.0)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of ITM signal input to Core SCM indications and determining the state of the core coolant in relation to saturation conditions Knowledge of saturated conditions are being tested by having the candidate differentiate between saturated and superheated ITM indications ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. CORRECT: Superheated conditions are correctly displayed by Red/Flashing/Negative Numbers on a reverse video background; ITM SCM indication comes from the Avg of the 5 Highest reading CETCs for each ICCM train B. Incorrect: 2 nd part is correct; 1st part is incorrect but plausible in that red flashing negative numbers are displayed for superheated core conditions on the OAC Standout digital SCM monitors which do not always provide qualified indications.
C. Incorrect: 1st part is correct; 2nd part is incorrect but plausible in that the avg of the five highest of the 24 qualified CETCs is used for the OAC SCM display when >2%
power.
D. Incorrect: Both parts incorrect. 1st part is incorrect but plausible in that red flashing negative numbers are displayed for superheated core conditions on the OAC Standout digital SCM monitors which do not always provide qualified indications. 2 nd part is incorrect but plausible in that the avg of the five highest of the 24 qualified CETCs is used for the OAC SCM display when >2% power.
Technical Reference(s): IC-RCI Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: IC-RCI R44 Question Source: B (IC084202)
Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Removed (or B) from stem II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 60 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Reactor power = 100%
- 1KI is de-energized Current conditions:
- Reactor trip Based on the conditions given, which ONE of the following describes the operation of the Turbine Bypass valves (TBVs)?
The TBVs ...
A. fail closed.
B. fail to 50% open.
C. will continue to function normally in Auto.
D. will be controlled manually from the control room.
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 60 T2/G2 041 K2.01, Steam Dump System (SDS)lTurbine Bypass Control Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following: ICS, normal and alternate power supply (2.8/2.9)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge that KI supplies ICS Auto power and the effect of a loss of ICS Auto power on the operation of the Turbine Bypass Valves (TBVs)
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: Plausible as this is the response to a loss of ICS Auto & Hand power.
B. Incorrect: Plausible as this is a common hand auto station response to a loss of Hand power while the station is in hand per the alarm response. The TBV controllers have Auto & Hand power supplied to the controller in Hand.
C. Incorrect: Plausible as this is the response to a loss of ICS Hand power.
D. Correct: Per 1SA-2/B-11 the TBV's will swap to hand and are operable in Hand only.
Technical Reference(s): 1SA-2/B-11, AP/23 Rev 17 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: STG-ICS Obj R33 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Discuss with NRC. All other HIA stations fail to mid position. II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 61 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Mode 6
- Oefueling in progress
- 1 RIA-6 (Spent Fuel Pool Area Monitor) =4 mr/hr stable Current conditions:
- 1 RIA-6 monitor power supply fuse blows
- 1RIA-6 local reading =0 mr/hr
- 1 RIA-6 View Node indication is magenta Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the impact on fuel handling activities per OP/1 IA/1502/007 (Operations Oefueling/Refueling Responsibilities )?
Fuel Handling activities in the SFP may ...
A. NOT continue until a replacement monitor is in place that is equivalent to 1RIA-6.
B. continue because only the SFP Portable Bridge monitor is required.
C. NOT continue until continuous RP coverage is present on the SFP Bridge.
D. continue provided RIA-41 (SFP Gas) is operable.
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 61 T2/G2 - jmb 072A2.03, Area Radiation Monitoring System Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the ARM system- and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control; or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Blown power-supply fuses (2.7/2.9)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to predict the impact of a blown power supply fuse on SFP Area Rad monitor on the alarm function and Fuel Handling activities ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: FH activity must stop. Both monitors are required per OP/1/A11502/007 and SLC 16.12.2. The replacement monitor must be a portable instrument equivalent in range, sensitivity, and able to alarm locally B. Incorrect: Plausible if the incorrect assumption is made that only one the two monitors is required C. Incorrect: Plausible in that FH activity must stop. Incorrect in that continuous RP coverage would be advantageous but this does not procedural compliance for loss of local monitors D. Incorrect: Plausible if the candidate believes that RIA-41 can be taken credit for monitoring SFP during fuel movement. RIA-6 must be in service to move fuel in the SFP.
Technical Reference(s): OP/1/A11502/007 Rev 81 and SLC 16.12.2.
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: RAD-RIA Obj R9, ADM-TSS Obj R4 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Changed distractor 'D' to improve plausibility. II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 62 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Mode 6 Current conditions:
- East fuel carriage is in the RB and empty
- West fuel carriage is in the SFP and empty
- Main Fuel Bridge in transit to the upender with a spent fuel assembly in the mast
- Section 40 (Fuel Transfer Canal Flooded) of AP/26 (Loss of Decay Heat Removal) initiated Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the first actions required to be taken in accordance with Section 40 (Fuel Transfer Canal Flooded)?
A. Place the fuel assembly into the East Upender and position the West Fuel Carriage to the RB B. Place the fuel assembly into the East Upender and position the East Fuel Carriage to the SFP C. Verify SF system aligned for refueling cooling mode and stop 2B SF cooling pump D. Close 1SF-1 and 1SF-2 (EastlWest Transfer Tube Isolations)
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 62 T2/G2* jmb 034A 1.02, Fuel Handling Equipment System (FHES)
Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the Fuel Handling System controls including: Water level in the refueling canal (2.9/3.7)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to interpret changes in FTC & SFP Levels and determine the correct location to place a fuel assembly and the upenders to prevent exceeding radiation release and off-site dose limits per 10 CFR 100 ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: East upender is the correct location. Procedure directs placing the carriages in the SFP to allow FTT Isolation valves to be closed. Misconception about which way the carriage must go to close SF-1 & 2 B. Correct: Procedure directs placing the fuel assembly in transit into a safe location and specifies the upender or original/intended location and positioning the carriages in the SFP in preparation for closing the FTT Isolation valves.
C. Incorrect: Plausible because it will be performed later in this section of AP/26.
D. Incorrect: Plausible because it will be performed later however both carriages must be placed in the SFP prior to closing SF-1/2.
Technical Reference(s): AP/26 Rev 20, TS 3.9.6 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP*APG Obj R9, FH*FHS Obj R7 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Changed distractors C and D to improve plausibility. II MB OK III Modified stem and answers C and D to ensure only one correct answer
- MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 63 Unit 2 initial conditions:
- Reactor power = 100% stable
- Generator MWe =890 Mwe
- Condenser vacuum = 28.5 inches Hg stable Current conditions:
- Condenser vacuum =24.5 inches Hg slowly decreasing
- AP-27 (Loss of Condenser Vacuum) in progress Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the impact on Reactor power and a required action in accordance with AP/27?
Reactor power wilL ..
A. decrease / reduce power to decrease turbine exhaust steam load on condenser B. decrease / start and align the Main Vacuum Pumps to increase vacuum in the condenser C. remains approximately the same / reduce power to decrease turbine exhaust steam load on condenser D. remains approximately the same / start and align the Main Vacuum Pumps to increase vacuum in the condenser
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 63 T2/G2 -jmb 055G2.2.44, Condenser Air Removal System (CARS)
Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of a system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions. (4.2/4.4)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the impact of reduced vacuum on reactor power and the action taken by the operator to address the impact ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: Reactor power impact is incorrect. Plausible if the assumption is made that the ICS system is not in integrated mode operating with CTPD as the controlling signal. Action is plausible (but not directed by AP/27) because this action would have a beneficial effect on vacuum and because reducing power is a common mitigating action.
B. Incorrect: Reactor power impact is incorrect as noted above. Action is correct. AP/27 directs the operator to dispatch an operator to align the vacuum pumps and start them from the control room.
C. Incorrect: Reactor power response is correct. CTPD will controllCS and maintain reactor power constant. Action is plausible (but not directed by AP/27) because this action would have a beneficial effect on vacuum and because reducing power is a common mitigating action.
D. Correct: CTPD will control ICS and maintain reactor power constant. AP/27 directs the operator to dispatch an operator to align the vacuum pumps and start them from the control room.
Technical Reference(s): 2/AP/27 Rev 3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP-APG Obj R9 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added "approximately" to C & D. Changed "increase" to "decrease" in A & B II MBOK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 64 Which ONE of the following describes the RIA status that will automatically terminate a Gaseous waste release on Unit 3 and the status of the Waste Gas Exhauster if it is running prior to the alarm?
A. 3RIA-37 (NORM WD Gas) AND 3RIA-38 (HIGH WD Gas) HIGH alarm actuated /
Waste Gas Exhauster stops automatically.
B. 3RIA-37 (NORM WD Gas) OR 3RIA-38 (HIGH WD Gas) HIGH alarm actuated /
Waste Gas Exhauster stops automatically.
C. 3RIA-37 (NORM WD Gas) AND 3RIA-38 (HIGH WD Gas) HIGH alarm actuated /
operator must manually stop the Waste Gas Exhauster.
D. 3RIA-37 (NORM WD Gas) OR 3RIA-38 (HIGH WD Gas) HIGH alarm actuated /
operator must manually stop the Waste Gas Exhauster.
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 64 T2/G2 - jmb 071 K1.06, Waste Gas Disposal System (WGDS)
Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause effect relationships between the Waste Gas Disposal System and the following systems: ARM and PRM systems (3.1/3.1 )
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of cause/effect relationship between the PRM System and the WGD system during releases ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: Either 37 or 38 will isolate the GWD release and stop the exhauster.
B. Correct: Either 37 or 38 will isolate the GWD release and stop the exhauster.
C. Incorrect: Either 37 or 38 will isolate the GWD release and stop the exhauster.
D. Incorrect: Either 37 or 38 will isolate the GWD release and stop the exhauster when 37 or 38 alarms.
Technical Reference(s): 3SA-8/B-9, OP/3/Al1104/018 Rev73 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: RAD-RIA Obj 14 Question Source: B Question History: Last NRC Exam 2005 NRC RO Exam Q#52 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Incorporated NRC comment. II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 65 Unit 2 initial conditions:
- Reactor power = 100%
- Switchyard Isolate occurs Current conditions:
- Unit 2 MFB 1 & 2 energized Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the suction supply to LPSW and when the LPSW pumps will restart?
Unit 1 & 2 LPSW is supplied via the ECCW _ _ _ and LPSW pumps will restart
_ _ _ _ after power is restored?
A. first siphon / immediately B. second siphon / immediately C. first siphon / 10 seconds D. second siphon / 10 seconds
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 65 T2/G2 - jmb 075A4.01, Circulating Water System Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:
Emergency/essential SWS pumps (3.2/3.2)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to determine the impact of the loss of Circulating Water (CCW) due to the loss of power and the response of the ECCW and LPSW systems to the loss ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: First siphon flowpath from the intake to the CCW crossover header is the correct source to LPSW. LPSW start time is incorrect. Plausible if time delay is assumed to start when pumps are lost or if time delay is not applied.
B. Incorrect: The suction source is incorrect. Plausible as it is the source to supply cooling to the condenser in this condition. LPSW start time is incorrect as noted above.
C. Correct: First siphon flowpath from the intake to the CCW crossover header is the correct source to LPSW. LPSW pumps will receive a start signal 10 seconds after power is restored due to low system pressure.
D. Incorrect. Incorrect: The suction source is incorrect. Plausible as it is the source to supply cooling to the condenser in this condition. LPSW pump start time is correct.
Technical Reference(s): OP/1/Al1104/010 Rev 127, OP/1/Al1104/012 Rev 76 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: STG-CCW Obj R11, SSS-LPW Obj R23 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No Changes II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 66 Which ONE of the following describes the requirements in OMP 1-02, Rules of Practice to ensure a Motor Operated Valve that acts as a throttle valve closes?
The switch must be placed in the CLOSED position and ...
A. released when the OPEN indication light is off.
B. released as soon as the CLOSED indication light is lit.
C. held for a minimum of five seconds after the CLOSED indication light is lit.
D. held for a minimum of three seconds after the CLOSED indication light is lit.
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 66 T3 - jmb G2.1.1, Conduct of Operations Knowledge of conduct of operations requirements.
(3.8/4.2)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of requirements to operate MOVs that act as throttling valves per OMP 1-02, Rules of Practice ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: Plausible for normal valve operations but not per guidance given in OMP 1-2 for operating MOVs that act as throttling valves B. Incorrect: Plausible for normal valve operations but not per guidance given in OMP 1-2 for operating MOVs that act as throttling valves C. Correct: Per OMP 1-2, hold the switch for a minimum of 5 seconds after receiving the open or closed indication.
D. Incorrect: Plausible but incorrect in that the requirement is 5 seconds. The previous requirement was 3 seconds.
Technical Reference(s): OMP 1-02, Rules of Practice Rev 72 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: ADM-OMP Obj R6 Question Source: B ADM043601 Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Changed distracters to enhance plausibility statements. II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 67 Unit 3 plant conditions:
Time: 0340
- Night Shift RO makes an AUTO LOG entry Time: 0905
- Day Shift RO reviewing the AUTOLOG identifies a mistake in the entry made at 0340 Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes how the AUTOLOG entry is corrected per OMP 2-2 (Unit Logs)?
Unit AUTOLOG corrections may be made ...
A. ONLY by the CR SRO by editing the original entry.
B. by any member of the CR Team by editing the original entry.
C. ONLY by the CR SRO by making a late entry that references the original entry.
D. by any member of the CR Team by making a late entry that references the original entry.
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 67 T3 - jmb G2.1.18, Conduct of Operations Ability to make accurate, clear, and concise logs, records, status boards, and reports.
(3.6/3.8)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to determine the method of correcting an archived AUTO LOG entry and who may make the correction.
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect. The time of the correction is past the end of the shift that the original entry was made indicating that the log has been archived. Per OMP 2-2, correction can be made to archived entries by a late entry that references the original entry. Plausible as this method of correction is allowed if the log has not been archived. There is no requirement for the correction to be made only by the CRSRO.
B. Incorrect. The time of the correction is past the end of the shift that the original entry was made indicating that the log has been archived. Per OMP 2-2, correction can be made to archived entries by a late entry that references the original entry. Plausible as this method of correction is allowed if the log has not been archived.
C. Incorrect. The method of correction is correct. There is no requirement for the correction to be made only by the CRSRO.
D. Correct. Per OMP 2-2, correction can be made to archived entries by a late entry that references the original entry. The time of the correction is past the end of the shift that the original entry was made indicating that the log has been archived. The correction can be made by any member of the control room team.
Technical Reference(s): OMP 2-2 Rev 18 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: ADM-OMP Obj R24 Question Source: M (ADM042401)
Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis MBOK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 68 Which ONE of the following activities is consistent with the conservative operating guidance contained in SOMP 1-2 (Reactivity Management)?
A. Manual rod withdrawal during a Feedwater transient to stop a temperature decrease caused by an instrument failure B. Manually increasing Feedwater flow to stop an RCS pressure increase caused by an RCS temperature increase C. Manually raising one Loop FDW demand while lowering the other Loop FDW demand to control boTcold following an RCP trip D. Manually increasing turbine demand to reduce Turbine Header Pressure and RCS temperature
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 68 T3 G2.1.39, Conduct of Operations Knowledge of conservative decision making practices.
(3.6/4.3)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of conservative reactivity management actions allowed during plant transients.
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: Manual rod withdrawal is not permitted.
B. Incorrect: Increasing FDW Flow is not permitted.
C. Correct: The sequence given is permitted as there is no intent to raise FDW Flow.
D. Incorrect: Increase in Turbine demand is only allowed if intent is to stabilize Turbine Header Pressure not to reduce pressure or RCS temperature.
Technical Reference(s),: SOMP 1-2 Rev 6 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: ADM-OMP Obj R23, TA-PTR Obj R1 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis MBOK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 69 In accordance with OMP 1-02 (Rules of Practice), which ONE of the following describes a condition which would allow Independent Verification of a single valve to be waived and the minimum level of approval required?
A. Dose received will be = 14 mr for a single check Plant SRO B. Valve located in a room where the area dose rate = 878 mr/hr Plant SRO C. Dose received will be = 14 mr for a single check Operations Superintendent D. Valve located in a room where the area dose rate = 878 mr/hr Operations Superintendent
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 69 T3 - okm G2.2.14, Equipment Control Knowledge of the process for controlling equipment configuration or status.
(3.9/4.3)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the independent verification process associated with equipment configuration control ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. CORRECT: Per OMP 1-2, IV waiver allowed for personnel dose if a single valve IV will result in a dose of> 10 mrem. Any Ops supervision can make this determination.
B. Incorrect: Plausible in that the requirement for waiver due to dose rate is >1 Rem/hr.
2nd part is correct.
C. Incorrect: 15t part is correct. 2nd part incorrect; plausible because the Operations section manager is responsible for approval of dose extension above admin limits.
D. Incorrect: Both parts incorrect. First part is plausible in that the requirement for waiver due to dose rate is >1 Rem/hr. 2nd part incorrect; plausible because the Operations section manager is responsible for approval of dose extension above admin limits ..
Technical Reference(s): OMP 1-2 pg. 11 Rev. 72 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: ADM-OMP R6,36,37,39,40 Question Source: M (ADM060902)
Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis MB OK III Modified second part of C & D to "Operations Superintendent" from "Ops Section Manager" to match Operations nomenclature of RP Manual titles
- Changed A&B to "Plant SRO" MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 70 Which ONE of the following describes two (2) evolutions or tests that have pre-planned pre-job briefs per NSD 213 (Risk Management Process), Infrequently Performed Tests or Evolutions?
A. Unit 2 Mid-Loop Operations / Turbine Stop Valve Movement Test B. Unit 2 Mid-Loop Operations / Zero Power Physics Testing C. Placing a new demineralizer in service / Turbine Stop Valve Movement Test D. Placing a new demineralizer in service / Zero Power Physics Testing
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 70 T3 - okm G2.2.7, Equipment Control Knowledge of the process for conducting special or infrequent tests (2.9/3.6)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the definition of Infrequently Performed Tests or Evolutions (IPTEs)
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: Plausible in that knowledge of which tests/evolutions are listed/described in NSD 213, IPTEs. Of the two only Mid-Loop Ops is listed.
B. CORRECT: Per NSD-213 (Risk Management Process) and as mentioned in OMP 1-22 (Pre-job and Post-job Briefs) , Mid-loop Operations and Zero Power Physics Testing are listed/meet the criteria for an Infrequently Performed Test/Evol ution C. Incorrect: Plausible in that both evolutions affect reactivity but are specified as NSD 213 IPTEs. CRD Movement tests are performed quarterly. TSV tests are done every month.
D. Incorrect: Plausible in that knowledge of which tests/evolutions are listed/described in NSD 213, IPTEs. Of the two, only Zero Power Physics Testing is listed.
Technical Reference(s): NSD 213 Rev 7, OMP 1-22 Rev 11 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: ADM-OMP R11, R28 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Incorporated NRC comments. Changed first part of C and D distractor. II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 71 Unit 3 plant conditions:
- Spent Fuel Demineralizer Room dose rate = 3000 MRlHR Based on the above condition, which ONE of the following describes the radiological posting requirements and the access controls for this area?
A. Locked High Radiation / area MUST be posted with a Yellow Flashing Light B. Locked High Radiation / entrance MUST be Locked or Guarded C. Very High Radiation / area MUST be posted with a Yellow Flashing Light D. Very High Radiation / entrance MUST be Locked or Guarded
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 71 T3 - okm G2.3.12, Radiation Control Knowledge of radiological safety principles pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as containment entry requirements, fuel handling responsibilities, access to locked high-radiation areas, aligning filters, etc.
(3.2/3.7)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of radiological postings and required RP access controls ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: Room posting should be LHRA; wrong in that this room is able to be locked but with a caged door; a flashing yellow light is only used when a room/area can not be reasonably locked B. CORRECT: Room posting should be LHRA (>1 r/hr - to - <500 Rlhr). Since the SF Demineralizer Room is able to be locked in the plant it must be locked.
Student must apply the fact that this specific room can be locked otherwise a flashing yellow light would also be correct.
C. Incorrect: Plausible if posting requirements are not known (VHRAs = >500 r/hr) also wrong in that VHRAs must be locked at all times.
I D. Incorrect: Plausible if posting requirements are not known (VHRAs = >500 r/hr).
Plausible in that VHRAs must be locked at all times.
Technical Reference(s): RAD RPP, NSD-507 Rev 13 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: RAD-RPP RB, R24 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _-----.,-
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis MBOK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 72 Unit 1 plant conditions:
- Reactor power = 100%
- 7 gpm primary to secondary leak in 1A SG
- AP/31 is in progress
- The SRO has directed the NEO to perform an action in the turbine building basement Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the location that will have the greatest increase in general area dose rates and the operators response if he receives a dose alarm in the area?
A. Powdex / Remain in the area and monitor dose B. Powdex / Immediately stop and leave the area C. TB Sump / Remain in the area and monitor dose D. TB Sump / Immediately stop and leave the area
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 72 T3 - okm G2.3.14, Radiation Control Knowledge of radiation or contamination hazards that may arise during normal, abnormal, or emergency conditions or activities.
(3.4/3.8)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of increased contamination hazards due to a SGTL and radiological safety practices ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: Plausible in that the Powdex will have the highest general dose rates due to concentrating the SGTL activity. Second part is incorrect in that EDLs are not in effect (not in EOP) therefore he cannot work through a dose alarm. Candidate may believe EDLs are in affect due to being in an AP.
B. CORRECT: The Powdex will gather and concentrate the RCS activity making it have the highest general dose rates; since emergency dose limits (EDLs) are not in affect (not in EOP) the NEO is expected to regard all dose alarms C. Incorrect: Plausible in that the TB Sump will be an area for secondary contamination to collect but it will not have dose rates as high as the Powdex; wrong - also in that EDLs are not in effect therefore he cannot work through dose alarms D. Incorrect: Plausible in that the TB Sump will be an area for secondary contamination to collect but it will not have dose rates as high as the Powdex; since emergency dose limits (EDLs) are not in affect (not in EOP) the NEO is expected to regard all dose alarms Technical Reference(s): AP-31 Rev 15, OMP 1-18 Rev 27 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: EAP-EOP R20, ADM-OMP R10, R52 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Incorporated NRC comments. II MB OK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 73 Plant conditions:
- All Units Reactor power = 100%
- 1SA3/B-6 (Fire Alarm) actuated
- NEO reports flames and heavy smoke spreading to equipment and cable trays
- Fire location = Near the LPSW pumps, Column G30 Based on the above information, which ONE of the following locations is the affected SSF Risk Area(s) and the required action?
REFERENCE PROVIDED A. ALL Three Units / Trip ALL Three Units B. Unit 20NL Y / Trip Unit 2 ONLY C. ALL Three Units / Perform a controlled shutdown on all three units D. Unit 2 ONLY / Perform a controlled shutdown on Unit 2 ONLY
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 73 T3 - okm G2.4.27, Emergency Procedures/Plans Knowledge of "fire in the plant" procedures.
(3.4/3.9)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the Fire Alarms, Fire Plan usage, and AP/25 SSF actions for an in-plant fire ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible in that the fire is located partly on Unit 1 and 2 but the Attachment 1-fire plan dictates the fire as Unit 2 SSF Risk Area ONLY.
The candidates must choose the correct attachment for the correct floor elevation and then determine the correct area affected. Second part is incorrect. Candidate must know manual trip criteria from AP/25 and trip only the affected unit (Unit 2 only).
B. CORRECT: Per ARG for 1SA3/B-6 the fire is a Challenging Active Fire; its location is between Unit 1 and Unit 2; Attachment 1 (provided) dictates the fire as Unit 2 SSF Risk Area ONLY. AP/25 requires only Unit 2 to be manually tripped.
C. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible in that the fire is located partly on Unit 1 and 2 but the Attachment 1-fire plan dictates the fire as Unit 2 SSF Risk Area ONLY.
The candidates must choose the correct attachment for the correct floor elevation and then determine the correct area affected. Second part is incorrect. Plausible if the candidate does not understand there is a challenging active fire requiring a unit trip or that AP/25 requires a unit trip (since the unit trip would be a memory item).
The candidate may believe a controlled shutdown is required on all three units due to LPSW being affected by the fire.
D. Incorrect: First part is correct. Per ARG for 1SA3/B-6, the fire is a Challenging Active Fire. Its location is between Unit 1 and Unit 2. Attachment 1 (provided) dictates the fire as Unit 2 SSF Risk Area ONLY. Second part is incorrect. Plausible if the candidate does not understand there is a challenging active fire requiring a unit trip or that AP/25 requires a unit trip (since the unit trip would be a memory item).
The candidate may believe a controlled shutdown is required on unit 2 only due to LPSW being affected by the fire.
Technical Reference(s): 1SA3/B-6, AP/25 Rev 41 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: 1SA3/B-6 Body and the two enclosed fire plan maps Learning Objective: EAP-SSF R10 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified answers to improve plausibility II MB OK III Enhanced plausibility statements
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 74 Unit 1 plant conditions:
- Reactor tripped from 100% power
- The following Statalarms actuate:
- 1SA~1/C-11 (ES Channel? Trip) 1SA-1/0-11 (ES Channel 8 Trip) 1SA-2/C-4 (RC Pressurizer Level Emerg High/Low) 1SA-2/C-8 (AFIS Header A Initiated) 1SA-2/0-5 (HP LOST Level Interlock Initiated) 1SA-8/A-3 (FOWPT A Trip) 1SA-8/A-6 (FOWPT B Trip)
Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following emergency procedures has the highest priority?
A. Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation)
B. Rule 5 (Main Steam Line Break)
C. Enclosure 5.5 (pzr and LOST Level Control)
O. Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency Feedwater)
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 74 T3 - okm G2.4.45, Emergency Procedures/Plans Ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of each annunciator or alarm (4.1/4.3)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to interpret the significance of statalarms, to diagnose the event, and to prioritize EOP rules and enclosures ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: Plausible in that ES Actuation of all 8 Channels has most likely occurred B. CORRECT: AFIS actuation tells the operator that MSLB has occurred which is the highest priority due to the overcooling it can cause; in fact EHT has caused all the other SA conditions C. Incorrect: Plausible in that overcooling is causing the RCS inventory to contract to the point of possibly emptying the Pzr and LOST; however the overcooling would be stopped by Rule 5.
O. Incorrect: Plausible in that AFIS has caused the MFWPs to trip; a loss of both MFW and EFW would be a higher priority than Rule 5 but there is no reason to assume that EFW pumps are unavailable.
Technical Reference(s): EP/1/A11800/001 Rev 36 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: EAP-EOP R27 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis MBOK
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 75 Unit 3 plant conditions
- LDST level = 75 inches decreasing
- LDST pressure =35 psig stable Based on the above level and pressure trend, which ONE of the following describes the status of the HPI system and states the required action in accordance with OP/1108/001 (Curves and General Information)?
REFERENCE PROVIDED HPI is ...
A. Operable 1 Initiate makeup to LDST B. Operable 1 Depressurize LDST C. Inoperable 1 Initiate makeup to LDST D. Inoperable 1 Depressurize LDST
2009 NRC REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 75 T3* jmb G2.4.47, Emergency Procedures/Plans Ability to diagnose and recognize trends in an accurate and timely manner utilizing the appropriate control room reference material.
(4.2/4.2)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to diagnose trends, to apply the trend to reference material, and knowledge of corrective actions ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Operation above and to the left of curve 1 requires declaring both trains of HPI inoperable. Plausible because the candidate must recall from memory the actions based on the location of level/press on the curve. Second part is incorrect. Making up would increase level which would also increase pressure and keep the LOST out of the permissible region. Plausible because the compensatory actions may be applied for Step 1 "HPI Pumps Operating" in that the student may select this section based on having HPI in service. Could also be chosen if the candidate misapplies the required actions for being outside the "Permissible Operating Region" but still between curve 1 and curve 2.
B. Incorrect: First part is incorrect as stated in answer choice 'A'. Second part is correct.
C. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is incorrect as stated in answer choice
'A' D. CORRECT: Step 2 of enclosure 4.39 requires declaring HPI inoperable and immediately depressurizing the LDST below Curve 1.
Technical Reference(s): Rev 78 of OP/0/Al1108/001 Enclosure 4.39 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: OP/0/Al11 08/001 .39 (page 1 only with action notes removed)
Learning Objective: PNS*HPI Obj. R35 Question Source: N Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Wrote new question to improve plausibility of answers I Rewrote answers and stem to improve plausibility. MB OK III Fixed plausibility statements.
List of RO Exam Attachments
- 17 AP/3/A/17001034 Encl. 5.1 GeneratorCapability Curve - pgs 1 & 3 of 3
- pgs 1-7 and pgs 26 & 27
- 75 OP/O/A/1108/001 Enclosure 4.39 (page 1 only with action notes removed)
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 76 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Reactor power = 100%
Current conditions:
- Tcold =532 of slowly decreasing
- CETCs = 477 of slowly decreasing
- RCS pressure = 535 psig decreasing
- Pzr Level = 0 inches
- 1A SG Pressure =750 psig slowly decreasing
- 1B SG Pressure =680 psig slowly decreasing
- 1RIA-49 in HIGH alarm Based on the above, which ONE of the following is the procedure path to mitigate this event?
REFERENCE PROVIDED A. Loss of Subcooling Margin tab to LOCA Cooldown tab B. Loss of Subcooling Margin tab to Forced Cooldown tab C. Excessive Heat Transfer tab to Loss of Subcooling Margin tab D. Excessive Heat Transfer tab to Forced Cooldown tab
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 76 T1/G1 - okm 011 EA2.13, Large Break LOCA Ability to determine or interpret the following as they apply to a large break LOCA: Difference between overcooling and LOCA indications (3.7/3.7)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to interpret the indications and determine that a LBLOCA has occurred; then a determination of EOP procedure routing is required.
SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Requires assessment of facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during normal, abnormal, and emergency situations. (43.5)
SRO level knowledge required to select appropriate cooldown procedure.
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. CORRECT: Conditions above indicate a LBLOCA event has occurred; procedure hierarchy dictates routing from the LOSCM tab to the LOCA CD tab B. Incorrect: Plausible in that the first part is correct and RCPs will have been secured.
Second part is plausible in that FCD tab is used to cooldown without RCPs during subcooled conditions. However, entrance into forced cooldown tab is not correct based on RCS saturated conditions.
C. Incorrect: Plausible in that a large MSLB (EHT) event will cause excessive overcooling that could cause the RCS to saturate due inventory contraction. First part is incorrect. When in the EHT tab if the plant is saturated then the EHT tab transfers to the LOSCM tab. Therefore the second part is plausible.
D. Incorrect: Plausible in that a large MSLB (EHT) event will cause excessive overcooling that could cause the RCS to saturate due inventory contraction. First part is incorrect. FCD is plausible if the student thinks that at least one SG will be available to transfer heat and that RCPs cannot be restored to service.
Technical Reference(s): EAP LOSCM Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: EOP Enc!. 5.18 Learning Objective: EAP LOSCM, R5 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Clarified plausibility statement. Discuss purpose of FCD tab with NRC. MB OK
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 77 Unit 1 initial conditions:
Time = 0900
- Reactor power = 100%
- HPI Pump discharge pressure = 2300 psig stable
- Pzr Level = 209 inches decreasing
- LOST Level = 84 inches decreasing
- Seal Injection flow = 32 gpm stable
.* RC Makeup Flow = 140 gpm increasing Current conditions:
Time = 0905
- Pressurizer level = 200 inches decreasing
- LOST Level = 65 inches decreasing
- Seal Injection flow = 32 gpm stable
- RC Makeup Flow = 160 gpm stable
- Repairs will require 7 days to complete Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the current plant condition and whether a Tech Spec shutdown is required?
A. HPI Normal Injection header break Shutdown is required B. HPI Normal Injection header break Shutdown is NOT required C. Letdown Line leak Shutdown is required D. Letdown Line leak Shutdown is NOT required
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 77 T1/G1 -jmb 022AA2.01, Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup: Whether charging line leak exists (3.2/3.8)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to diagnose a charging line break.
SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Requires assessment of facility conditions and shutdown determination based on TS knowledge. Header inoperability is required due to isolation in AP/14. (43.5)
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Event diagnosis is correct. Shutdown is required due to RCS leakage/inoperable 'A' HPI injection header.
B. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part incorrect but plausible in that AP-14 provides specific direction to start the standby HPI pump and close 1HP-115 to split the normal injection line from the seal injection line. This will stop the leak but shutdown will still be required due to HPI header still being inoperable.
C. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible in that LOST level is decreasing indicating a leak. Second part correct.
O. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible in that LOST level is decreasing indicating a leak. Second part incorrect. Plausible in that AP-14 provides specific direction to start the standby HPI pump and close 1HP-115 to split the normal injection line from the seal injection line. This will stop the leak but shutdown will still be required due to HPI header still being inoperable.
Technical Reference(s): AP-14 Rev 16, TS 3.5.2, High Pressure Injection Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP-APG, R9 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Removed bullet in current conditions. Modified answers to make SRO level. II Added "Repairs will require 7 days to complete" to current conditions to ensure only one correct answer. MB OK
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 78 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Reactor power = 100%
Current conditions:
- Pressurizer level = 72 inches increasing
- Pressurizer heaters energized
- RCS Pressure = 1910 psig Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes whether Pressurizer heaters should be energized and the TS bases for the availability of a minimum capacity of pressurizer heaters?
A. Pressurizer Heaters should be energized Ensure the ability to control system pressure and maintain subcooling with an extended loss of offsite power B. Pressurizer Heaters should be energized To prevent solid plant operations and subsequent pressure transients that could damage RCS piping C. Pressurizer Heaters should NOT be energized Ensure the ability to control system pressure and maintain subcooling with an extended loss of offsite power D. Pressurizer Heaters should NOT be energized To prevent solid plant operations and subsequent pressure transients that could damage RCS piping
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 78 T1/G1 - jmb 027AA2.1 0, Pressurizer Pressure Control System Malfunction Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Pressurizer Pressure Control Malfunctions: PZR heater energized/de-energized condition (3.3/3.6)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to determine if the appropriate Pzr heaters are energized with Pzr level below the interlock at reduced RCS pressure.
SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Requires knowledge Facility operating limitations in the technical specifications bases.
(43.2)
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: Heater status is incorrect. Plausible as this is the condition the heaters would be in if Pzr level were> 80 inches. The Tech Spec bases is correct.
B. Incorrect: Heater status is incorrect as noted above. Bases is incorrect. Plausible in that solid Pzr operations implies the loss of the Pzr vapor space and the loss of the vapor space is the bases for the maximum water level in the pressurizer.
C. Correct: The pressure given would result in energizing all the pressurizer heaters however with Pzr level < 80 inches all heater will be off. The bases of the heater capacity as stated in TS 3.4.9: "A minimum required available capacity of 400 kW ensures that the RCS pressure can be maintained. Unless adequate heater capacity is available, reactor coolant subcooling cannot be maintained indefinitely. Inability to control the system pressure and maintain subcooling under conditions of natural circulation flow in the primary system could lead to loss of single phase natural circulation and decreased capability to remove core decay heat."
D. Incorrect: Heater status is correct. Bases is incorrect as noted above in B.
Technical Reference(s): PNS-PZR Rev 16a, TS 3.4.9 Bases Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: PNS-PZR Obj. R5, R7 & R19, ADM-TSS Obj R5 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No changes II MB OK
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 79 Unit 3 plant conditions:
- Reactor power = 100%
- CC Return Flow = 563 gpm decreasing
- Letdown Temperature = 138°F stable
- One or more of the following alarms have actuated:
~ 3SA-9/B-1 (CC CRD Return Flow Low).
~ 3SA-2/C-1 (HP Letdown Temperature High)
~ 3SA-9/C-1 (CC Component Cooling Return Flow Low)
Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes a required action from the associated ARG(s) to mitigate this event? If the ARG directed actions are NOT successful, which Abnormal Procedure is required to be entered first?
A. Verify CC Surge Tank level> 15 inches and start the standby CC pump AP/32 (Loss of Letdown)
B. Verify CC Surge Tank level> 15 inches and start the standby CC pump AP/20 (Loss of Component Cooling)
C. Decrease letdown flow using 3HP-7 (LETDOWN CONTROL)
AP/32 (Loss of Letdown)
D. Decrease letdown flow using 3HP-7 (LETDOWN CONTROL)
AP/20 (Loss of Component Cooling)
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 79 T1/G1 - jmb 026EG2.4.50, Loss of Component Cooling Water Ability to verify system alarm setpoints and operate controls identified in the alarm response manual.
(4.2/4.0)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to determine alarm status based upon plant conditions and determine the appropriate controls directed to be operated in the alarm response.
SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Requires assessment of facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during an abnormal situation. (43.5)
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B 3SA-2/C-1 setpoint = 130°F and is actuated. 3SA-9/B-1 (CC CRD Return Flow Low)
Setpoint = 138 gpm and is NOT actuated. Loss of letdown has occurred as a result of decreased l CC flow. SRO must prioritize AP entry.
A. Incorrect: First part is correct. Action is correct as it is directed by 3SA-2/C1.
Second part is incorrect. Entry conditions are met for both AP/20 and AP/32 however; AP/20 is first to be entered by statalarm procedure (AP/20 is the higher priority procedure and must be prioritized first).
B. Correct: Action to verify CC surge tank level> 15 inches and start standby CC pump are directed in 3SA-9/B-1. AP/20 is first to be entered by statalarm procedure.
C. Incorrect: Plausible in that the action directed is correct for 3SA-2/C-1 (High Letdown Temp). Procedure selection is incorrect as noted above in A.
D. Incorrect: Plausible in that the action directed is correct for 3SA-2/C-1 (High Letdown Temp). Abnormal procedure selection is correct.
Technical Reference( s): OP/31Al61 03/002 (3SA-2/C-1), OP/31Al61 03/009 (3SA-9/B-1 &
3SA-9/C-1), AP/20, AP/32 Proposed references t6 be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: PNS-CC Obj R17 & R20 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Increase letdown temperature to make both APs apply. II Rewrote stem to improve plausibility. MB stated he is okay with the concept but need to clean up the wording III Reordered choices for psychometrics and rewrote AA; rewrote stem for clarity. MB OK IIII Modified stem for clarity
- MB OK IIIII Modified second and third bullets by lowering values and adding trends to minimize confusion. MB OK
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 80 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Startup from refueling outage in progress
- Reactor power = 5% stable
- 1A Main FDW Pump in service Current conditions:
- Switchyard isolate
- 1A Main FDW Pump tripped
- EOP IMAs and Symptom Checks complete Which ONE of the following describes how EFW will be controlled based on the above conditions and which design bases scenario requires the highest initial post-trip EFW flow?
A. Emergency feedwater will be allowed to control SG levels in AUTO Loss of Main FDW and loss of offsite power B. Emergency feedwater will be allowed to control SG levels in AUTO
, Loss of Main FDW with offsite power available C. Emergency feedwater will be manually throttled to prevent RCS overcooling Loss of Main FDW and loss of offsite power D. Emergency feedwater will be manually throttled to prevent RCS overcooling Loss of Main FDW with offsite power available
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 80 T1/G1 *okm 054AG2.4.9, Loss of Main Feedwatef Knowledge of low power/shutdown implications in accident (e.g., loss of coolant accident or loss of residual heat removal) mitigation strategies. (3.8/4.2) .
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the student to know the implications of a loss of Main Feedwater from a low power condition and the mitigation strategies involved SRO*ONLY ANALYSIS Requires student to know mitigation strategies beyond Entry Conditions/IMAs and TS bases ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: Both parts are incorrect. First part is plausible in that normally auto operation of EFW is preferred. Second part is plausible in that the candidate could assume that a loss of offsite power would be more limiting.
B. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible in that normally auto operation of EFW is preferred. Second part is correct.
C. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is incorrect but plausible in that the candidate could assume that a loss of offsite power would be more limiting.
D. Correct: Due to low core decay heat EFW is required to be throttled to prevent RCS overcooling. Per TS 3.7.5 Bases "The limiting event for the EFW System is the loss of main feedwater with offsite power available; i.e. with RCP heat.
Technical Reference(s): EP/1/A11800/001 Rev 36a (EOP) RULE 3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: EAp*LOHT R26; ADM* TSS R5 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added "manually" to C and D. II MB OK III Changed initial power in stem from 2%
to 5% for clarity
- MB OK
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 81 Unit 3 initial conditions:
- Reactor power = 100%
Current conditions:
- 3DIA supply breaker to CRD breaker shunt trip device in RPS channel "A" tripped OPEN Based on current plant conditions, which ONE of the following describes the status of RPS channel "A" and the required administrative actions?
A. 3A RPS channel is NOT operable.
TS 3.3.1 (RPS Instrumentation) action statements are required to be performed.
B. 3A RPS channel is operable.
TS 3.3.4 (Control Rod Drive Trip Devices) action statements are required to be performed.
C. 3A RPS channel is NOT operable.
TS 3.3.1 (RPS Instrumentation) action statements are NOT required to be performed.
D. 3A RPS channel is operable.
TS 3.3.4 (Control Rod Drive Trip Devices) action statements are NOT required to be performed.
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 81 T1/G1 - gcw 058AG2.2.37, Loss of DC Power Ability to determine operability and/or availability of safety related equipment.
(3.6/4.6)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to determine operability of RPS channel with a loss of DC power.
SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Question requires knowledge of TS operability for components affecting reactivity.
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: both parts are incorrect.
B. Correct: The RPS trip signal will still de-energize to trip the CRD breaker and the RPS channel is operable. TS 3.3.4 requires all 4 Control Rod Drive Trip Devices to be operable C. Incorrect: first part incorrect. Plausible because if the RPS channel power supply KVIA was de-energized this would be correct. Second part is correct. Only require 3/4 RPS trip functions to be operable.
D. Incorrect: first part correct. TS 3.3.4 requires all 4 Control Rod Drive Trip Devices to be operable. Plausible because TS only require 3/4 RPS trip functions to be operable.
Technical Reference(s): TS 3.3.4 (Control Rod Drive Trip Devices)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: IC-RPS Obj R17 Question Source: Bank Question History: Last NRC Exam 2007 ONS SRO Exam Q #91 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified second part of answers to remove unneeded information per NRC comment. II MB OK
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 82 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Reactor power = 100%
- 1C HPIP is declared inoperable Current conditions:
- 1HP-120 valve controller air line blows off
- HPI FLOW TRAIN "A" indication fails to zero gpm Based on the conditions above, which ONE of the following describes the impact on 1HP-120 and whether performing actions of TS LCO 3.0.3 are required?
ASSUME NO OPERATOR ACTIONS A. 1HP-120 fails OPEN Actions of LCO 3.0.3 are required B. 1 HP-120 fails OPEN Actions of LCO 3.0.3 are NOT required C. 1 HP-120 fails CLOSED Actions of LCO 3.0.3 are required D. 1HP-120 fails CLOSED Actions of LCO 3.0.3 are NOT required
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 82 T1/G2 - New KIA 028AA2.03, Pressurizer Level Control Malfunction Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Pressurizer Level Control Malfunctions: Charging subsystem flow indicator and controller (2.8/3.3)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to predict how the pressurizer level control valve fails due to loss of IA and the affect of a loss of an HPI train flow gauge on HPI operability sRO*ONLY ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the bases for the operating limits established in Tech Specs for operability of an HPI train. This requires SRO knowledge from the TS basis to know this. .
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: First part incorrect. Plausible because another primary valve (HP-31) fails open on a loss of IA. Second part is correct.
B. Incorrect: First part incorrect. Plausible because another primary valve (HP-31) fails open on a loss of IA. Second part is incorrect. Plausible if the candidate does not know that having the flow instrument out of service makes the train out of service .
. This would lead to the candidate believing that only one train of HPI is out of service and TS 3.0.3 is not required.
C. Correct: 1Hp*120 fails CLOSED on a loss of IA. HPI FLOW TRAIN "A" failing causes the "A" HPI train to be inoperable (This requires sRO knowledge from the Ts basis to know that having the flow instrument out of service makes the train out of service). The "8" train is already inoperable due to the 1C HPIP 005. Ts 3.5.2 Condition H requires entering LCO 3.0.3 immediately for two HPI training inoperable.
D. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is incorrect. Same as answer 'B' above.
Technical Reference(s): AP/22 (Loss of Instrument Air); Ts 3.5.2 (High Pressure Injection)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP*APG AP/14 Encl. R9; ADM*Tss R5, R6 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Operability of second HPI train requires TS basis knowledge. Discuss with NRC. II Modified stem and answers to improve SRO level. II MB OK III fixed plausibility statements to match previous changes.
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 83 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Time = 0600
- Reactor Power = 36%
- Pressurizer level =220 inches
- LOST Level =85 inches Current conditions:
- Time = 0610
- Reactor Power = 36%
- Pressurizer level =220 inches
- LOST Level = 77.5 inches
- 1 RIA-40 Alert and High Alarm actuated Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the procedure required to be entered and actions directed by the procedure?
A. EOP (Emergency Operating Procedure) SGTR Tab Initiate a Maximum Runback to 15% then manually trip the reactor and isolate the affected SG B. EOP (Emergency Operating Procedure) SGTR Tab Initiate a plant shutdown to 5% then manually trip the reactor. Maintain Pressurizer level 140 - 180 inches while cooling down to isolate the affected SG C. AP/31 (Primary to Secondary Leakage)
Initiate Enclosure 5.2 (Reduction of Secondary leakage and Cross-Unit Contamination) and perform Enclosure 5.8 (Resetting 1RIA-40, and OAC Setpoints)
O. AP/31 (Primary to Secondary Leakage)
Initiate a shutdown using AP/29 (Rapid UnitShutdown) and perform Enclosure 5.2 (Reduction of Secondary leakage and Cross-Unit Contamination) to control Secondary Leakage.
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 83 T1/G2 - jmb 037AG2.4.31, Steam Generator (S/G) Tube Leak Knowledge of annunciator alarms, indications, or response procedures.
(4.2/4.1 )
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of conditions indicated by plant indications and alarms and procedures used to address the conditions.
SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Requires determination of plant conditions and selection of appropriate procedures to address the conditions given (43.5)
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: 0 A. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible as this is correct for a larger pri to sec leak
(> 25 gpm). EOP entry is directed for tube leaks> 25 gpm. AP entry is not required.
prz level can remain stable for leaks up to 160 gpm.
B. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible as this is correct for a larger pri to sec leak
(> 25 gpm). EOP entry is directed for tube leaks> 25 gpm. AP entry is not required.
prz level can remain stable for leaks up to 160 gpm.
C. Incorrect. Using Attachment 5.5 of AP/31 or Enclosure 5.1 of AP/2 the leak rate is
- 23 gpm. Miscalculating leak rate or failure to recognize correct routing in AP/31 would result in initiating End 5.2 and resetting the RIA & OAC setpoint as these actions are directed 'if leak rate is lower.
O. Correct: Calculated tube leak size using changes in LOST level is ::::23 gpm.
(31.3 gal/in X 7.5 in/10 min = 23.5 gpm) This amount of Primary to secondary leakage requires entry into AP/31 and a shutdown is initiated. Based on conditions the appropriate procedure for the plant SID to meet Encl 5.1 requirements is AP/29. AP/31 Enclosure 5.2 is directed to be used to control secondary leakage.
Technical Reference(s): EOP Rev. 36 - IMAs & SAs, SGTR Tab, AP/31 Rev. 15 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP-APG Obj R9 EAP-SGTR Obj R2 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added information to AA. Modified A and B to go to SGTR tab. II MB OK
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 84 Unit 2 initial conditions:
- Reactor power = 70% stable
- 2A2 RCP secured 10 days ago Current conditions
- Control Rod Group 4 Rod 1 dropped to 0% withdrawn
- Excore and Incore Quadrant Power Tilt (QPT) readings exceed the TRANSIENT limits, but are less than the MAXIMUM limits Based on the above conditions and per AP/15 (Dropped or Misaligned Control Rods),
which ONE of the following describes the runback requirement and the TS bases for QPT limits?
An ICS runback _ _ _ _ _ _ and QPT limits ensure _ _ _ __
A. and operator action is required to reduce power to s 60% of Allowable Thermal Power clad failure does not occur due to power peaking B. and operator action is required to reduce power to s 60% of Allowable Thermal Power a flat flux profile is maintained as the core ages C. automatically reduces power to s 60% of Allowable Thermal Power clad failure does not occur due to power peaking D. automatically reduces power to s 60% of Allowable Thermal Power a flat flux profile is maintained as the core ages
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 84 T1/G2 - okm BA01AG2.4.11, Plant Runback Knowledge of abnormal condition procedures (4.0/4.2)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the control rod ICS runback and knowledge of AP/15 actions SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of facility procedures and bases for TSs ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. CORRECT: Per AP/15 and ICS design the rod runback reduces power to 55%
however the allowable power level is 75% for 3-RCP operations; therefore AP/15 directs action to further reduce to S 45%. Cladding failure due to power peaking for all modes of operation is the reason for QPT limits B. Incorrect: First part is correct; QPT limits are there to assure core safety limits will not be exceeded during all modes of operation especially accidents; however maintaining a flat flux profile as the core ages is a concern associated with normal operation and fuel management.
C. Incorrect: Plausible in that ICS runback lowers power to S; 55%, however power must be reduced to s; 60% of Allowable Thermal Power which for 3-RCP operations is 45% not 55% so further operator action is needed to lower power. Second part is correct.
D. Incorrect: Plausible in that ICS runback lowers power to s; 55%, however power must be reduced to s; 60% of Allowable Thermal Power which for 3-RCP operations is 45% not 55% so further operator action is needed to lower power. QPT limits are there to assure core safety limits will not be exceeded during all modes of operation especially accidents; however maintaining a flat flux profile as the core ages is a concern associated with normal operation and fuel management.
Technical Reference(s): AP/15, RT-PO Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: EAP-APG R9, RT-PO R5, R6 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added lIof Allowable Thermal Power" to A and B. II MB OK III Reworded IIwithin limits" to IIless than" limits in stem CCs. Changed 45% to 60% in A and B due to no correct answer. Modified 2nd part of all answers for improved plausibility.
Fixed answer analyses for B, C, and D
- MB OK
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 85 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Reactor power = 100%
- LOSCM tab in progress
- Rule 2 is complete
- RCS pressure = 825 psig increasing slowly
- Core SCM =4°F increasing
- Loop SCM = O°F
- Pzr level =0 inches
- 1C HPI Pump has a sheared shaft Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following states how SG pressure will be controlled per the LOSCM tab and which EOP tab will be used to cool down the unit to decay heat removal conditions?
A. Control SG steaming and feeding rates to establish RCS cooldown rate within TS limits / LOCA CD B. Control SG steaming and feeding rates to establish RCS cooldown rate within TS limits / FCD C. Establish EFDW Flow to both SGs and fully depressurize both SGs / LOCA CD D. Establish EFDW Flow to both SGs and fully depressurize both SGs / FCD
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 85 T1/G2 BE08EA2.1, LOCA Cooldown Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (LOCA Cooldown): Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations.
(2.8/4.2)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires determination that conditions exist for a controlled cooldown of the RCS using SGs and selection of procedure used to direct the cooldown to cold shutdown conditions.
SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Requires assessment of plant conditions and based on that assessment selection of the appropriate procedure used to control the plant cooldown. (43.5)
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible because this would be the normal steps taken if HPI were not degraded. Second part is correct.
B. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible because this would be the normal steps taken if HPI were not degraded. Second part is plausible because with no RCPs operating and SCM> O°F a transfer would be made to the FCD tab.
C. CORRECT: With loss of SCM and degraded HPI, the SG's are fed to the LOSCM setpoint and fully depressurized. A transfer will be made to the LOCA CD tab of the EOP.
D. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is plausible because with no RCPs operating and SCM> OOF a transfer would be made to the FCD tab.
Technical Reference(s): EP/1/1800/001 LOSCM Tab Rev 36 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP-LOSCM Obj. R12 & 17 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No changes. II MB Ok
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 86 Unit 3 initial conditions:
- Reactor Power = 100% stable
- 3A 1 RCP vibration =4 mils slowly increasing Current conditions:
- Reactor Power = 100% stable
- 3SA-9/E2 (RC PUMP VIBRATION EMERG HIGH) actuates
- 3A 1 RCP vibration = 22 mils slowly increasing Based on the current conditions above, which ONE of the following describes how the SRO will direct the sequence of actions to mitigate this event?
The OATC will ...
A. perform a rapid runback per AP/29 (Rapid Unit Shutdown) to <70% and then the BOP will manually trip the 3A 1 RCP.
B. perform a rapid runback per AP/16 (Abnormal RCP Operation) to <70% and then the BOP will manually trip the 3A 1 RCP.
C. manually trip the reactor and then perform IMAs; the BOP will manually trip 3A 1 RCP and then perform a symptom check.
D. manually trip the reactor and then perform IMAs; the BOP will perform a symptom check and then manually trip 3A 1 RCP.
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 86 T2/G1 - okm 003G2.4.49, Reactor Coolant Pump Ability to perform without reference to procedures those actions that require immediate operation of system components and controls (4.6/4.4)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires the ability to recognize conditions requiring the immediate tripping of a RCP (including the prerequisite tripping of the Reactor)
SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Requires the assessment of plant conditions and selecting the sequence of procedures during abnormal/emergency situations (43.5) The SRO prioritizes the sequence of how these procedures are implemented. He determines that securing RCP takes precedents over the normal practice of the BOP performing a symptoms check immediately following a reactor trip.
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: AP/29 is plausible if candidate does not recognize that an immediate RCP trip is required. AP/29 is normally the AP used to rapidly reduce power.
B. Incorrect: This would be correct if the immediate trip criteria is not met.
C. Correct: SRO must immediately recognize that conditions require the immediate tripping of the Reactor and then the RCP per AP/16. Once tripped EOP IMAs will be directed. After IMAs are directed the SRO will then direct the BOP to trip the RCP per AP/16 (still in progress) while the OATC is performing IMAs.
D. Incorrect: This routing is plausible as it is the normal sequence following a reactor trip.
Technical Reference(s): OMP 1-18 Rev. 027, 3/AP/16 Rev. 18 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: EAP-EOP Obj. R7, R20, EAP-APG Obj. R9 Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified "0" for improved plausibility. Added "Reactor Power = 100% stable" to current conditions. Discuss SRO knowledge. II MB OK
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 87 Unit 1 plant conditions:
- Dateffime = 12-2 / 2100
- RCS Loops "dropped"
- 1A LPI pump operating
- SR 3.4.8.1 is discovered to have NOT been performed since 12-1 / 2100
- SR 3.4.8.1 cannot be performed Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following states the time that the operating DHR loop shall be declared inoperable due to not meeting surveillance requirements per Tech Spec 3.4.8 (RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Not Filled) including any applicable extensions?
REFERENCE PROVIDED Declare the operating DHR loop inoperable at. ..
A. 2100 on 12-2.
B. 1200 on 12-2.
C. 0900 on 12-3.
D. 2100 on 12-3.
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 87 T2/G1- okm 005G2.2.38, Residual Heat Removal System Knowledge of conditions and limitations in the facility license (3.6/4.5)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of LPI Tech Specs as pertains to the DHR mode of operation SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the conditions and limitations in the facility license (43.2)
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: D A. Incorrect: SR 3.0.3 is applicable due to discovery of missed surveillance. SR 3.0.3 allows the greater of 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> or the stated frequency (12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />), whichever is greater, to complete the surveillance. Plausible if the. loop is declared inoperable immediately due to missing the surveillance.
B. Incorrect: SR 3.0.3 allows an additional 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> as explained above. This answer is plausible if inoperable is declared at SR*1.25 (15 hrs) from last SR performance (ignores idea of "time of discovery").
C. Incorrect: Time is from discovery + additional 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> (additional 24 hrs is allowed)
D. CORRECT: Time is from discovery + additional 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> or specified frequency (12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />), whichever is greater. This answer uses 24 hrs, most allowed.
Technical Reference(s): TS 3.4.8, TS SR 3.0.3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: TS 3.4.8 Learning Objective: ADM - TSS R5, R6 Question Source: B (ADM01 0501)
Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Enhance liD" AA. III Replaced with a bank question IIII Modified stem for clarity MB OK III Modified the stem as follows for clarity and to ensure only one correct answer: added bullet "SR 3.4.8.1 cannot be performed" and to stem "include any applicable extensions" and to stem "LPI operating in normal DHR" to replace "1C LPI pump ... " to remove alignment conflicts.
- MB OK "" Modified stem by deleting bullet for RCS temperature and modified DHR bullet to now state "1A LPI pump operating. Also added "due to not meeting surveillance requirements" to stem. MB OK
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 88 Unit 1 plant conditions:
- RC temperature = 240°F slowly decreasing
- RC pressure = 180 psig slowly decreasing
- BWST level = 5.5 ft stable
- Radiation Levels in the LPI pump rooms allow access Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the alignment for the in-progress cooldown to accomplish decay heat removal provided by the EOP?
A. One LPI train in High Pressure Mode and one LPI train in ECCS alignment with suction from the RBES.
B. One LPI train in series Mode and one LPI train in ECCS alignment with suction from the RBES.
C. Both LPI trains in ECCS alignment with suction from the RBES.
D. Both LPI trains in normal DHR alignment.
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 88 T2/G1 - gcw 006G2.1.20, Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS)
Ability to interpret and execute procedure steps.
(3.8/4.0)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of ECCS alignment during LOCA cooldown SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Requires SRO knowledge EOP LOCA cooldown steps ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: The LOCA Cooldown section of the EOP will align one LPI train in the High Pressure Mode while leaving the other in its ECCS alignment with suction on the RBES.
B. Incorrect Series mode would require use of both LPI Coolers. By procedure one train remains aligned to the RBES to provide for replacement of water lost out of the break.
C. Incorrect: One train is aligned in the High Pressure Mode due to its better Cooling characteristics.
D. Incorrect: By procedure one train remains aligned to the RBES to provide for replacement of inventory lost out the break.
Technical Reference(s): EOP LOCA Cooldown tab.
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: EAP-LCD Obj. R7 Question Source: Bank (EAP240701)
Question History: Last NRC Exam ---'--_ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis New KA and new bank question. II Changed ReS temp to 240 degrees. MB OK
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 89 Unit 3 initial conditions:
- LOCA in progress
- RB Pressure =16 psig increasing Current conditions:
- BWST Level = 5 feet stable
- 3SA8/D11, BS "A" HEADER FLOW HIGH/LOW, actuated
- 3A RBS Pump amps are oscillating
- 3B Train RBS parameters are normal for the plant conditions Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the actions required by the Alarm Response Guide and the design basis for RBS?
A. Allow 3A RBS Pump to run, throttle discharge valve (3BS-1), and vent the pump.
RBS is necessary to maintain RB pressure and temperature within design values.
B. Allow 3A RBS Pump to run, throttle discharge valve (3BS-1), and vent the pump.
RBS is necessary to maintain RB pressure within design value. No design value exists for RB temperature.
C. Secure the 3A RBS Pump.
RBS is necessary to maintain RB pressure and temperature within design values.
D. Secure the 3A RBS Pump.
RBS is necessary to maintain RB pressure within design value. No design value exists for RB temperature.
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 89 T2/G1 - okm 026A2.07, Containment Spray System (CSS)
Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the CSS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Loss of containment spray pump suction when in recirculation mode, possibly caused by clogged sump screen, pump inlet high temperature exceeded cavitation, voiding, or sump level below cutoff (interlock) limit (3.6/3.9)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of TS Bases in that the impact of losing a spray pump is still within the RB P-T design basis limits. Procedure usage to correct, control, or mitigate is covered by the Alarm Response Guide SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS 55.43(2) Facility operating limitations in the technical specifications and their bases ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect. Throttling is contrary to the guidance in the ARG. Plausible because throttling the discharge valve would be a method to raise suction pressure, which can be a cause of cavitation.
B. Incorrect. According to TS Basis, a design value for RB Temperature exists.
Throttling is contrary to the guidance in the ARG. Plausible because throttling the discharge valve would be a method to raise suction pressure, which can bea cause of cavitation. Also plausible because ES actuation is triggered by containment pressure, not temperature.
C. Correct. CAUTION in the ARG states that RBS is to be secured if loss of suction is causing the low flow. Loss of suction is indicated by the oscillating amps in conjunction with the alarm. Tech Spec Bases states RB spray is required to keep post-accident pressure and temperature within design values.
D. Incorrect. According to TS Bases, a design value for RB Temperature exists.
Plausible because ES actuation is triggered by containment pressure, not temperature.
Technical Reference(s): OP/1/A16101/00S, ARG 1SA-OS/D-11 II TS 3.6.5, Reactor Building Spray and Cooling System, Bases Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: PNS-RBS R11 Question Source: BANK Question History: Last NRC Exam: 2006 SRO Exam #34 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No changes. II Changed stem to read "the design basis for RBS". MB OK
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 90 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Reactor power = 100%
Current conditions:
- Main Turbine trips
- 1FDW-35 (1A FDW Control Valve) fails OPEN
- Statalarm 1SA-2/B-9 (MS Stm Gen A Level High/Emerg Low) actuates
- 1B SG level = 53 inches XSUR decreasing Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the required action in accordance with the EOP Subsequent Actions and the bases for the SLC limit on SG Level?
A. Take manual control 1FDW-35 and reduce 1A SG level I ensure overcooling event due to steam generator overfill will not lead to pressurized thermal shock of the reactor vessel.
B. Take manual control 1FDW-35 and reduce 1A SG level I ensure containment pressure remains within the maximum design limits assumed in the accident analysis for a MSLB
- c. Trip both Main FDW Pumps and stop steaming 1A SG I ensure overcooling event due to steam generator overfill will not lead to pressurized thermal shock of the reactor vessel.
D. Trip both Main FDW Pumps and stop steaming 1A SG I ensure containment pressure remains within the maximum design limits assumed in the accident analysis for a MSLB
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 90 T2/G1 - jmb 059A2.12, Main Feedwater System Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the MFW; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Failure of feedwater regulating valves (3.1/3.4)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires a prediction of the impact of a failed FW Regulating valve and the appropriate procedure actions to address the impact.
SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of facility operating limitations in the technical specifications (SLC) and their bases. (43.2)
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible as EOP directs manual control of FDW if level is not being properly controlled, however with the levels given the Main FDW Pumps would both be tripped and manual control of 1FDW-35 would be inappropriate. Second part is correct.
B. Incorrect: First part is incorrect as noted above. Second part is incorrect. Plausible as limiting SG inventory would limit energy addition to containment following a MSLB however it is not the limiting event for containment pressure post accident. This is also the purpose of AFIS.
C. Correct: EOP SAs directs both Main FDW Pumps to be tripped (they should be automatically tripped at 96% OR level) and stop steaming the affected SG (1A).
The second part is correct per SLC 16.7.5 the overfill protection circuit (High Level MFPT Trip) will "assure that an overcooling event due to steam generator overfill will not lead to pressurized thermal shock of the reactor vessel."
D. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is incorrect. Plausible as limiting SG inventory would limit energy addition to containment following a MSLB however it is not the limiting event for containment pressure post accident. This is also the purpose of AFIS.
Technical Reference(s): 1SA-2/B-9 Rev 24, EOP SA Tab. Rev 36 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP-SA Obj R4 & R5, ADM-TSS Obj R5 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added SLC to stem for clarity. II Underlined "SLC Limit" MB OK III Moved underline to SG Level and added procedural name of 1FDW-35 (1 A FDW Control Valve)
- MB OK
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 91 Unit 1 plant conditions:
- Station Blackout occurred approximately one hour ago
- Power has NOT been restored
- SSF is activated per AP/25 (SSF EOP)
SSF Control Room indications:
- Both Loop's Tc: 555°F slowly decreasing
- Both Loop's Th: 570°F slowly decreasing
- CETCs: 570°F slowly decreasing
- RCS Pressure: 2170 psig slowly increasing
- Pzr level: 250 inches slowly increasing
- RC M/U Flow: 28.3 gpm
- Unit 1 Total ASW flow: 175 gpm
- 1A SG Level: 200 inches slowly increasing
- 1B SG Level 200 inches slowly increasing
- Pzr Heaters Group B & C ON Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes actions directed by AP/25 and the design bases of the SSF?
A. Establish letdown and cycle Pzr Heaters I provide an alternate and independent means to achieve and maintain MODE 3 with an average RC temperature 2': 525°F for all three units for a minimum of 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> B. Establish letdown and cycle Pzr Heaters I provide an alternate and independent means to cooldown the plant from MODE 3 to placing Decay Heat in service for all three units within 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> C. Reduce ASW flow and RC M/U Flow I provide an alternate and independent means to achieve and maintain MODE 3 with an average RC temperature 2': 525°F for all three units for a minimum of 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> D. Reduce ASW flow and RC M/U Flow I provide an alternate and independent means to cooldown the plant from MODE 3 to placing Decay Heat in service for all three units within 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 91 T2/G2 - jmb 016G2.1.30, Non-Nuclear Instrumentation System (NNIS)
Ability to locate and operate components, including local controls.
(4.4/4.0)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to use non-nuclear instrumentation to determine plant status and determine/operate local (SSF) controls as required SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of facility operating limitations in the technical specifications and their bases.
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: Conditions given require RCS inventory control to be established by restoring Letdown and pressure increase to be halted by turning OFF Pzr heaters. SSF Facility is designed to provide an alternate and independent means to achieve and maintain MODE 3 with an average RC temperature ~
525°F for all three units for a minimum of 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> following specific event that require control to be established outside of and isolated from the control room.
B. Incorrect: Actions given are correct. Design purpose of the SSF is incorrect.
Plausible as the initial conditions in the statement are correct however the cooldown to Decay Heat conditions is not desired until either control is restored to the control room and forced flow in the RCS is established.
C. Incorrect: Action directed is incorrect. Plausible as RCS Temp trend indicates a slight cooldown and reducing ASW flow would reduce the CD rate. Pzr level being high could be corrected by reducing RCMU flow however the directed action is to establish letdown. Purpose/bases statement is correct.
D. Incorrect: Action directed is incorrect as noted above. Purpose/bases statement is incorrect as noted above.
Technical Reference(s): AP/25 Rev 25 Encl. 5.1A, EAP-SSF TS Bases 3.10.1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: EAP-SSF Obj. R10, ADM-TSS Obj. R5 Question Source: M (EAP204901)
Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No changes. II MB OK III Reworded in A and B "turned Pzr Heaters Off" to "cycle Pzr Heaters" for clarity
- MB OK.
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 92 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Reactor power =100%
Current conditions:
- Condenser vacuum = 6 inches Hg stable
- 1A SG Outlet pressure = 985 psig stable
- 1B SG Outlet pressure = 982 psig stable
- One Main Steam (MS) Relief valve is open Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the method used to control Main Steam header pressure in accordance with the EOP Subsequent Actions and the bases for the minimum RCS temperature allowed during this process?
A. Adjust the Turbine Header setpoint to reduce MS pressure until the valve reseats Ensure shutdown margin is maintained provided all safety and regulating control rods are fully inserted.
B. Adjust the Turbine Header setpoint to reduce MS pressure until the valve reseats Ensure shutdown margin is maintained provided BWST suction to the HPI pumps is aligned C. Use Atmospheric Dump Valves to reduce MS pressure until the valve reseats Ensure shutdown margin is maintained provided all safety and regulating control rods are fully inserted.
D. Use Atmospheric Dump Valves to reduce MS pressure until the valve reseats Ensure shutdown margin is maintained provided BWST suction to the HPI pumps is aligned
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 92 T2/G2 - new KIA 055G2.2.44, Condenser Air Removal Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of a system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions (4.2/4.4)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the requirements for low condenser vacuum with a stuck MSRV SRO*ONLY ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the Facility Emergency Operating Procedure to prevent loss of SDM due to low RCS temperature.
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible because this would be correct if vacuum were> 7 inches Hg. Second part is correct.
B. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible because this would be correct if vacuum were> 7 inches Hg. Second part is incorrect but plausible because 525°F is the error corrected minimum temperature for criticality. Basis is plausible as is the reason BWST is aligned to HPI during a SGTR.
C. Correct: Because vacuum is < 6 inches Hg the ADVs will be used to lower MS pressure and reset the MSRV. The lowest allowed RCS temperature during this evolution is 532°F. Basis for 532 0 to ensure shutdown margin is maintained with all rods inserted.
D. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is incorrect but plausible because 525°F is the error corrected minimum temperature for criticality. Basis is plausible as is the reason BWST is aligned to HPI during a SGTR.
Technical Reference(s): EOP Rev 36, SA Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EAP*SA T1 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added basis information to answers. Corrected typos. II Added "condenser" to stem. Removed temperatures from answers and reworded stem. MB OK
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 93 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Reactor power =100%
- 1A GWD tank release in progress Current conditions:
- 1SA8/B-9 RM PROCESS MONITOR RADIATION HIGH in alarm
- 1SA8/B-1 0 RM PROCESS MONITOR FAULT in alarm Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following states the action required per the Alarm Response Guideline and the SLC bases for the determination of the setpoints for the RIA alarms for this release?
A. Manually close 1GWD-4 Setpoints ensure that releases are within the limits of 10CFR20 B. Manually close 1GWD-4 Setpoints ensure that resulting 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> dose at the Exclusion Area boundary will not exceed 10CFR100 limits C. Verify 1GWD-4 has automatically closed Setpoints ensure that releases are within the limits of 10CFR20 D. Verify 1GWD-4 has automatically closed Setpoints ensure that resulting 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> dose at the Exclusion Area boundary will not exceed 10CFR100 limits
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 93 T2/G2 071A2.05, Waste Gas Disposal System (WGDS)
Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the Waste Gas Disposal System; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Power failure to the ARM and PRM Systems (2.5/2.6)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires ability to predict the response of the GWD release valve to a loss of power to the station vent RIA and determine the action required by the alarm response procedure.
SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of the SLC bases used in determining the alarm setpoints used during radioactive releases. (43.2)
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. Correct: 1RIA-45 does not automatically terminate GWD releases. It does monitor the release via the station vent stack the required action in the ARG and AP/18 is to stop releases in progress. The bases for the setpoints in SLC 16.11.3 is to ensure that average annual releases of radioactive material in effluents will be small percentages of the limits specified in IOCFR20.
B. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is incorrect and plausible as it is based on the 2 hour2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> limit used in establishing RCS Activity Tech Spec limits for dose at the Site Boundary.
C. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible because an alarm/failure of the release RIAs (RIA-37 or 38) will automatically close 1GWD-4. Second part is correct.
D. Incorrect: Both parts are incorrect and plausible as noted above in B.
Technical Reference(s): 1SA8/B-9, 1SA8/B-1 0, SLC 16.11.3 & 16.11.2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: RAD-RIA (R2 & 15), ADM-TSS Obj R5 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added SLC to stem. Add info to uB" AA. II MB OK III Simplified second part of all answers for clarity.
- MB OK
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 94 Plant conditions:
- The work list for night shift has detailed instructions (not contained in a specific procedure) for stroking a valve to flush a hot spot from down stream piping
- Each step has a signoff blank provided Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following is correct per OMP 1-23 (Operations Worklist Process)?
A. Perform the task using the provided signoff steps after verifying the worklist was signed by a qualified preparer and reviewer.
B. Perform the task using the provided signoff steps after face to face communications with the Unit Coordinator confirms the intent and potential consequences of the task.
C. Do NOT perform the worklist task because the worklist cannot take the place of an approved procedure.
D. Do NOT perform the worklist task unless the OSM gives approval to use the provided instructions.
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 94 T3 - New KIA G2.1.15, Conduct of Operations Knowledge of administrative requirements for temporary management directives, such as standing orders, night orders, Operations memos, etc (2.7/3.4)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of Operations Worklist Process SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Knowledge of SRO responsibilities in performing items on the worklist ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C
. A. Incorrect: Plausible in that an approved procedure uses a qualified preparer and reviewer.
B. Incorrect: Plausible in that these actions are required when the worklist is given to the shift SRO.
C. Correct: Per OMP 1-23 the worklist cannot take the place of an approved procedure.
D. Incorrect: Plausible in that the OSM is the highest authority on shift.
Technical Reference(s): OMP 1-23 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: None Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam: _ _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Added "not contained in a specific procedure" to stem for clarity. II MB OK
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 95 Unit 2 initial conditions:
- Oefueling in progress
~ Withdrawing first fuel assembly
- FTC level =22.0 feet stable
- No water additions are being made to the system
- 2LP-18 failed closed
- Refueling SRO desires stopping the 2A LPI Pump to aid in inserting a fuel assembly Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes whether the 2A LPI pump may be stopped in accordance with OP/2/A/1502/007 (Operations Oefueling IRefueling Responsibilities) and the TS bases for operation of the pump?
A. 2A LPI Pump may be stopped for up to 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> per 8 hour9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> period.
FTC level is within TS limits and provides adequate backup decay heat removal.
B. 2A LPI Pump may be stopped for up to 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> per 8 hour9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> period ..
Spent Fuel Cooling system provides adequate backup decay heat removal.
C. 2A LPI Pump may be NOT be stopped FTC level is below TS limits and cannot provide adequate backup decay heat removal.
O. 2A LPI Pump may be NOT be stopped Spent Fuel Cooling system can NOT provide adequate backup decay heat removal.
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 95 T3 G2.1.42, Conduct of Operations Knowledge of new and spent fuel movement procedures (2.5/3.4)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of fuel handling procedures and requirements SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS Requires knowledge offuel handling procedures (43.7), TS and Bases (43.2)
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. CORRECT: TS 3.9.4 (Refueling Ops- DHR and Coolant Circulation -High Water Level) is in effect as water level is ~ 21.34 ft. This condition requires only 1 DHR loop to be operable and in service since the water can provide adequate backup decay heat removal. TS and Refueling procedures allow the operating loop to be secured for up to 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> every 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> with adequate level.
B. Incorrect: First part is correct. 2nd part is incorrect but plausible since Spent Fuel Cooling (SFC) helps to provide decay heat removal but is not the basis for allowing the pump to be secured for up to an hour.
C. Incorrect: First part is incorrect but plausible if TS 3.9.5 criteria are misapplied to this situation. TS3.9.5 (DHR and Coolant Circulation - Low Water Level) requires 2 operable DHR loops with one loop in service (no time is allowed for a pump to be secured). 2nd part is wrong but plausible in that it would be true if level was below the refueling level of 21.34 ft.
D. Incorrect: First part is incorrect but plausible if TS 3.9.5 criteria are misapplied to this situation. TS3.9.5 (DHR and Coolant Circulation - Low Water Level) requires 2 operable DHR loops with one loop in service (no time is allowed for a pump to be secured). 2nd part is incorrect but plausible since Spent Fuel Cooling (SFC) helps to provide decay heat removal but is not the basis for allowing the pump to be secured for up to an hour.
Technical Reference(s): OP/O/Al1S06/001, OP/2/A11S02/007, TS 3.9.4, T5 3.9.S Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: FH-FH5 R21, R32 /I ADM-TS5 RS, R6 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Wrote new question to match KA and improve plausibility. MB OK
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 96 Which ONE of the following may be used to operate the plant short-term until procedure changes are completed and what is the minimum level of approval required?
A. Operations Guidelines (Ops Guides) I PORC B. Operations Guidelines (Ops Guides) I Superintendent of Operations C. Operational Decision Making Issue (ODMI) I PORC D. Operational Decision Making Issue (ODMI) I Superintendent of Operations
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 96 T3 - okm G2.2.5, Equipment Control Knowledge of the process for making design or operating changes to the facility.
(2.2/3.2)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Knowledge of the process for short term operational changes to the facility.
SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS SRO knowledge required to deviate from normal approved procedural requirements.
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is incorrect. Plausible because PORC approval is required for justification for continued operations.
B. CORRECT: Per OMP 4-06, ODMls, EM 4.11, Ops focus items shall not be used to operate the plant. The only document that can be used to operate the plant short term is an Ops Guide and Ops Guide containing such procedural guides must be approved by Superintendent of Operations.
C. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible because ODMls are used to provide additional information to the shifts. Second part is incorrect. Plausible because PORC approval is required for justification for continued operations.
D. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible because ODMls are used to provide additional information to the shifts. Second part is correct.
Technical Reference(s): OMP 4-06, Use of Operations Guidelines.
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: None Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Wrote new question to match KA and improve plausibility. II MB OK
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 97 Unit 1 plant conditions:
- Startup in progress
- Control rod group 1 =100% withdrawn
- Control rod group 2 = 100% withdrawn
- Control rod group 3 =100% withdrawn
- Control rod group 4 = 0 % withdrawn
- TD EFDW pump is red tagged for maintenance Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the current operational MODE in accordance with OP/11 02/001 (Controlling Procedure For Unit Startup), and whether a change to the next higher Mode is allowed?
A. Mode 2 No B. Mode 2 Yes C. Mode 3 No D. Mode 3 Yes
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 97 T3 - ja/JMB G2.2.35, Equipment Control Ability to determine Technical Specific-ation Mode of Operation (3.6/4.5)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS KA requires determination of mode. Item addresses condition where mode is in process of being changed.
SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS 10CFR55.43(b) item 2 is met because the SRO must understand Technical Specification concerning RPS.
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: C A. Incorrect, first part is incorrect. Mode 2 in not entered until CR Group 5 is withdrawn. Second part is correct.
B. Incorrect, both parts are incorrect.
C. Correct, mode 2 is not entered until CR Group 5 is withdrawn. T.S. 3.0.4 does NOT allow a Mode change unless the applicable action statements for the next higher Mode allow continued operation without time limits.
D. Incorrect, first part is correct. Second part is incorrect. Plausible because entry would be made if a mode change was made.
Technical Reference(s): T5 1.0.1 Definition, TS 3.3.1, T5 3.0.4 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: CP-011 R37/38 Question Source: BANK Question History: Last NRC Exam ONS 2008 5RO Retest Q#97 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis No change. Discuss mode changes with NRC. II Removed TS from stem and added procedure reference. Removed extra info from answers. MB OK III Modified stem to read "red tagged for maintenance" for clarity
- MB OK
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 98 Unit 1 plant conditions
=
Time 0210
- Reactor trip Time =0300
- Tc = 490°F
- RCS Pressure = 650' psig
- DEI = 6 uCi/ml
- 1RIA-57 =45 Rlhr
- 1RIA-58 =25 Rlhr Time =0330
- Tc = 482°F
- RCS Pressure = 600 psig
- DEI = 287 uCi/ml
- 1RIA-57 =492 Rlhr
- 1RIA-58 = 253 Rlhr Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the EAL classification at 0300 and 0330?
REFERENCE PROVIDED 0300 0330 A. Alert Site Area Emergency B. Alert General Emergency C. Unusual Event Site Area Emergency D. Unusual Event General Emergency
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 98 T3 - gcw G2.3.13, Radiation Control Knowledge of radiological safety procedures pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as response to radiation monitor alarms, containment entry requirements, fuel handling responsibilities, access to locked high-radiation areas, aligning filters, etc.
(3.4/3.8)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of EAL classifications in regard to RIA alarms.
SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS 43(5) Requires assessment of facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during normal, abnormal, and emergency situations ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: First part is correct. An Alert is correct based on RIA-57/58. Second part is incorrect. Plausible if the student does not correctly interpret the time since shutdown or realize that the RIA readings apply to the Potential Loss of Containment Barriers column.
B. Correct: 5 points for "1 RIA 57 or 58 reading ~ 1.0 Rlhr". Indicated RIA-57/58 Reading 45/25 R/hr. Total of 5 points which is an Alert. Second part is a General Emergency due to RIA-57/58 increasing substantially. This gives
=
points from all three areas. RCS barriers 5 Fuel. Clad baJriers 5. =
Containment barriers 1. Total 11. 11 points is a General Emergency.
C. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible if candidate uses DEI =6 uCilml (DEI> 5 is a UE) instead of RIA-57/58 readings. This would lead the candidate to start with Unusual Event. Second part is incorrect. Same as answer 'A'.
D. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Same as answer 'C'. Second part is correct.
Technical Reference(s): RP/1000/001, Emergency Classification.
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: RP/1 000/001, Emergency Classification.
Learning Objective: EAP-SEP R12 Question Source: Bank EAP191202 Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Wrote new question to match KIA and improve plausibility. II Changed C and D to Unusual Event to improve plausibility. MB OK II fixed plausibility statements.
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 99 Unit 1 initial conditions:
- Reactor power = 100%
Current conditions:
- RCS pressure = 1136 psig slowly decreasing
- Core SCM = OaF
- RB pressure = 11.6 psig slowly decreasing
- 1A SG pressure = 1010 psig slowly decreasing
- 1B SG pressure = 1008 psig slowly decreasing Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes whether Emergency Dose Limits are in affect and what is the maximum (TEDE) dose that an NEO can receive while performing a task outside of the control room without exceeding any applicable limits?
A. Yes / 5 rem for performing Time Critical Tasks B. Yes / 25 rem for protecting property C. No / 2 rem for performing Time Critical Tasks D. No / 25 rem for lifesaving activities
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 99 T3 - okm G2.3.4, Radiation Control Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under normal or emergency conditions.
(3.2/3.7)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of whether emergency dose limits are in effect and for what task they apply SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS The SRO as the procedure director evaluates facility conditions and determines if EDLs are in affect.
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: A A. CORRECT: Plant conditions indicate a LOCA is occurring. This requires EDLs to be in effect. 5 rem is the maximum dose that could be received under EDLs for performing Time Critical Tasks.
B. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is incorrect. Plausible because 25 rem is the limit for lifesaving activities.
C. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible if they misdiagnose a MSLB. Second part is incorrect. Plausible in that 2 rem is the normal administrative limit.
D. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible if they misdiagnose a MSLB. Second part is incorrect. Plausible because 10 rem is the maximum allowed dose for protecting property. 25 rem is the limit for lifesaving activities.
Technical Reference(s):
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: EAP-TCA R Question Source: NEW Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Changed D to 25 rem per NRC comment. II MB OK
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM 1 POINT Question 100 Unit 3 plant conditions:
- Control room staffing at minimum
- Time is not available for a procedure change
- An abnormal procedure (AP) is in progress Based on the above conditions and per OMP 1-18 (Implementation Standard During Abnormal and Emergency Events), which ONE of the following conditions allows taking actions outside of the AP and the minimum level of approval required?
Taking actions outside of the AP is allowed if a procedure step _ _ _ . This would require a minimum level of approval of _ __
A. is incorrect lOne RO and CR SRO B. is incorrect I CR SRO only C. will result in unplanned TS entry lOne RO and CR SRO D. will result in unplanned TS entry I CR SRO only
2009 NRC SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR EXAM Question 100 T3 - gcw G2.4.11, Emergency Procedures / Plan Knowledge of abnormal condition procedures.
(4.0/4.2)
KIA MATCH ANALYSIS Requires knowledge of taking steps outside of abnormal condition procedures SRO-ONLY ANALYSIS (43.5) Requires assessment of facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during normal, abnormal, and emergency situations.
ANSWER CHOICE ANALYSIS Answer: B A. Incorrect: First part is correct. Second part is incorrect. Plausible because it is the preferred method if the OSM is not available.
B. CORRECT: A procedure step is incorrect is one the reasons allowed to deviate from the approved AP. Normally this requires OSM approval. In lieu of the OSM two SROs can approve the action. However if only the CR SRO is available then he/she alone can make the determination.
C. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible because unplanned TS entry while performing an OP would require stopping the in progress procedure and getting a procedure change prior to continuing. Second part is incorrect. Plausible because it is the preferred method if the OSM is not available.
D. Incorrect: First part is incorrect. Plausible because unplanned TS entry while performing an OP would require stopping the in progress procedure and getting a procedure change prior to continuing. Second part is correct.
Technical Reference(s): OMP 1-18, Attachment G Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: NONE Learning Objective: ADM-OMP R10 Question Source: New Question History: Last NRC Exam _ _ _ __
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis Modified C and D distracters to improve plausibility. II Modified stem and distracters to improve plausibility. MB OK III Modified stem for clarity.
- MB OK
SRO NRC Exam Attachments
- 76 Unit 1 EOP Encl. 5.18
- 98 RP/1000/001 (Emergency Classification) all